text: //
  // Copyright (C) 2002-2005  3Dlabs Inc. Ltd.
  // Copyright (C) 2012-2015 LunarG, Inc.
  // Copyright (C) 2015-2018 Google, Inc.
  // Copyright (C) 2017, 2019 ARM Limited.
  // Modifications Copyright (C) 2020 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. All rights reserved.
  //
  // All rights reserved.
  //
  // Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
  // modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
  // are met:
  //
  //    Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
  //    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
  //
  //    Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
  //    copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
  //    disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
  //    with the distribution.
  //
  //    Neither the name of 3Dlabs Inc. Ltd. nor the names of its
  //    contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
  //    from this software without specific prior written permission.
  //
  // THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
  // "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
  // LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
  // FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
  // COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
  // INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
  // BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
  // LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
  // CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
  // LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
  // ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
  // POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
  //
  
  #include "ParseHelper.h"
  #include "Scan.h"
  
  #include "../OSDependent/osinclude.h"
  #include <algorithm>
  
  #include "preprocessor/PpContext.h"
  
  extern int yyparse(glslang::TParseContext*);
  
  namespace glslang {
  
  TParseContext::TParseContext(TSymbolTable& symbolTable, TIntermediate& interm, bool parsingBuiltins,
                               int version, EProfile profile, const SpvVersion& spvVersion, EShLanguage language,
                               TInfoSink& infoSink, bool forwardCompatible, EShMessages messages,
                               const TString* entryPoint) :
              TParseContextBase(symbolTable, interm, parsingBuiltins, version, profile, spvVersion, language,
                                infoSink, forwardCompatible, messages, entryPoint),
              inMain(false),
              blockName(nullptr),
              limits(resources.limits)
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
              ,
              atomicUintOffsets(nullptr), anyIndexLimits(false)
  #endif
  {
      // decide whether precision qualifiers should be ignored or respected
      if (isEsProfile() || spvVersion.vulkan > 0) {
          precisionManager.respectPrecisionQualifiers();
          if (! parsingBuiltins && language == EShLangFragment && !isEsProfile() && spvVersion.vulkan > 0)
              precisionManager.warnAboutDefaults();
      }
  
      setPrecisionDefaults();
  
      globalUniformDefaults.clear();
      globalUniformDefaults.layoutMatrix = ElmColumnMajor;
      globalUniformDefaults.layoutPacking = spvVersion.spv != 0 ? ElpStd140 : ElpShared;
  
      globalBufferDefaults.clear();
      globalBufferDefaults.layoutMatrix = ElmColumnMajor;
      globalBufferDefaults.layoutPacking = spvVersion.spv != 0 ? ElpStd430 : ElpShared;
  
      // use storage buffer on SPIR-V 1.3 and up
      if (spvVersion.spv >= EShTargetSpv_1_3)
          intermediate.setUseStorageBuffer();
  
      globalInputDefaults.clear();
      globalOutputDefaults.clear();
  
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
      // "Shaders in the transform
      // feedback capturing mode have an initial global default of
      //     layout(xfb_buffer = 0) out;"
      if (language == EShLangVertex ||
          language == EShLangTessControl ||
          language == EShLangTessEvaluation ||
          language == EShLangGeometry)
          globalOutputDefaults.layoutXfbBuffer = 0;
  
      if (language == EShLangGeometry)
          globalOutputDefaults.layoutStream = 0;
  #endif
  
      if (entryPoint != nullptr && entryPoint->size() > 0 && *entryPoint != "main")
          infoSink.info.message(EPrefixError, "Source entry point must be \"main\"");
  }
  
  TParseContext::~TParseContext()
  {
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
      delete [] atomicUintOffsets;
  #endif
  }
  
  // Set up all default precisions as needed by the current environment.
  // Intended just as a TParseContext constructor helper.
  void TParseContext::setPrecisionDefaults()
  {
      // Set all precision defaults to EpqNone, which is correct for all types
      // when not obeying precision qualifiers, and correct for types that don't
      // have defaults (thus getting an error on use) when obeying precision
      // qualifiers.
  
      for (int type = 0; type < EbtNumTypes; ++type)
          defaultPrecision[type] = EpqNone;
  
      for (int type = 0; type < maxSamplerIndex; ++type)
          defaultSamplerPrecision[type] = EpqNone;
  
      // replace with real precision defaults for those that have them
      if (obeyPrecisionQualifiers()) {
          if (isEsProfile()) {
              // Most don't have defaults, a few default to lowp.
              TSampler sampler;
              sampler.set(EbtFloat, Esd2D);
              defaultSamplerPrecision[computeSamplerTypeIndex(sampler)] = EpqLow;
              sampler.set(EbtFloat, EsdCube);
              defaultSamplerPrecision[computeSamplerTypeIndex(sampler)] = EpqLow;
              sampler.set(EbtFloat, Esd2D);
              sampler.setExternal(true);
              defaultSamplerPrecision[computeSamplerTypeIndex(sampler)] = EpqLow;
          }
  
          // If we are parsing built-in computational variables/functions, it is meaningful to record
          // whether the built-in has no precision qualifier, as that ambiguity
          // is used to resolve the precision from the supplied arguments/operands instead.
          // So, we don't actually want to replace EpqNone with a default precision for built-ins.
          if (! parsingBuiltins) {
              if (isEsProfile() && language == EShLangFragment) {
                  defaultPrecision[EbtInt] = EpqMedium;
                  defaultPrecision[EbtUint] = EpqMedium;
              } else {
                  defaultPrecision[EbtInt] = EpqHigh;
                  defaultPrecision[EbtUint] = EpqHigh;
                  defaultPrecision[EbtFloat] = EpqHigh;
              }
  
              if (!isEsProfile()) {
                  // Non-ES profile
                  // All sampler precisions default to highp.
                  for (int type = 0; type < maxSamplerIndex; ++type)
                      defaultSamplerPrecision[type] = EpqHigh;
              }
          }
  
          defaultPrecision[EbtSampler] = EpqLow;
          defaultPrecision[EbtAtomicUint] = EpqHigh;
      }
  }
  
  void TParseContext::setLimits(const TBuiltInResource& r)
  {
      resources = r;
      intermediate.setLimits(r);
  
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
      anyIndexLimits = ! limits.generalAttributeMatrixVectorIndexing ||
                       ! limits.generalConstantMatrixVectorIndexing ||
                       ! limits.generalSamplerIndexing ||
                       ! limits.generalUniformIndexing ||
                       ! limits.generalVariableIndexing ||
                       ! limits.generalVaryingIndexing;
  
  
      // "Each binding point tracks its own current default offset for
      // inheritance of subsequent variables using the same binding. The initial state of compilation is that all
      // binding points have an offset of 0."
      atomicUintOffsets = new int[resources.maxAtomicCounterBindings];
      for (int b = 0; b < resources.maxAtomicCounterBindings; ++b)
          atomicUintOffsets[b] = 0;
  #endif
  }
  
  //
  // Parse an array of strings using yyparse, going through the
  // preprocessor to tokenize the shader strings, then through
  // the GLSL scanner.
  //
  // Returns true for successful acceptance of the shader, false if any errors.
  //
  bool TParseContext::parseShaderStrings(TPpContext& ppContext, TInputScanner& input, bool versionWillBeError)
  {
      currentScanner = &input;
      ppContext.setInput(input, versionWillBeError);
      yyparse(this);
  
      finish();
  
      return numErrors == 0;
  }
  
  // This is called from bison when it has a parse (syntax) error
  // Note though that to stop cascading errors, we set EOF, which
  // will usually cause a syntax error, so be more accurate that
  // compilation is terminating.
  void TParseContext::parserError(const char* s)
  {
      if (! getScanner()->atEndOfInput() || numErrors == 0)
          error(getCurrentLoc(), "", "", s, "");
      else
          error(getCurrentLoc(), "compilation terminated", "", "");
  }
  
  void TParseContext::handlePragma(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TVector<TString>& tokens)
  {
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
      if (pragmaCallback)
          pragmaCallback(loc.line, tokens);
  
      if (tokens.size() == 0)
          return;
  
      if (tokens[0].compare("optimize") == 0) {
          if (tokens.size() != 4) {
              error(loc, "optimize pragma syntax is incorrect", "#pragma", "");
              return;
          }
  
          if (tokens[1].compare("(") != 0) {
              error(loc, "\"(\" expected after 'optimize' keyword", "#pragma", "");
              return;
          }
  
          if (tokens[2].compare("on") == 0)
              contextPragma.optimize = true;
          else if (tokens[2].compare("off") == 0)
              contextPragma.optimize = false;
          else {
              if(relaxedErrors())
                  //  If an implementation does not recognize the tokens following #pragma, then it will ignore that pragma.
                  warn(loc, "\"on\" or \"off\" expected after '(' for 'optimize' pragma", "#pragma", "");
              return;
          }
  
          if (tokens[3].compare(")") != 0) {
              error(loc, "\")\" expected to end 'optimize' pragma", "#pragma", "");
              return;
          }
      } else if (tokens[0].compare("debug") == 0) {
          if (tokens.size() != 4) {
              error(loc, "debug pragma syntax is incorrect", "#pragma", "");
              return;
          }
  
          if (tokens[1].compare("(") != 0) {
              error(loc, "\"(\" expected after 'debug' keyword", "#pragma", "");
              return;
          }
  
          if (tokens[2].compare("on") == 0)
              contextPragma.debug = true;
          else if (tokens[2].compare("off") == 0)
              contextPragma.debug = false;
          else {
              if(relaxedErrors())
                  //  If an implementation does not recognize the tokens following #pragma, then it will ignore that pragma.
                  warn(loc, "\"on\" or \"off\" expected after '(' for 'debug' pragma", "#pragma", "");
              return;
          }
  
          if (tokens[3].compare(")") != 0) {
              error(loc, "\")\" expected to end 'debug' pragma", "#pragma", "");
              return;
          }
      } else if (spvVersion.spv > 0 && tokens[0].compare("use_storage_buffer") == 0) {
          if (tokens.size() != 1)
              error(loc, "extra tokens", "#pragma", "");
          intermediate.setUseStorageBuffer();
      } else if (spvVersion.spv > 0 && tokens[0].compare("use_vulkan_memory_model") == 0) {
          if (tokens.size() != 1)
              error(loc, "extra tokens", "#pragma", "");
          intermediate.setUseVulkanMemoryModel();
      } else if (spvVersion.spv > 0 && tokens[0].compare("use_variable_pointers") == 0) {
          if (tokens.size() != 1)
              error(loc, "extra tokens", "#pragma", "");
          if (spvVersion.spv < glslang::EShTargetSpv_1_3)
              error(loc, "requires SPIR-V 1.3", "#pragma use_variable_pointers", "");
          intermediate.setUseVariablePointers();
      } else if (tokens[0].compare("once") == 0) {
          warn(loc, "not implemented", "#pragma once", "");
      } else if (tokens[0].compare("glslang_binary_double_output") == 0)
          intermediate.setBinaryDoubleOutput();
  #endif
  }
  
  //
  // Handle seeing a variable identifier in the grammar.
  //
  TIntermTyped* TParseContext::handleVariable(const TSourceLoc& loc, TSymbol* symbol, const TString* string)
  {
      TIntermTyped* node = nullptr;
  
      // Error check for requiring specific extensions present.
      if (symbol && symbol->getNumExtensions())
          requireExtensions(loc, symbol->getNumExtensions(), symbol->getExtensions(), symbol->getName().c_str());
  
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
      if (symbol && symbol->isReadOnly()) {
          // All shared things containing an unsized array must be copied up
          // on first use, so that all future references will share its array structure,
          // so that editing the implicit size will effect all nodes consuming it,
          // and so that editing the implicit size won't change the shared one.
          //
          // If this is a variable or a block, check it and all it contains, but if this
          // is a member of an anonymous block, check the whole block, as the whole block
          // will need to be copied up if it contains an unsized array.
          //
          // This check is being done before the block-name check further down, so guard
          // for that too.
          if (!symbol->getType().isUnusableName()) {
              if (symbol->getType().containsUnsizedArray() ||
                  (symbol->getAsAnonMember() &&
                   symbol->getAsAnonMember()->getAnonContainer().getType().containsUnsizedArray()))
                  makeEditable(symbol);
          }
      }
  #endif
  
      const TVariable* variable;
      const TAnonMember* anon = symbol ? symbol->getAsAnonMember() : nullptr;
      if (anon) {
          // It was a member of an anonymous container.
  
          // Create a subtree for its dereference.
          variable = anon->getAnonContainer().getAsVariable();
          TIntermTyped* container = intermediate.addSymbol(*variable, loc);
          TIntermTyped* constNode = intermediate.addConstantUnion(anon->getMemberNumber(), loc);
          node = intermediate.addIndex(EOpIndexDirectStruct, container, constNode, loc);
  
          node->setType(*(*variable->getType().getStruct())[anon->getMemberNumber()].type);
          if (node->getType().hiddenMember())
              error(loc, "member of nameless block was not redeclared", string->c_str(), "");
      } else {
          // Not a member of an anonymous container.
  
          // The symbol table search was done in the lexical phase.
          // See if it was a variable.
          variable = symbol ? symbol->getAsVariable() : nullptr;
          if (variable) {
              if (variable->getType().isUnusableName()) {
                  error(loc, "cannot be used (maybe an instance name is needed)", string->c_str(), "");
                  variable = nullptr;
              }
          } else {
              if (symbol)
                  error(loc, "variable name expected", string->c_str(), "");
          }
  
          // Recovery, if it wasn't found or was not a variable.
          if (! variable)
              variable = new TVariable(string, TType(EbtVoid));
  
          if (variable->getType().getQualifier().isFrontEndConstant())
              node = intermediate.addConstantUnion(variable->getConstArray(), variable->getType(), loc);
          else
              node = intermediate.addSymbol(*variable, loc);
      }
  
      if (variable->getType().getQualifier().isIo())
          intermediate.addIoAccessed(*string);
  
      if (variable->getType().isReference() &&
          variable->getType().getQualifier().bufferReferenceNeedsVulkanMemoryModel()) {
          intermediate.setUseVulkanMemoryModel();
      }
  
      return node;
  }
  
  //
  // Handle seeing a base[index] dereference in the grammar.
  //
  TIntermTyped* TParseContext::handleBracketDereference(const TSourceLoc& loc, TIntermTyped* base, TIntermTyped* index)
  {
      int indexValue = 0;
      if (index->getQualifier().isFrontEndConstant())
          indexValue = index->getAsConstantUnion()->getConstArray()[0].getIConst();
  
      // basic type checks...
      variableCheck(base);
  
      if (! base->isArray() && ! base->isMatrix() && ! base->isVector() && ! base->getType().isCoopMat() &&
          ! base->isReference()) {
          if (base->getAsSymbolNode())
              error(loc, " left of '[' is not of type array, matrix, or vector ", base->getAsSymbolNode()->getName().c_str(), "");
          else
              error(loc, " left of '[' is not of type array, matrix, or vector ", "expression", "");
  
          // Insert dummy error-recovery result
          return intermediate.addConstantUnion(0.0, EbtFloat, loc);
      }
  
      if (!base->isArray() && base->isVector()) {
          if (base->getType().contains16BitFloat())
              requireFloat16Arithmetic(loc, "[", "does not operate on types containing float16");
          if (base->getType().contains16BitInt())
              requireInt16Arithmetic(loc, "[", "does not operate on types containing (u)int16");
          if (base->getType().contains8BitInt())
              requireInt8Arithmetic(loc, "[", "does not operate on types containing (u)int8");
      }
  
      // check for constant folding
      if (base->getType().getQualifier().isFrontEndConstant() && index->getQualifier().isFrontEndConstant()) {
          // both base and index are front-end constants
          checkIndex(loc, base->getType(), indexValue);
          return intermediate.foldDereference(base, indexValue, loc);
      }
  
      // at least one of base and index is not a front-end constant variable...
      TIntermTyped* result = nullptr;
  
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
      if (base->isReference() && ! base->isArray()) {
          requireExtensions(loc, 1, &E_GL_EXT_buffer_reference2, "buffer reference indexing");
          if (base->getType().getReferentType()->containsUnsizedArray()) {
              error(loc, "cannot index reference to buffer containing an unsized array", "", "");
              result = nullptr;
          } else {
              result = intermediate.addBinaryMath(EOpAdd, base, index, loc);
              if (result != nullptr)
                  result->setType(base->getType());
          }
          if (result == nullptr) {
              error(loc, "cannot index buffer reference", "", "");
              result = intermediate.addConstantUnion(0.0, EbtFloat, loc);
          }
          return result;
      }
      if (base->getAsSymbolNode() && isIoResizeArray(base->getType()))
          handleIoResizeArrayAccess(loc, base);
  #endif
  
      if (index->getQualifier().isFrontEndConstant())
          checkIndex(loc, base->getType(), indexValue);
  
      if (index->getQualifier().isFrontEndConstant()) {
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
          if (base->getType().isUnsizedArray()) {
              base->getWritableType().updateImplicitArraySize(indexValue + 1);
              // For 2D per-view builtin arrays, update the inner dimension size in parent type
              if (base->getQualifier().isPerView() && base->getQualifier().builtIn != EbvNone) {
                  TIntermBinary* binaryNode = base->getAsBinaryNode();
                  if (binaryNode) {
                      TType& leftType = binaryNode->getLeft()->getWritableType();
                      TArraySizes& arraySizes = *leftType.getArraySizes();
                      assert(arraySizes.getNumDims() == 2);
                      arraySizes.setDimSize(1, std::max(arraySizes.getDimSize(1), indexValue + 1));
                  }
              }
          } else
  #endif
              checkIndex(loc, base->getType(), indexValue);
          result = intermediate.addIndex(EOpIndexDirect, base, index, loc);
      } else {
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
          if (base->getType().isUnsizedArray()) {
              // we have a variable index into an unsized array, which is okay,
              // depending on the situation
              if (base->getAsSymbolNode() && isIoResizeArray(base->getType()))
                  error(loc, "", "[", "array must be sized by a redeclaration or layout qualifier before being indexed with a variable");
              else {
                  // it is okay for a run-time sized array
                  checkRuntimeSizable(loc, *base);
              }
              base->getWritableType().setArrayVariablyIndexed();
          }
  #endif
          if (base->getBasicType() == EbtBlock) {
              if (base->getQualifier().storage == EvqBuffer)
                  requireProfile(base->getLoc(), ~EEsProfile, "variable indexing buffer block array");
              else if (base->getQualifier().storage == EvqUniform)
                  profileRequires(base->getLoc(), EEsProfile, 320, Num_AEP_gpu_shader5, AEP_gpu_shader5,
                                  "variable indexing uniform block array");
              else {
                  // input/output blocks either don't exist or can't be variably indexed
              }
          } else if (language == EShLangFragment && base->getQualifier().isPipeOutput())
              requireProfile(base->getLoc(), ~EEsProfile, "variable indexing fragment shader output array");
          else if (base->getBasicType() == EbtSampler && version >= 130) {
              const char* explanation = "variable indexing sampler array";
              requireProfile(base->getLoc(), EEsProfile | ECoreProfile | ECompatibilityProfile, explanation);
              profileRequires(base->getLoc(), EEsProfile, 320, Num_AEP_gpu_shader5, AEP_gpu_shader5, explanation);
              profileRequires(base->getLoc(), ECoreProfile | ECompatibilityProfile, 400, nullptr, explanation);
          }
  
          result = intermediate.addIndex(EOpIndexIndirect, base, index, loc);
      }
  
      // Insert valid dereferenced result type
      TType newType(base->getType(), 0);
      if (base->getType().getQualifier().isConstant() && index->getQualifier().isConstant()) {
          newType.getQualifier().storage = EvqConst;
          // If base or index is a specialization constant, the result should also be a specialization constant.
          if (base->getType().getQualifier().isSpecConstant() || index->getQualifier().isSpecConstant()) {
              newType.getQualifier().makeSpecConstant();
          }
      } else {
          newType.getQualifier().storage = EvqTemporary;
          newType.getQualifier().specConstant = false;
      }
      result->setType(newType);
  
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
      inheritMemoryQualifiers(base->getQualifier(), result->getWritableType().getQualifier());
  
      // Propagate nonuniform
      if (base->getQualifier().isNonUniform() || index->getQualifier().isNonUniform())
          result->getWritableType().getQualifier().nonUniform = true;
  
      if (anyIndexLimits)
          handleIndexLimits(loc, base, index);
  #endif
  
      return result;
  }
  
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
  
  // for ES 2.0 (version 100) limitations for almost all index operations except vertex-shader uniforms
  void TParseContext::handleIndexLimits(const TSourceLoc& /*loc*/, TIntermTyped* base, TIntermTyped* index)
  {
      if ((! limits.generalSamplerIndexing && base->getBasicType() == EbtSampler) ||
          (! limits.generalUniformIndexing && base->getQualifier().isUniformOrBuffer() && language != EShLangVertex) ||
          (! limits.generalAttributeMatrixVectorIndexing && base->getQualifier().isPipeInput() && language == EShLangVertex && (base->getType().isMatrix() || base->getType().isVector())) ||
          (! limits.generalConstantMatrixVectorIndexing && base->getAsConstantUnion()) ||
          (! limits.generalVariableIndexing && ! base->getType().getQualifier().isUniformOrBuffer() &&
                                               ! base->getType().getQualifier().isPipeInput() &&
                                               ! base->getType().getQualifier().isPipeOutput() &&
                                               ! base->getType().getQualifier().isConstant()) ||
          (! limits.generalVaryingIndexing && (base->getType().getQualifier().isPipeInput() ||
                                                  base->getType().getQualifier().isPipeOutput()))) {
          // it's too early to know what the inductive variables are, save it for post processing
          needsIndexLimitationChecking.push_back(index);
      }
  }
  
  // Make a shared symbol have a non-shared version that can be edited by the current
  // compile, such that editing its type will not change the shared version and will
  // effect all nodes sharing it.
  void TParseContext::makeEditable(TSymbol*& symbol)
  {
      TParseContextBase::makeEditable(symbol);
  
      // See if it's tied to IO resizing
      if (isIoResizeArray(symbol->getType()))
          ioArraySymbolResizeList.push_back(symbol);
  }
  
  // Return true if this is a geometry shader input array or tessellation control output array
  // or mesh shader output array.
  bool TParseContext::isIoResizeArray(const TType& type) const
  {
      return type.isArray() &&
             ((language == EShLangGeometry    && type.getQualifier().storage == EvqVaryingIn) ||
              (language == EShLangTessControl && type.getQualifier().storage == EvqVaryingOut &&
                  ! type.getQualifier().patch) ||
              (language == EShLangFragment && type.getQualifier().storage == EvqVaryingIn &&
                  type.getQualifier().pervertexNV) ||
              (language == EShLangMeshNV && type.getQualifier().storage == EvqVaryingOut &&
                  !type.getQualifier().perTaskNV));
  }
  
  // If an array is not isIoResizeArray() but is an io array, make sure it has the right size
  void TParseContext::fixIoArraySize(const TSourceLoc& loc, TType& type)
  {
      if (! type.isArray() || type.getQualifier().patch || symbolTable.atBuiltInLevel())
          return;
  
      assert(! isIoResizeArray(type));
  
      if (type.getQualifier().storage != EvqVaryingIn || type.getQualifier().patch)
          return;
  
      if (language == EShLangTessControl || language == EShLangTessEvaluation) {
          if (type.getOuterArraySize() != resources.maxPatchVertices) {
              if (type.isSizedArray())
                  error(loc, "tessellation input array size must be gl_MaxPatchVertices or implicitly sized", "[]", "");
              type.changeOuterArraySize(resources.maxPatchVertices);
          }
      }
  }
  
  // Issue any errors if the non-array object is missing arrayness WRT
  // shader I/O that has array requirements.
  // All arrayness checking is handled in array paths, this is for
  void TParseContext::ioArrayCheck(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TType& type, const TString& identifier)
  {
      if (! type.isArray() && ! symbolTable.atBuiltInLevel()) {
          if (type.getQualifier().isArrayedIo(language) && !type.getQualifier().layoutPassthrough)
              error(loc, "type must be an array:", type.getStorageQualifierString(), identifier.c_str());
      }
  }
  
  // Handle a dereference of a geometry shader input array or tessellation control output array.
  // See ioArraySymbolResizeList comment in ParseHelper.h.
  //
  void TParseContext::handleIoResizeArrayAccess(const TSourceLoc& /*loc*/, TIntermTyped* base)
  {
      TIntermSymbol* symbolNode = base->getAsSymbolNode();
      assert(symbolNode);
      if (! symbolNode)
          return;
  
      // fix array size, if it can be fixed and needs to be fixed (will allow variable indexing)
      if (symbolNode->getType().isUnsizedArray()) {
          int newSize = getIoArrayImplicitSize(symbolNode->getType().getQualifier());
          if (newSize > 0)
              symbolNode->getWritableType().changeOuterArraySize(newSize);
      }
  }
  
  // If there has been an input primitive declaration (geometry shader) or an output
  // number of vertices declaration(tessellation shader), make sure all input array types
  // match it in size.  Types come either from nodes in the AST or symbols in the
  // symbol table.
  //
  // Types without an array size will be given one.
  // Types already having a size that is wrong will get an error.
  //
  void TParseContext::checkIoArraysConsistency(const TSourceLoc &loc, bool tailOnly)
  {
      int requiredSize = 0;
      TString featureString;
      size_t listSize = ioArraySymbolResizeList.size();
      size_t i = 0;
  
      // If tailOnly = true, only check the last array symbol in the list.
      if (tailOnly) {
          i = listSize - 1;
      }
      for (bool firstIteration = true; i < listSize; ++i) {
          TType &type = ioArraySymbolResizeList[i]->getWritableType();
  
          // As I/O array sizes don't change, fetch requiredSize only once,
          // except for mesh shaders which could have different I/O array sizes based on type qualifiers.
          if (firstIteration || (language == EShLangMeshNV)) {
              requiredSize = getIoArrayImplicitSize(type.getQualifier(), &featureString);
              if (requiredSize == 0)
                  break;
              firstIteration = false;
          }
  
          checkIoArrayConsistency(loc, requiredSize, featureString.c_str(), type,
                                  ioArraySymbolResizeList[i]->getName());
      }
  }
  
  int TParseContext::getIoArrayImplicitSize(const TQualifier &qualifier, TString *featureString) const
  {
      int expectedSize = 0;
      TString str = "unknown";
      unsigned int maxVertices = intermediate.getVertices() != TQualifier::layoutNotSet ? intermediate.getVertices() : 0;
  
      if (language == EShLangGeometry) {
          expectedSize = TQualifier::mapGeometryToSize(intermediate.getInputPrimitive());
          str = TQualifier::getGeometryString(intermediate.getInputPrimitive());
      }
      else if (language == EShLangTessControl) {
          expectedSize = maxVertices;
          str = "vertices";
      } else if (language == EShLangFragment) {
          // Number of vertices for Fragment shader is always three.
          expectedSize = 3;
          str = "vertices";
      } else if (language == EShLangMeshNV) {
          unsigned int maxPrimitives =
              intermediate.getPrimitives() != TQualifier::layoutNotSet ? intermediate.getPrimitives() : 0;
          if (qualifier.builtIn == EbvPrimitiveIndicesNV) {
              expectedSize = maxPrimitives * TQualifier::mapGeometryToSize(intermediate.getOutputPrimitive());
              str = "max_primitives*";
              str += TQualifier::getGeometryString(intermediate.getOutputPrimitive());
          }
          else if (qualifier.isPerPrimitive()) {
              expectedSize = maxPrimitives;
              str = "max_primitives";
          }
          else {
              expectedSize = maxVertices;
              str = "max_vertices";
          }
      }
      if (featureString)
          *featureString = str;
      return expectedSize;
  }
  
  void TParseContext::checkIoArrayConsistency(const TSourceLoc& loc, int requiredSize, const char* feature, TType& type, const TString& name)
  {
      if (type.isUnsizedArray())
          type.changeOuterArraySize(requiredSize);
      else if (type.getOuterArraySize() != requiredSize) {
          if (language == EShLangGeometry)
              error(loc, "inconsistent input primitive for array size of", feature, name.c_str());
          else if (language == EShLangTessControl)
              error(loc, "inconsistent output number of vertices for array size of", feature, name.c_str());
          else if (language == EShLangFragment) {
              if (type.getOuterArraySize() > requiredSize)
                  error(loc, " cannot be greater than 3 for pervertexNV", feature, name.c_str());
          }
          else if (language == EShLangMeshNV)
              error(loc, "inconsistent output array size of", feature, name.c_str());
          else
              assert(0);
      }
  }
  
  #endif // GLSLANG_WEB
  
  // Handle seeing a binary node with a math operation.
  // Returns nullptr if not semantically allowed.
  TIntermTyped* TParseContext::handleBinaryMath(const TSourceLoc& loc, const char* str, TOperator op, TIntermTyped* left, TIntermTyped* right)
  {
      rValueErrorCheck(loc, str, left->getAsTyped());
      rValueErrorCheck(loc, str, right->getAsTyped());
  
      bool allowed = true;
      switch (op) {
      // TODO: Bring more source language-specific checks up from intermediate.cpp
      // to the specific parse helpers for that source language.
      case EOpLessThan:
      case EOpGreaterThan:
      case EOpLessThanEqual:
      case EOpGreaterThanEqual:
          if (! left->isScalar() || ! right->isScalar())
              allowed = false;
          break;
      default:
          break;
      }
  
      if (((left->getType().contains16BitFloat() || right->getType().contains16BitFloat()) && !float16Arithmetic()) ||
          ((left->getType().contains16BitInt() || right->getType().contains16BitInt()) && !int16Arithmetic()) ||
          ((left->getType().contains8BitInt() || right->getType().contains8BitInt()) && !int8Arithmetic())) {
          allowed = false;
      }
  
      TIntermTyped* result = nullptr;
      if (allowed) {
          if ((left->isReference() || right->isReference()))
              requireExtensions(loc, 1, &E_GL_EXT_buffer_reference2, "buffer reference math");
          result = intermediate.addBinaryMath(op, left, right, loc);
      }
  
      if (result == nullptr)
          binaryOpError(loc, str, left->getCompleteString(), right->getCompleteString());
  
      return result;
  }
  
  // Handle seeing a unary node with a math operation.
  TIntermTyped* TParseContext::handleUnaryMath(const TSourceLoc& loc, const char* str, TOperator op, TIntermTyped* childNode)
  {
      rValueErrorCheck(loc, str, childNode);
  
      bool allowed = true;
      if ((childNode->getType().contains16BitFloat() && !float16Arithmetic()) ||
          (childNode->getType().contains16BitInt() && !int16Arithmetic()) ||
          (childNode->getType().contains8BitInt() && !int8Arithmetic())) {
          allowed = false;
      }
  
      TIntermTyped* result = nullptr;
      if (allowed)
          result = intermediate.addUnaryMath(op, childNode, loc);
  
      if (result)
          return result;
      else
          unaryOpError(loc, str, childNode->getCompleteString());
  
      return childNode;
  }
  
  //
  // Handle seeing a base.field dereference in the grammar.
  //
  TIntermTyped* TParseContext::handleDotDereference(const TSourceLoc& loc, TIntermTyped* base, const TString& field)
  {
      variableCheck(base);
  
      //
      // .length() can't be resolved until we later see the function-calling syntax.
      // Save away the name in the AST for now.  Processing is completed in
      // handleLengthMethod().
      //
      if (field == "length") {
          if (base->isArray()) {
              profileRequires(loc, ENoProfile, 120, E_GL_3DL_array_objects, ".length");
              profileRequires(loc, EEsProfile, 300, nullptr, ".length");
          } else if (base->isVector() || base->isMatrix()) {
              const char* feature = ".length() on vectors and matrices";
              requireProfile(loc, ~EEsProfile, feature);
              profileRequires(loc, ~EEsProfile, 420, E_GL_ARB_shading_language_420pack, feature);
          } else if (!base->getType().isCoopMat()) {
              error(loc, "does not operate on this type:", field.c_str(), base->getType().getCompleteString().c_str());
  
              return base;
          }
  
          return intermediate.addMethod(base, TType(EbtInt), &field, loc);
      }
  
      // It's not .length() if we get to here.
  
      if (base->isArray()) {
          error(loc, "cannot apply to an array:", ".", field.c_str());
  
          return base;
      }
  
      if (base->getType().isCoopMat()) {
          error(loc, "cannot apply to a cooperative matrix type:", ".", field.c_str());
          return base;
      }
  
      // It's neither an array nor .length() if we get here,
      // leaving swizzles and struct/block dereferences.
  
      TIntermTyped* result = base;
      if ((base->isVector() || base->isScalar()) &&
          (base->isFloatingDomain() || base->isIntegerDomain() || base->getBasicType() == EbtBool)) {
          result = handleDotSwizzle(loc, base, field);
      } else if (base->isStruct() || base->isReference()) {
          const TTypeList* fields = base->isReference() ?
                                    base->getType().getReferentType()->getStruct() :
                                    base->getType().getStruct();
          bool fieldFound = false;
          int member;
          for (member = 0; member < (int)fields->size(); ++member) {
              if ((*fields)[member].type->getFieldName() == field) {
                  fieldFound = true;
                  break;
              }
          }
          if (fieldFound) {
              if (base->getType().getQualifier().isFrontEndConstant())
                  result = intermediate.foldDereference(base, member, loc);
              else {
                  blockMemberExtensionCheck(loc, base, member, field);
                  TIntermTyped* index = intermediate.addConstantUnion(member, loc);
                  result = intermediate.addIndex(EOpIndexDirectStruct, base, index, loc);
                  result->setType(*(*fields)[member].type);
                  if ((*fields)[member].type->getQualifier().isIo())
                      intermediate.addIoAccessed(field);
              }
              inheritMemoryQualifiers(base->getQualifier(), result->getWritableType().getQualifier());
          } else
              error(loc, "no such field in structure", field.c_str(), "");
      } else
          error(loc, "does not apply to this type:", field.c_str(), base->getType().getCompleteString().c_str());
  
      // Propagate noContraction up the dereference chain
      if (base->getQualifier().isNoContraction())
          result->getWritableType().getQualifier().setNoContraction();
  
      // Propagate nonuniform
      if (base->getQualifier().isNonUniform())
          result->getWritableType().getQualifier().nonUniform = true;
  
      return result;
  }
  
  //
  // Handle seeing a base.swizzle, a subset of base.identifier in the grammar.
  //
  TIntermTyped* TParseContext::handleDotSwizzle(const TSourceLoc& loc, TIntermTyped* base, const TString& field)
  {
      TIntermTyped* result = base;
      if (base->isScalar()) {
          const char* dotFeature = "scalar swizzle";
          requireProfile(loc, ~EEsProfile, dotFeature);
          profileRequires(loc, ~EEsProfile, 420, E_GL_ARB_shading_language_420pack, dotFeature);
      }
  
      TSwizzleSelectors<TVectorSelector> selectors;
      parseSwizzleSelector(loc, field, base->getVectorSize(), selectors);
  
      if (base->isVector() && selectors.size() != 1 && base->getType().contains16BitFloat())
          requireFloat16Arithmetic(loc, ".", "can't swizzle types containing float16");
      if (base->isVector() && selectors.size() != 1 && base->getType().contains16BitInt())
          requireInt16Arithmetic(loc, ".", "can't swizzle types containing (u)int16");
      if (base->isVector() && selectors.size() != 1 && base->getType().contains8BitInt())
          requireInt8Arithmetic(loc, ".", "can't swizzle types containing (u)int8");
  
      if (base->isScalar()) {
          if (selectors.size() == 1)
              return result;
          else {
              TType type(base->getBasicType(), EvqTemporary, selectors.size());
              // Swizzle operations propagate specialization-constantness
              if (base->getQualifier().isSpecConstant())
                  type.getQualifier().makeSpecConstant();
              return addConstructor(loc, base, type);
          }
      }
  
      if (base->getType().getQualifier().isFrontEndConstant())
          result = intermediate.foldSwizzle(base, selectors, loc);
      else {
          if (selectors.size() == 1) {
              TIntermTyped* index = intermediate.addConstantUnion(selectors[0], loc);
              result = intermediate.addIndex(EOpIndexDirect, base, index, loc);
              result->setType(TType(base->getBasicType(), EvqTemporary, base->getType().getQualifier().precision));
          } else {
              TIntermTyped* index = intermediate.addSwizzle(selectors, loc);
              result = intermediate.addIndex(EOpVectorSwizzle, base, index, loc);
              result->setType(TType(base->getBasicType(), EvqTemporary, base->getType().getQualifier().precision, selectors.size()));
          }
          // Swizzle operations propagate specialization-constantness
          if (base->getType().getQualifier().isSpecConstant())
              result->getWritableType().getQualifier().makeSpecConstant();
      }
  
      return result;
  }
  
  void TParseContext::blockMemberExtensionCheck(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TIntermTyped* base, int member, const TString& memberName)
  {
      // a block that needs extension checking is either 'base', or if arrayed,
      // one level removed to the left
      const TIntermSymbol* baseSymbol = nullptr;
      if (base->getAsBinaryNode() == nullptr)
          baseSymbol = base->getAsSymbolNode();
      else
          baseSymbol = base->getAsBinaryNode()->getLeft()->getAsSymbolNode();
      if (baseSymbol == nullptr)
          return;
      const TSymbol* symbol = symbolTable.find(baseSymbol->getName());
      if (symbol == nullptr)
          return;
      const TVariable* variable = symbol->getAsVariable();
      if (variable == nullptr)
          return;
      if (!variable->hasMemberExtensions())
          return;
  
      // We now have a variable that is the base of a dot reference
      // with members that need extension checking.
      if (variable->getNumMemberExtensions(member) > 0)
          requireExtensions(loc, variable->getNumMemberExtensions(member), variable->getMemberExtensions(member), memberName.c_str());
  }
  
  //
  // Handle seeing a function declarator in the grammar.  This is the precursor
  // to recognizing a function prototype or function definition.
  //
  TFunction* TParseContext::handleFunctionDeclarator(const TSourceLoc& loc, TFunction& function, bool prototype)
  {
      // ES can't declare prototypes inside functions
      if (! symbolTable.atGlobalLevel())
          requireProfile(loc, ~EEsProfile, "local function declaration");
  
      //
      // Multiple declarations of the same function name are allowed.
      //
      // If this is a definition, the definition production code will check for redefinitions
      // (we don't know at this point if it's a definition or not).
      //
      // Redeclarations (full signature match) are allowed.  But, return types and parameter qualifiers must also match.
      //  - except ES 100, which only allows a single prototype
      //
      // ES 100 does not allow redefining, but does allow overloading of built-in functions.
      // ES 300 does not allow redefining or overloading of built-in functions.
      //
      bool builtIn;
      TSymbol* symbol = symbolTable.find(function.getMangledName(), &builtIn);
      if (symbol && symbol->getAsFunction() && builtIn)
          requireProfile(loc, ~EEsProfile, "redefinition of built-in function");
      const TFunction* prevDec = symbol ? symbol->getAsFunction() : 0;
      if (prevDec) {
          if (prevDec->isPrototyped() && prototype)
              profileRequires(loc, EEsProfile, 300, nullptr, "multiple prototypes for same function");
          if (prevDec->getType() != function.getType())
              error(loc, "overloaded functions must have the same return type", function.getName().c_str(), "");
          for (int i = 0; i < prevDec->getParamCount(); ++i) {
              if ((*prevDec)[i].type->getQualifier().storage != function[i].type->getQualifier().storage)
                  error(loc, "overloaded functions must have the same parameter storage qualifiers for argument", function[i].type->getStorageQualifierString(), "%d", i+1);
  
              if ((*prevDec)[i].type->getQualifier().precision != function[i].type->getQualifier().precision)
                  error(loc, "overloaded functions must have the same parameter precision qualifiers for argument", function[i].type->getPrecisionQualifierString(), "%d", i+1);
          }
      }
  
      arrayObjectCheck(loc, function.getType(), "array in function return type");
  
      if (prototype) {
          // All built-in functions are defined, even though they don't have a body.
          // Count their prototype as a definition instead.
          if (symbolTable.atBuiltInLevel())
              function.setDefined();
          else {
              if (prevDec && ! builtIn)
                  symbol->getAsFunction()->setPrototyped();  // need a writable one, but like having prevDec as a const
              function.setPrototyped();
          }
      }
  
      // This insert won't actually insert it if it's a duplicate signature, but it will still check for
      // other forms of name collisions.
      if (! symbolTable.insert(function))
          error(loc, "function name is redeclaration of existing name", function.getName().c_str(), "");
  
      //
      // If this is a redeclaration, it could also be a definition,
      // in which case, we need to use the parameter names from this one, and not the one that's
      // being redeclared.  So, pass back this declaration, not the one in the symbol table.
      //
      return &function;
  }
  
  //
  // Handle seeing the function prototype in front of a function definition in the grammar.
  // The body is handled after this function returns.
  //
  TIntermAggregate* TParseContext::handleFunctionDefinition(const TSourceLoc& loc, TFunction& function)
  {
      currentCaller = function.getMangledName();
      TSymbol* symbol = symbolTable.find(function.getMangledName());
      TFunction* prevDec = symbol ? symbol->getAsFunction() : nullptr;
  
      if (! prevDec)
          error(loc, "can't find function", function.getName().c_str(), "");
      // Note:  'prevDec' could be 'function' if this is the first time we've seen function
      // as it would have just been put in the symbol table.  Otherwise, we're looking up
      // an earlier occurrence.
  
      if (prevDec && prevDec->isDefined()) {
          // Then this function already has a body.
          error(loc, "function already has a body", function.getName().c_str(), "");
      }
      if (prevDec && ! prevDec->isDefined()) {
          prevDec->setDefined();
  
          // Remember the return type for later checking for RETURN statements.
          currentFunctionType = &(prevDec->getType());
      } else
          currentFunctionType = new TType(EbtVoid);
      functionReturnsValue = false;
  
      // Check for entry point
      if (function.getName().compare(intermediate.getEntryPointName().c_str()) == 0) {
          intermediate.setEntryPointMangledName(function.getMangledName().c_str());
          intermediate.incrementEntryPointCount();
          inMain = true;
      } else
          inMain = false;
  
      //
      // Raise error message if main function takes any parameters or returns anything other than void
      //
      if (inMain) {
          if (function.getParamCount() > 0)
              error(loc, "function cannot take any parameter(s)", function.getName().c_str(), "");
          if (function.getType().getBasicType() != EbtVoid)
              error(loc, "", function.getType().getBasicTypeString().c_str(), "entry point cannot return a value");
      }
  
      //
      // New symbol table scope for body of function plus its arguments
      //
      symbolTable.push();
  
      //
      // Insert parameters into the symbol table.
      // If the parameter has no name, it's not an error, just don't insert it
      // (could be used for unused args).
      //
      // Also, accumulate the list of parameters into the HIL, so lower level code
      // knows where to find parameters.
      //
      TIntermAggregate* paramNodes = new TIntermAggregate;
      for (int i = 0; i < function.getParamCount(); i++) {
          TParameter& param = function[i];
          if (param.name != nullptr) {
              TVariable *variable = new TVariable(param.name, *param.type);
  
              // Insert the parameters with name in the symbol table.
              if (! symbolTable.insert(*variable))
                  error(loc, "redefinition", variable->getName().c_str(), "");
              else {
                  // Transfer ownership of name pointer to symbol table.
                  param.name = nullptr;
  
                  // Add the parameter to the HIL
                  paramNodes = intermediate.growAggregate(paramNodes,
                                                          intermediate.addSymbol(*variable, loc),
                                                          loc);
              }
          } else
              paramNodes = intermediate.growAggregate(paramNodes, intermediate.addSymbol(*param.type, loc), loc);
      }
      intermediate.setAggregateOperator(paramNodes, EOpParameters, TType(EbtVoid), loc);
      loopNestingLevel = 0;
      statementNestingLevel = 0;
      controlFlowNestingLevel = 0;
      postEntryPointReturn = false;
  
      return paramNodes;
  }
  
  //
  // Handle seeing function call syntax in the grammar, which could be any of
  //  - .length() method
  //  - constructor
  //  - a call to a built-in function mapped to an operator
  //  - a call to a built-in function that will remain a function call (e.g., texturing)
  //  - user function
  //  - subroutine call (not implemented yet)
  //
  TIntermTyped* TParseContext::handleFunctionCall(const TSourceLoc& loc, TFunction* function, TIntermNode* arguments)
  {
      TIntermTyped* result = nullptr;
  
      if (function->getBuiltInOp() == EOpArrayLength)
          result = handleLengthMethod(loc, function, arguments);
      else if (function->getBuiltInOp() != EOpNull) {
          //
          // Then this should be a constructor.
          // Don't go through the symbol table for constructors.
          // Their parameters will be verified algorithmically.
          //
          TType type(EbtVoid);  // use this to get the type back
          if (! constructorError(loc, arguments, *function, function->getBuiltInOp(), type)) {
              //
              // It's a constructor, of type 'type'.
              //
              result = addConstructor(loc, arguments, type);
              if (result == nullptr)
                  error(loc, "cannot construct with these arguments", type.getCompleteString().c_str(), "");
          }
      } else {
          //
          // Find it in the symbol table.
          //
          const TFunction* fnCandidate;
          bool builtIn;
          fnCandidate = findFunction(loc, *function, builtIn);
          if (fnCandidate) {
              // This is a declared function that might map to
              //  - a built-in operator,
              //  - a built-in function not mapped to an operator, or
              //  - a user function.
  
              // Error check for a function requiring specific extensions present.
              if (builtIn && fnCandidate->getNumExtensions())
                  requireExtensions(loc, fnCandidate->getNumExtensions(), fnCandidate->getExtensions(), fnCandidate->getName().c_str());
  
              if (builtIn && fnCandidate->getType().contains16BitFloat())
                  requireFloat16Arithmetic(loc, "built-in function", "float16 types can only be in uniform block or buffer storage");
              if (builtIn && fnCandidate->getType().contains16BitInt())
                  requireInt16Arithmetic(loc, "built-in function", "(u)int16 types can only be in uniform block or buffer storage");
              if (builtIn && fnCandidate->getType().contains8BitInt())
                  requireInt8Arithmetic(loc, "built-in function", "(u)int8 types can only be in uniform block or buffer storage");
  
              if (arguments != nullptr) {
                  // Make sure qualifications work for these arguments.
                  TIntermAggregate* aggregate = arguments->getAsAggregate();
                  for (int i = 0; i < fnCandidate->getParamCount(); ++i) {
                      // At this early point there is a slight ambiguity between whether an aggregate 'arguments'
                      // is the single argument itself or its children are the arguments.  Only one argument
                      // means take 'arguments' itself as the one argument.
                      TIntermNode* arg = fnCandidate->getParamCount() == 1 ? arguments : (aggregate ? aggregate->getSequence()[i] : arguments);
                      TQualifier& formalQualifier = (*fnCandidate)[i].type->getQualifier();
                      if (formalQualifier.isParamOutput()) {
                          if (lValueErrorCheck(arguments->getLoc(), "assign", arg->getAsTyped()))
                              error(arguments->getLoc(), "Non-L-value cannot be passed for 'out' or 'inout' parameters.", "out", "");
                      }
                      const TType& argType = arg->getAsTyped()->getType();
                      const TQualifier& argQualifier = argType.getQualifier();
                      if (argQualifier.isMemory() && (argType.containsOpaque() || argType.isReference())) {
                          const char* message = "argument cannot drop memory qualifier when passed to formal parameter";
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
                          if (argQualifier.volatil && ! formalQualifier.volatil)
                              error(arguments->getLoc(), message, "volatile", "");
                          if (argQualifier.coherent && ! (formalQualifier.devicecoherent || formalQualifier.coherent))
                              error(arguments->getLoc(), message, "coherent", "");
                          if (argQualifier.devicecoherent && ! (formalQualifier.devicecoherent || formalQualifier.coherent))
                              error(arguments->getLoc(), message, "devicecoherent", "");
                          if (argQualifier.queuefamilycoherent && ! (formalQualifier.queuefamilycoherent || formalQualifier.devicecoherent || formalQualifier.coherent))
                              error(arguments->getLoc(), message, "queuefamilycoherent", "");
                          if (argQualifier.workgroupcoherent && ! (formalQualifier.workgroupcoherent || formalQualifier.queuefamilycoherent || formalQualifier.devicecoherent || formalQualifier.coherent))
                              error(arguments->getLoc(), message, "workgroupcoherent", "");
                          if (argQualifier.subgroupcoherent && ! (formalQualifier.subgroupcoherent || formalQualifier.workgroupcoherent || formalQualifier.queuefamilycoherent || formalQualifier.devicecoherent || formalQualifier.coherent))
                              error(arguments->getLoc(), message, "subgroupcoherent", "");
                          if (argQualifier.readonly && ! formalQualifier.readonly)
                              error(arguments->getLoc(), message, "readonly", "");
                          if (argQualifier.writeonly && ! formalQualifier.writeonly)
                              error(arguments->getLoc(), message, "writeonly", "");
                          // Don't check 'restrict', it is different than the rest:
                          // "...but only restrict can be taken away from a calling argument, by a formal parameter that
                          // lacks the restrict qualifier..."
  #endif
                      }
                      if (!builtIn && argQualifier.getFormat() != formalQualifier.getFormat()) {
                          // we have mismatched formats, which should only be allowed if writeonly
                          // and at least one format is unknown
                          if (!formalQualifier.isWriteOnly() || (formalQualifier.getFormat() != ElfNone &&
                                                                    argQualifier.getFormat() != ElfNone))
                              error(arguments->getLoc(), "image formats must match", "format", "");
                      }
                      if (builtIn && arg->getAsTyped()->getType().contains16BitFloat())
                          requireFloat16Arithmetic(arguments->getLoc(), "built-in function", "float16 types can only be in uniform block or buffer storage");
                      if (builtIn && arg->getAsTyped()->getType().contains16BitInt())
                          requireInt16Arithmetic(arguments->getLoc(), "built-in function", "(u)int16 types can only be in uniform block or buffer storage");
                      if (builtIn && arg->getAsTyped()->getType().contains8BitInt())
                          requireInt8Arithmetic(arguments->getLoc(), "built-in function", "(u)int8 types can only be in uniform block or buffer storage");
  
                      // TODO 4.5 functionality:  A shader will fail to compile
                      // if the value passed to the memargument of an atomic memory function does not correspond to a buffer or
                      // shared variable. It is acceptable to pass an element of an array or a single component of a vector to the
                      // memargument of an atomic memory function, as long as the underlying array or vector is a buffer or
                      // shared variable.
                  }
  
                  // Convert 'in' arguments
                  addInputArgumentConversions(*fnCandidate, arguments);  // arguments may be modified if it's just a single argument node
              }
  
              if (builtIn && fnCandidate->getBuiltInOp() != EOpNull) {
                  // A function call mapped to a built-in operation.
                  result = handleBuiltInFunctionCall(loc, arguments, *fnCandidate);
              } else {
                  // This is a function call not mapped to built-in operator.
                  // It could still be a built-in function, but only if PureOperatorBuiltins == false.
                  result = intermediate.setAggregateOperator(arguments, EOpFunctionCall, fnCandidate->getType(), loc);
                  TIntermAggregate* call = result->getAsAggregate();
                  call->setName(fnCandidate->getMangledName());
  
                  // this is how we know whether the given function is a built-in function or a user-defined function
                  // if builtIn == false, it's a userDefined -> could be an overloaded built-in function also
                  // if builtIn == true, it's definitely a built-in function with EOpNull
                  if (! builtIn) {
                      call->setUserDefined();
                      if (symbolTable.atGlobalLevel()) {
                          requireProfile(loc, ~EEsProfile, "calling user function from global scope");
                          intermediate.addToCallGraph(infoSink, "main(", fnCandidate->getMangledName());
                      } else
                          intermediate.addToCallGraph(infoSink, currentCaller, fnCandidate->getMangledName());
                  }
  
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
                  if (builtIn)
                      nonOpBuiltInCheck(loc, *fnCandidate, *call);
                  else
  #endif
                      userFunctionCallCheck(loc, *call);
              }
  
              // Convert 'out' arguments.  If it was a constant folded built-in, it won't be an aggregate anymore.
              // Built-ins with a single argument aren't called with an aggregate, but they also don't have an output.
              // Also, build the qualifier list for user function calls, which are always called with an aggregate.
              if (result->getAsAggregate()) {
                  TQualifierList& qualifierList = result->getAsAggregate()->getQualifierList();
                  for (int i = 0; i < fnCandidate->getParamCount(); ++i) {
                      TStorageQualifier qual = (*fnCandidate)[i].type->getQualifier().storage;
                      qualifierList.push_back(qual);
                  }
                  result = addOutputArgumentConversions(*fnCandidate, *result->getAsAggregate());
              }
  
              if (result->getAsTyped()->getType().isCoopMat() &&
                 !result->getAsTyped()->getType().isParameterized()) {
                  assert(fnCandidate->getBuiltInOp() == EOpCooperativeMatrixMulAdd);
  
                  result->setType(result->getAsAggregate()->getSequence()[2]->getAsTyped()->getType());
              }
          }
      }
  
      // generic error recovery
      // TODO: simplification: localize all the error recoveries that look like this, and taking type into account to reduce cascades
      if (result == nullptr)
          result = intermediate.addConstantUnion(0.0, EbtFloat, loc);
  
      return result;
  }
  
  TIntermTyped* TParseContext::handleBuiltInFunctionCall(TSourceLoc loc, TIntermNode* arguments,
                                                         const TFunction& function)
  {
      checkLocation(loc, function.getBuiltInOp());
      TIntermTyped *result = intermediate.addBuiltInFunctionCall(loc, function.getBuiltInOp(),
                                                                 function.getParamCount() == 1,
                                                                 arguments, function.getType());
      if (result != nullptr && obeyPrecisionQualifiers())
          computeBuiltinPrecisions(*result, function);
  
      if (result == nullptr) {
          if (arguments == nullptr)
              error(loc, " wrong operand type", "Internal Error",
                                        "built in unary operator function.  Type: %s", "");
          else
              error(arguments->getLoc(), " wrong operand type", "Internal Error",
                                        "built in unary operator function.  Type: %s",
                                        static_cast<TIntermTyped*>(arguments)->getCompleteString().c_str());
      } else if (result->getAsOperator())
          builtInOpCheck(loc, function, *result->getAsOperator());
  
      return result;
  }
  
  // "The operation of a built-in function can have a different precision
  // qualification than the precision qualification of the resulting value.
  // These two precision qualifications are established as follows.
  //
  // The precision qualification of the operation of a built-in function is
  // based on the precision qualification of its input arguments and formal
  // parameters:  When a formal parameter specifies a precision qualifier,
  // that is used, otherwise, the precision qualification of the calling
  // argument is used.  The highest precision of these will be the precision
  // qualification of the operation of the built-in function. Generally,
  // this is applied across all arguments to a built-in function, with the
  // exceptions being:
  //   - bitfieldExtract and bitfieldInsert ignore the 'offset' and 'bits'
  //     arguments.
  //   - interpolateAt* functions only look at the 'interpolant' argument.
  //
  // The precision qualification of the result of a built-in function is
  // determined in one of the following ways:
  //
  //   - For the texture sampling, image load, and image store functions,
  //     the precision of the return type matches the precision of the
  //     sampler type
  //
  //   Otherwise:
  //
  //   - For prototypes that do not specify a resulting precision qualifier,
  //     the precision will be the same as the precision of the operation.
  //
  //   - For prototypes that do specify a resulting precision qualifier,
  //     the specified precision qualifier is the precision qualification of
  //     the result."
  //
  void TParseContext::computeBuiltinPrecisions(TIntermTyped& node, const TFunction& function)
  {
      TPrecisionQualifier operationPrecision = EpqNone;
      TPrecisionQualifier resultPrecision = EpqNone;
  
      TIntermOperator* opNode = node.getAsOperator();
      if (opNode == nullptr)
          return;
  
      if (TIntermUnary* unaryNode = node.getAsUnaryNode()) {
          operationPrecision = std::max(function[0].type->getQualifier().precision,
                                        unaryNode->getOperand()->getType().getQualifier().precision);
          if (function.getType().getBasicType() != EbtBool)
              resultPrecision = function.getType().getQualifier().precision == EpqNone ?
                                          operationPrecision :
                                          function.getType().getQualifier().precision;
      } else if (TIntermAggregate* agg = node.getAsAggregate()) {
          TIntermSequence& sequence = agg->getSequence();
          unsigned int numArgs = (unsigned int)sequence.size();
          switch (agg->getOp()) {
          case EOpBitfieldExtract:
              numArgs = 1;
              break;
          case EOpBitfieldInsert:
              numArgs = 2;
              break;
          case EOpInterpolateAtCentroid:
          case EOpInterpolateAtOffset:
          case EOpInterpolateAtSample:
              numArgs = 1;
              break;
          case EOpDebugPrintf:
              numArgs = 0;
              break;
          default:
              break;
          }
          // find the maximum precision from the arguments and parameters
          for (unsigned int arg = 0; arg < numArgs; ++arg) {
              operationPrecision = std::max(operationPrecision, sequence[arg]->getAsTyped()->getQualifier().precision);
              operationPrecision = std::max(operationPrecision, function[arg].type->getQualifier().precision);
          }
          // compute the result precision
          if (agg->isSampling() ||
              agg->getOp() == EOpImageLoad || agg->getOp() == EOpImageStore ||
              agg->getOp() == EOpImageLoadLod || agg->getOp() == EOpImageStoreLod)
              resultPrecision = sequence[0]->getAsTyped()->getQualifier().precision;
          else if (function.getType().getBasicType() != EbtBool)
              resultPrecision = function.getType().getQualifier().precision == EpqNone ?
                                          operationPrecision :
                                          function.getType().getQualifier().precision;
      }
  
      // Propagate precision through this node and its children. That algorithm stops
      // when a precision is found, so start by clearing this subroot precision
      opNode->getQualifier().precision = EpqNone;
      if (operationPrecision != EpqNone) {
          opNode->propagatePrecision(operationPrecision);
          opNode->setOperationPrecision(operationPrecision);
      }
      // Now, set the result precision, which might not match
      opNode->getQualifier().precision = resultPrecision;
  }
  
  TIntermNode* TParseContext::handleReturnValue(const TSourceLoc& loc, TIntermTyped* value)
  {
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
      storage16BitAssignmentCheck(loc, value->getType(), "return");
  #endif
  
      functionReturnsValue = true;
      TIntermBranch* branch = nullptr;
      if (currentFunctionType->getBasicType() == EbtVoid) {
          error(loc, "void function cannot return a value", "return", "");
          branch = intermediate.addBranch(EOpReturn, loc);
      } else if (*currentFunctionType != value->getType()) {
          TIntermTyped* converted = intermediate.addConversion(EOpReturn, *currentFunctionType, value);
          if (converted) {
              if (*currentFunctionType != converted->getType())
                  error(loc, "cannot convert return value to function return type", "return", "");
              if (version < 420)
                  warn(loc, "type conversion on return values was not explicitly allowed until version 420",
                       "return", "");
              branch = intermediate.addBranch(EOpReturn, converted, loc);
          } else {
              error(loc, "type does not match, or is not convertible to, the function's return type", "return", "");
              branch = intermediate.addBranch(EOpReturn, value, loc);
          }
      } else
          branch = intermediate.addBranch(EOpReturn, value, loc);
  
      branch->updatePrecision(currentFunctionType->getQualifier().precision);
      return branch;
  }
  
  // See if the operation is being done in an illegal location.
  void TParseContext::checkLocation(const TSourceLoc& loc, TOperator op)
  {
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
      switch (op) {
      case EOpBarrier:
          if (language == EShLangTessControl) {
              if (controlFlowNestingLevel > 0)
                  error(loc, "tessellation control barrier() cannot be placed within flow control", "", "");
              if (! inMain)
                  error(loc, "tessellation control barrier() must be in main()", "", "");
              else if (postEntryPointReturn)
                  error(loc, "tessellation control barrier() cannot be placed after a return from main()", "", "");
          }
          break;
      case EOpBeginInvocationInterlock:
          if (language != EShLangFragment)
              error(loc, "beginInvocationInterlockARB() must be in a fragment shader", "", "");
          if (! inMain)
              error(loc, "beginInvocationInterlockARB() must be in main()", "", "");
          else if (postEntryPointReturn)
              error(loc, "beginInvocationInterlockARB() cannot be placed after a return from main()", "", "");
          if (controlFlowNestingLevel > 0)
              error(loc, "beginInvocationInterlockARB() cannot be placed within flow control", "", "");
  
          if (beginInvocationInterlockCount > 0)
              error(loc, "beginInvocationInterlockARB() must only be called once", "", "");
          if (endInvocationInterlockCount > 0)
              error(loc, "beginInvocationInterlockARB() must be called before endInvocationInterlockARB()", "", "");
  
          beginInvocationInterlockCount++;
  
          // default to pixel_interlock_ordered
          if (intermediate.getInterlockOrdering() == EioNone)
              intermediate.setInterlockOrdering(EioPixelInterlockOrdered);
          break;
      case EOpEndInvocationInterlock:
          if (language != EShLangFragment)
              error(loc, "endInvocationInterlockARB() must be in a fragment shader", "", "");
          if (! inMain)
              error(loc, "endInvocationInterlockARB() must be in main()", "", "");
          else if (postEntryPointReturn)
              error(loc, "endInvocationInterlockARB() cannot be placed after a return from main()", "", "");
          if (controlFlowNestingLevel > 0)
              error(loc, "endInvocationInterlockARB() cannot be placed within flow control", "", "");
  
          if (endInvocationInterlockCount > 0)
              error(loc, "endInvocationInterlockARB() must only be called once", "", "");
          if (beginInvocationInterlockCount == 0)
              error(loc, "beginInvocationInterlockARB() must be called before endInvocationInterlockARB()", "", "");
  
          endInvocationInterlockCount++;
          break;
      default:
          break;
      }
  #endif
  }
  
  // Finish processing object.length(). This started earlier in handleDotDereference(), where
  // the ".length" part was recognized and semantically checked, and finished here where the
  // function syntax "()" is recognized.
  //
  // Return resulting tree node.
  TIntermTyped* TParseContext::handleLengthMethod(const TSourceLoc& loc, TFunction* function, TIntermNode* intermNode)
  {
      int length = 0;
  
      if (function->getParamCount() > 0)
          error(loc, "method does not accept any arguments", function->getName().c_str(), "");
      else {
          const TType& type = intermNode->getAsTyped()->getType();
          if (type.isArray()) {
              if (type.isUnsizedArray()) {
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
                  if (intermNode->getAsSymbolNode() && isIoResizeArray(type)) {
                      // We could be between a layout declaration that gives a built-in io array implicit size and
                      // a user redeclaration of that array, meaning we have to substitute its implicit size here
                      // without actually redeclaring the array.  (It is an error to use a member before the
                      // redeclaration, but not an error to use the array name itself.)
                      const TString& name = intermNode->getAsSymbolNode()->getName();
                      if (name == "gl_in" || name == "gl_out" || name == "gl_MeshVerticesNV" ||
                          name == "gl_MeshPrimitivesNV") {
                          length = getIoArrayImplicitSize(type.getQualifier());
                      }
                  }
  #endif
                  if (length == 0) {
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
                      if (intermNode->getAsSymbolNode() && isIoResizeArray(type))
                          error(loc, "", function->getName().c_str(), "array must first be sized by a redeclaration or layout qualifier");
                      else if (isRuntimeLength(*intermNode->getAsTyped())) {
                          // Create a unary op and let the back end handle it
                          return intermediate.addBuiltInFunctionCall(loc, EOpArrayLength, true, intermNode, TType(EbtInt));
                      } else
  #endif
                          error(loc, "", function->getName().c_str(), "array must be declared with a size before using this method");
                  }
              } else if (type.getOuterArrayNode()) {
                  // If the array's outer size is specified by an intermediate node, it means the array's length
                  // was specified by a specialization constant. In such a case, we should return the node of the
                  // specialization constants to represent the length.
                  return type.getOuterArrayNode();
              } else
                  length = type.getOuterArraySize();
          } else if (type.isMatrix())
              length = type.getMatrixCols();
          else if (type.isVector())
              length = type.getVectorSize();
          else if (type.isCoopMat())
              return intermediate.addBuiltInFunctionCall(loc, EOpArrayLength, true, intermNode, TType(EbtInt));
          else {
              // we should not get here, because earlier semantic checking should have prevented this path
              error(loc, ".length()", "unexpected use of .length()", "");
          }
      }
  
      if (length == 0)
          length = 1;
  
      return intermediate.addConstantUnion(length, loc);
  }
  
  //
  // Add any needed implicit conversions for function-call arguments to input parameters.
  //
  void TParseContext::addInputArgumentConversions(const TFunction& function, TIntermNode*& arguments) const
  {
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
      TIntermAggregate* aggregate = arguments->getAsAggregate();
  
      // Process each argument's conversion
      for (int i = 0; i < function.getParamCount(); ++i) {
          // At this early point there is a slight ambiguity between whether an aggregate 'arguments'
          // is the single argument itself or its children are the arguments.  Only one argument
          // means take 'arguments' itself as the one argument.
          TIntermTyped* arg = function.getParamCount() == 1 ? arguments->getAsTyped() : (aggregate ? aggregate->getSequence()[i]->getAsTyped() : arguments->getAsTyped());
          if (*function[i].type != arg->getType()) {
              if (function[i].type->getQualifier().isParamInput() &&
                 !function[i].type->isCoopMat()) {
                  // In-qualified arguments just need an extra node added above the argument to
                  // convert to the correct type.
                  arg = intermediate.addConversion(EOpFunctionCall, *function[i].type, arg);
                  if (arg) {
                      if (function.getParamCount() == 1)
                          arguments = arg;
                      else {
                          if (aggregate)
                              aggregate->getSequence()[i] = arg;
                          else
                              arguments = arg;
                      }
                  }
              }
          }
      }
  #endif
  }
  
  //
  // Add any needed implicit output conversions for function-call arguments.  This
  // can require a new tree topology, complicated further by whether the function
  // has a return value.
  //
  // Returns a node of a subtree that evaluates to the return value of the function.
  //
  TIntermTyped* TParseContext::addOutputArgumentConversions(const TFunction& function, TIntermAggregate& intermNode) const
  {
  #ifdef GLSLANG_WEB
      return &intermNode;
  #else
      TIntermSequence& arguments = intermNode.getSequence();
  
      // Will there be any output conversions?
      bool outputConversions = false;
      for (int i = 0; i < function.getParamCount(); ++i) {
          if (*function[i].type != arguments[i]->getAsTyped()->getType() && function[i].type->getQualifier().isParamOutput()) {
              outputConversions = true;
              break;
          }
      }
  
      if (! outputConversions)
          return &intermNode;
  
      // Setup for the new tree, if needed:
      //
      // Output conversions need a different tree topology.
      // Out-qualified arguments need a temporary of the correct type, with the call
      // followed by an assignment of the temporary to the original argument:
      //     void: function(arg, ...)  ->        (          function(tempArg, ...), arg = tempArg, ...)
      //     ret = function(arg, ...)  ->  ret = (tempRet = function(tempArg, ...), arg = tempArg, ..., tempRet)
      // Where the "tempArg" type needs no conversion as an argument, but will convert on assignment.
      TIntermTyped* conversionTree = nullptr;
      TVariable* tempRet = nullptr;
      if (intermNode.getBasicType() != EbtVoid) {
          // do the "tempRet = function(...), " bit from above
          tempRet = makeInternalVariable("tempReturn", intermNode.getType());
          TIntermSymbol* tempRetNode = intermediate.addSymbol(*tempRet, intermNode.getLoc());
          conversionTree = intermediate.addAssign(EOpAssign, tempRetNode, &intermNode, intermNode.getLoc());
      } else
          conversionTree = &intermNode;
  
      conversionTree = intermediate.makeAggregate(conversionTree);
  
      // Process each argument's conversion
      for (int i = 0; i < function.getParamCount(); ++i) {
          if (*function[i].type != arguments[i]->getAsTyped()->getType()) {
              if (function[i].type->getQualifier().isParamOutput()) {
                  // Out-qualified arguments need to use the topology set up above.
                  // do the " ...(tempArg, ...), arg = tempArg" bit from above
                  TType paramType;
                  paramType.shallowCopy(*function[i].type);
                  if (arguments[i]->getAsTyped()->getType().isParameterized() &&
                      !paramType.isParameterized()) {
                      paramType.shallowCopy(arguments[i]->getAsTyped()->getType());
                      paramType.copyTypeParameters(*arguments[i]->getAsTyped()->getType().getTypeParameters());
                  }
                  TVariable* tempArg = makeInternalVariable("tempArg", paramType);
                  tempArg->getWritableType().getQualifier().makeTemporary();
                  TIntermSymbol* tempArgNode = intermediate.addSymbol(*tempArg, intermNode.getLoc());
                  TIntermTyped* tempAssign = intermediate.addAssign(EOpAssign, arguments[i]->getAsTyped(), tempArgNode, arguments[i]->getLoc());
                  conversionTree = intermediate.growAggregate(conversionTree, tempAssign, arguments[i]->getLoc());
                  // replace the argument with another node for the same tempArg variable
                  arguments[i] = intermediate.addSymbol(*tempArg, intermNode.getLoc());
              }
          }
      }
  
      // Finalize the tree topology (see bigger comment above).
      if (tempRet) {
          // do the "..., tempRet" bit from above
          TIntermSymbol* tempRetNode = intermediate.addSymbol(*tempRet, intermNode.getLoc());
          conversionTree = intermediate.growAggregate(conversionTree, tempRetNode, intermNode.getLoc());
      }
      conversionTree = intermediate.setAggregateOperator(conversionTree, EOpComma, intermNode.getType(), intermNode.getLoc());
  
      return conversionTree;
  #endif
  }
  
  TIntermTyped* TParseContext::addAssign(const TSourceLoc& loc, TOperator op, TIntermTyped* left, TIntermTyped* right)
  {
      if ((op == EOpAddAssign || op == EOpSubAssign) && left->isReference())
          requireExtensions(loc, 1, &E_GL_EXT_buffer_reference2, "+= and -= on a buffer reference");
  
      return intermediate.addAssign(op, left, right, loc);
  }
  
  void TParseContext::memorySemanticsCheck(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TFunction& fnCandidate, const TIntermOperator& callNode)
  {
      const TIntermSequence* argp = &callNode.getAsAggregate()->getSequence();
  
      //const int gl_SemanticsRelaxed         = 0x0;
      const int gl_SemanticsAcquire         = 0x2;
      const int gl_SemanticsRelease         = 0x4;
      const int gl_SemanticsAcquireRelease  = 0x8;
      const int gl_SemanticsMakeAvailable   = 0x2000;
      const int gl_SemanticsMakeVisible     = 0x4000;
      const int gl_SemanticsVolatile        = 0x8000;
  
      //const int gl_StorageSemanticsNone     = 0x0;
      const int gl_StorageSemanticsBuffer   = 0x40;
      const int gl_StorageSemanticsShared   = 0x100;
      const int gl_StorageSemanticsImage    = 0x800;
      const int gl_StorageSemanticsOutput   = 0x1000;
  
  
      unsigned int semantics = 0, storageClassSemantics = 0;
      unsigned int semantics2 = 0, storageClassSemantics2 = 0;
  
      const TIntermTyped* arg0 = (*argp)[0]->getAsTyped();
      const bool isMS = arg0->getBasicType() == EbtSampler && arg0->getType().getSampler().isMultiSample();
  
      // Grab the semantics and storage class semantics from the operands, based on opcode
      switch (callNode.getOp()) {
      case EOpAtomicAdd:
      case EOpAtomicMin:
      case EOpAtomicMax:
      case EOpAtomicAnd:
      case EOpAtomicOr:
      case EOpAtomicXor:
      case EOpAtomicExchange:
      case EOpAtomicStore:
          storageClassSemantics = (*argp)[3]->getAsConstantUnion()->getConstArray()[0].getIConst();
          semantics = (*argp)[4]->getAsConstantUnion()->getConstArray()[0].getIConst();
          break;
      case EOpAtomicLoad:
          storageClassSemantics = (*argp)[2]->getAsConstantUnion()->getConstArray()[0].getIConst();
          semantics = (*argp)[3]->getAsConstantUnion()->getConstArray()[0].getIConst();
          break;
      case EOpAtomicCompSwap:
          storageClassSemantics = (*argp)[4]->getAsConstantUnion()->getConstArray()[0].getIConst();
          semantics = (*argp)[5]->getAsConstantUnion()->getConstArray()[0].getIConst();
          storageClassSemantics2 = (*argp)[6]->getAsConstantUnion()->getConstArray()[0].getIConst();
          semantics2 = (*argp)[7]->getAsConstantUnion()->getConstArray()[0].getIConst();
          break;
  
      case EOpImageAtomicAdd:
      case EOpImageAtomicMin:
      case EOpImageAtomicMax:
      case EOpImageAtomicAnd:
      case EOpImageAtomicOr:
      case EOpImageAtomicXor:
      case EOpImageAtomicExchange:
      case EOpImageAtomicStore:
          storageClassSemantics = (*argp)[isMS ? 5 : 4]->getAsConstantUnion()->getConstArray()[0].getIConst();
          semantics = (*argp)[isMS ? 6 : 5]->getAsConstantUnion()->getConstArray()[0].getIConst();
          break;
      case EOpImageAtomicLoad:
          storageClassSemantics = (*argp)[isMS ? 4 : 3]->getAsConstantUnion()->getConstArray()[0].getIConst();
          semantics = (*argp)[isMS ? 5 : 4]->getAsConstantUnion()->getConstArray()[0].getIConst();
          break;
      case EOpImageAtomicCompSwap:
          storageClassSemantics = (*argp)[isMS ? 6 : 5]->getAsConstantUnion()->getConstArray()[0].getIConst();
          semantics = (*argp)[isMS ? 7 : 6]->getAsConstantUnion()->getConstArray()[0].getIConst();
          storageClassSemantics2 = (*argp)[isMS ? 8 : 7]->getAsConstantUnion()->getConstArray()[0].getIConst();
          semantics2 = (*argp)[isMS ? 9 : 8]->getAsConstantUnion()->getConstArray()[0].getIConst();
          break;
  
      case EOpBarrier:
          storageClassSemantics = (*argp)[2]->getAsConstantUnion()->getConstArray()[0].getIConst();
          semantics = (*argp)[3]->getAsConstantUnion()->getConstArray()[0].getIConst();
          break;
      case EOpMemoryBarrier:
          storageClassSemantics = (*argp)[1]->getAsConstantUnion()->getConstArray()[0].getIConst();
          semantics = (*argp)[2]->getAsConstantUnion()->getConstArray()[0].getIConst();
          break;
      default:
          break;
      }
  
      if ((semantics & gl_SemanticsAcquire) && 
          (callNode.getOp() == EOpAtomicStore || callNode.getOp() == EOpImageAtomicStore)) {
          error(loc, "gl_SemanticsAcquire must not be used with (image) atomic store",
                fnCandidate.getName().c_str(), "");
      }
      if ((semantics & gl_SemanticsRelease) && 
          (callNode.getOp() == EOpAtomicLoad || callNode.getOp() == EOpImageAtomicLoad)) {
          error(loc, "gl_SemanticsRelease must not be used with (image) atomic load",
                fnCandidate.getName().c_str(), "");
      }
      if ((semantics & gl_SemanticsAcquireRelease) && 
          (callNode.getOp() == EOpAtomicStore || callNode.getOp() == EOpImageAtomicStore || 
           callNode.getOp() == EOpAtomicLoad  || callNode.getOp() == EOpImageAtomicLoad)) {
          error(loc, "gl_SemanticsAcquireRelease must not be used with (image) atomic load/store",
                fnCandidate.getName().c_str(), "");
      }
      if (((semantics | semantics2) & ~(gl_SemanticsAcquire |
                                        gl_SemanticsRelease |
                                        gl_SemanticsAcquireRelease |
                                        gl_SemanticsMakeAvailable |
                                        gl_SemanticsMakeVisible |
                                        gl_SemanticsVolatile))) {
          error(loc, "Invalid semantics value", fnCandidate.getName().c_str(), "");
      }
      if (((storageClassSemantics | storageClassSemantics2) & ~(gl_StorageSemanticsBuffer |
                                                                gl_StorageSemanticsShared |
                                                                gl_StorageSemanticsImage |
                                                                gl_StorageSemanticsOutput))) {
          error(loc, "Invalid storage class semantics value", fnCandidate.getName().c_str(), "");
      }
  
      if (callNode.getOp() == EOpMemoryBarrier) {
          if (!IsPow2(semantics & (gl_SemanticsAcquire | gl_SemanticsRelease | gl_SemanticsAcquireRelease))) {
              error(loc, "Semantics must include exactly one of gl_SemanticsRelease, gl_SemanticsAcquire, or "
                         "gl_SemanticsAcquireRelease", fnCandidate.getName().c_str(), "");
          }
      } else {
          if (semantics & (gl_SemanticsAcquire | gl_SemanticsRelease | gl_SemanticsAcquireRelease)) {
              if (!IsPow2(semantics & (gl_SemanticsAcquire | gl_SemanticsRelease | gl_SemanticsAcquireRelease))) {
                  error(loc, "Semantics must not include multiple of gl_SemanticsRelease, gl_SemanticsAcquire, or "
                             "gl_SemanticsAcquireRelease", fnCandidate.getName().c_str(), "");
              }
          }
          if (semantics2 & (gl_SemanticsAcquire | gl_SemanticsRelease | gl_SemanticsAcquireRelease)) {
              if (!IsPow2(semantics2 & (gl_SemanticsAcquire | gl_SemanticsRelease | gl_SemanticsAcquireRelease))) {
                  error(loc, "semUnequal must not include multiple of gl_SemanticsRelease, gl_SemanticsAcquire, or "
                             "gl_SemanticsAcquireRelease", fnCandidate.getName().c_str(), "");
              }
          }
      }
      if (callNode.getOp() == EOpMemoryBarrier) {
          if (storageClassSemantics == 0) {
              error(loc, "Storage class semantics must not be zero", fnCandidate.getName().c_str(), "");
          }
      }
      if (callNode.getOp() == EOpBarrier && semantics != 0 && storageClassSemantics == 0) {
          error(loc, "Storage class semantics must not be zero", fnCandidate.getName().c_str(), "");
      }
      if ((callNode.getOp() == EOpAtomicCompSwap || callNode.getOp() == EOpImageAtomicCompSwap) &&
          (semantics2 & (gl_SemanticsRelease | gl_SemanticsAcquireRelease))) {
          error(loc, "semUnequal must not be gl_SemanticsRelease or gl_SemanticsAcquireRelease",
                fnCandidate.getName().c_str(), "");
      }
      if ((semantics & gl_SemanticsMakeAvailable) &&
          !(semantics & (gl_SemanticsRelease | gl_SemanticsAcquireRelease))) {
          error(loc, "gl_SemanticsMakeAvailable requires gl_SemanticsRelease or gl_SemanticsAcquireRelease",
                fnCandidate.getName().c_str(), "");
      }
      if ((semantics & gl_SemanticsMakeVisible) &&
          !(semantics & (gl_SemanticsAcquire | gl_SemanticsAcquireRelease))) {
          error(loc, "gl_SemanticsMakeVisible requires gl_SemanticsAcquire or gl_SemanticsAcquireRelease",
                fnCandidate.getName().c_str(), "");
      }
      if ((semantics & gl_SemanticsVolatile) &&
          (callNode.getOp() == EOpMemoryBarrier || callNode.getOp() == EOpBarrier)) {
          error(loc, "gl_SemanticsVolatile must not be used with memoryBarrier or controlBarrier",
                fnCandidate.getName().c_str(), "");
      }
      if ((callNode.getOp() == EOpAtomicCompSwap || callNode.getOp() == EOpImageAtomicCompSwap) &&
          ((semantics ^ semantics2) & gl_SemanticsVolatile)) {
          error(loc, "semEqual and semUnequal must either both include gl_SemanticsVolatile or neither",
                fnCandidate.getName().c_str(), "");
      }
  }
  
  //
  // Do additional checking of built-in function calls that is not caught
  // by normal semantic checks on argument type, extension tagging, etc.
  //
  // Assumes there has been a semantically correct match to a built-in function prototype.
  //
  void TParseContext::builtInOpCheck(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TFunction& fnCandidate, TIntermOperator& callNode)
  {
      // Set up convenience accessors to the argument(s).  There is almost always
      // multiple arguments for the cases below, but when there might be one,
      // check the unaryArg first.
      const TIntermSequence* argp = nullptr;   // confusing to use [] syntax on a pointer, so this is to help get a reference
      const TIntermTyped* unaryArg = nullptr;
      const TIntermTyped* arg0 = nullptr;
      if (callNode.getAsAggregate()) {
          argp = &callNode.getAsAggregate()->getSequence();
          if (argp->size() > 0)
              arg0 = (*argp)[0]->getAsTyped();
      } else {
          assert(callNode.getAsUnaryNode());
          unaryArg = callNode.getAsUnaryNode()->getOperand();
          arg0 = unaryArg;
      }
  
      TString featureString;
      const char* feature = nullptr;
      switch (callNode.getOp()) {
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
      case EOpTextureGather:
      case EOpTextureGatherOffset:
      case EOpTextureGatherOffsets:
      {
          // Figure out which variants are allowed by what extensions,
          // and what arguments must be constant for which situations.
  
          featureString = fnCandidate.getName();
          featureString += "(...)";
          feature = featureString.c_str();
          profileRequires(loc, EEsProfile, 310, nullptr, feature);
          int compArg = -1;  // track which argument, if any, is the constant component argument
          switch (callNode.getOp()) {
          case EOpTextureGather:
              // More than two arguments needs gpu_shader5, and rectangular or shadow needs gpu_shader5,
              // otherwise, need GL_ARB_texture_gather.
              if (fnCandidate.getParamCount() > 2 || fnCandidate[0].type->getSampler().dim == EsdRect || fnCandidate[0].type->getSampler().shadow) {
                  profileRequires(loc, ~EEsProfile, 400, E_GL_ARB_gpu_shader5, feature);
                  if (! fnCandidate[0].type->getSampler().shadow)
                      compArg = 2;
              } else
                  profileRequires(loc, ~EEsProfile, 400, E_GL_ARB_texture_gather, feature);
              break;
          case EOpTextureGatherOffset:
              // GL_ARB_texture_gather is good enough for 2D non-shadow textures with no component argument
              if (fnCandidate[0].type->getSampler().dim == Esd2D && ! fnCandidate[0].type->getSampler().shadow && fnCandidate.getParamCount() == 3)
                  profileRequires(loc, ~EEsProfile, 400, E_GL_ARB_texture_gather, feature);
              else
                  profileRequires(loc, ~EEsProfile, 400, E_GL_ARB_gpu_shader5, feature);
              if (! (*argp)[fnCandidate[0].type->getSampler().shadow ? 3 : 2]->getAsConstantUnion())
                  profileRequires(loc, EEsProfile, 320, Num_AEP_gpu_shader5, AEP_gpu_shader5,
                                  "non-constant offset argument");
              if (! fnCandidate[0].type->getSampler().shadow)
                  compArg = 3;
              break;
          case EOpTextureGatherOffsets:
              profileRequires(loc, ~EEsProfile, 400, E_GL_ARB_gpu_shader5, feature);
              if (! fnCandidate[0].type->getSampler().shadow)
                  compArg = 3;
              // check for constant offsets
              if (! (*argp)[fnCandidate[0].type->getSampler().shadow ? 3 : 2]->getAsConstantUnion())
                  error(loc, "must be a compile-time constant:", feature, "offsets argument");
              break;
          default:
              break;
          }
  
          if (compArg > 0 && compArg < fnCandidate.getParamCount()) {
              if ((*argp)[compArg]->getAsConstantUnion()) {
                  int value = (*argp)[compArg]->getAsConstantUnion()->getConstArray()[0].getIConst();
                  if (value < 0 || value > 3)
                      error(loc, "must be 0, 1, 2, or 3:", feature, "component argument");
              } else
                  error(loc, "must be a compile-time constant:", feature, "component argument");
          }
  
          bool bias = false;
          if (callNode.getOp() == EOpTextureGather)
              bias = fnCandidate.getParamCount() > 3;
          else if (callNode.getOp() == EOpTextureGatherOffset ||
                   callNode.getOp() == EOpTextureGatherOffsets)
              bias = fnCandidate.getParamCount() > 4;
  
          if (bias) {
              featureString = fnCandidate.getName();
              featureString += "with bias argument";
              feature = featureString.c_str();
              profileRequires(loc, ~EEsProfile, 450, nullptr, feature);
              requireExtensions(loc, 1, &E_GL_AMD_texture_gather_bias_lod, feature);
          }
          break;
      }
      case EOpSparseTextureGather:
      case EOpSparseTextureGatherOffset:
      case EOpSparseTextureGatherOffsets:
      {
          bool bias = false;
          if (callNode.getOp() == EOpSparseTextureGather)
              bias = fnCandidate.getParamCount() > 4;
          else if (callNode.getOp() == EOpSparseTextureGatherOffset ||
                   callNode.getOp() == EOpSparseTextureGatherOffsets)
              bias = fnCandidate.getParamCount() > 5;
  
          if (bias) {
              featureString = fnCandidate.getName();
              featureString += "with bias argument";
              feature = featureString.c_str();
              profileRequires(loc, ~EEsProfile, 450, nullptr, feature);
              requireExtensions(loc, 1, &E_GL_AMD_texture_gather_bias_lod, feature);
          }
  
          break;
      }
  
      case EOpSparseTextureGatherLod:
      case EOpSparseTextureGatherLodOffset:
      case EOpSparseTextureGatherLodOffsets:
      {
          requireExtensions(loc, 1, &E_GL_ARB_sparse_texture2, fnCandidate.getName().c_str());
          break;
      }
  
      case EOpSwizzleInvocations:
      {
          if (! (*argp)[1]->getAsConstantUnion())
              error(loc, "argument must be compile-time constant", "offset", "");
          else {
              unsigned offset[4] = {};
              offset[0] = (*argp)[1]->getAsConstantUnion()->getConstArray()[0].getUConst();
              offset[1] = (*argp)[1]->getAsConstantUnion()->getConstArray()[1].getUConst();
              offset[2] = (*argp)[1]->getAsConstantUnion()->getConstArray()[2].getUConst();
              offset[3] = (*argp)[1]->getAsConstantUnion()->getConstArray()[3].getUConst();
              if (offset[0] > 3 || offset[1] > 3 || offset[2] > 3 || offset[3] > 3)
                  error(loc, "components must be in the range [0, 3]", "offset", "");
          }
  
          break;
      }
  
      case EOpSwizzleInvocationsMasked:
      {
          if (! (*argp)[1]->getAsConstantUnion())
              error(loc, "argument must be compile-time constant", "mask", "");
          else {
              unsigned mask[3] = {};
              mask[0] = (*argp)[1]->getAsConstantUnion()->getConstArray()[0].getUConst();
              mask[1] = (*argp)[1]->getAsConstantUnion()->getConstArray()[1].getUConst();
              mask[2] = (*argp)[1]->getAsConstantUnion()->getConstArray()[2].getUConst();
              if (mask[0] > 31 || mask[1] > 31 || mask[2] > 31)
                  error(loc, "components must be in the range [0, 31]", "mask", "");
          }
  
          break;
      }
  #endif
  
      case EOpTextureOffset:
      case EOpTextureFetchOffset:
      case EOpTextureProjOffset:
      case EOpTextureLodOffset:
      case EOpTextureProjLodOffset:
      case EOpTextureGradOffset:
      case EOpTextureProjGradOffset:
      {
          // Handle texture-offset limits checking
          // Pick which argument has to hold constant offsets
          int arg = -1;
          switch (callNode.getOp()) {
          case EOpTextureOffset:          arg = 2;  break;
          case EOpTextureFetchOffset:     arg = (arg0->getType().getSampler().isRect()) ? 2 : 3; break;
          case EOpTextureProjOffset:      arg = 2;  break;
          case EOpTextureLodOffset:       arg = 3;  break;
          case EOpTextureProjLodOffset:   arg = 3;  break;
          case EOpTextureGradOffset:      arg = 4;  break;
          case EOpTextureProjGradOffset:  arg = 4;  break;
          default:
              assert(0);
              break;
          }
  
          if (arg > 0) {
  
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
              bool f16ShadowCompare = (*argp)[1]->getAsTyped()->getBasicType() == EbtFloat16 &&
                                      arg0->getType().getSampler().shadow;
              if (f16ShadowCompare)
                  ++arg;
  #endif
              if (! (*argp)[arg]->getAsTyped()->getQualifier().isConstant())
                  error(loc, "argument must be compile-time constant", "texel offset", "");
              else if ((*argp)[arg]->getAsConstantUnion()) {
                  const TType& type = (*argp)[arg]->getAsTyped()->getType();
                  for (int c = 0; c < type.getVectorSize(); ++c) {
                      int offset = (*argp)[arg]->getAsConstantUnion()->getConstArray()[c].getIConst();
                      if (offset > resources.maxProgramTexelOffset || offset < resources.minProgramTexelOffset)
                          error(loc, "value is out of range:", "texel offset",
                                "[gl_MinProgramTexelOffset, gl_MaxProgramTexelOffset]");
                  }
              }
          }
  
          break;
      }
  
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
      case EOpTraceNV:
          if (!(*argp)[10]->getAsConstantUnion())
              error(loc, "argument must be compile-time constant", "payload number", "a");
          break;
      case EOpTraceKHR:
          if (!(*argp)[10]->getAsConstantUnion())
              error(loc, "argument must be compile-time constant", "payload number", "a");
          else {
              unsigned int location = (*argp)[10]->getAsConstantUnion()->getAsConstantUnion()->getConstArray()[0].getUConst();
              if (intermediate.checkLocationRT(0, location) < 0)
                  error(loc, "with layout(location =", "no rayPayloadEXT/rayPayloadInEXT declared", "%d)", location);
          }
          break;
      case EOpExecuteCallableNV:
          if (!(*argp)[1]->getAsConstantUnion())
              error(loc, "argument must be compile-time constant", "callable data number", "");
          break;
      case EOpExecuteCallableKHR:
          if (!(*argp)[1]->getAsConstantUnion())
              error(loc, "argument must be compile-time constant", "callable data number", "");
          else {
              unsigned int location = (*argp)[1]->getAsConstantUnion()->getAsConstantUnion()->getConstArray()[0].getUConst();
              if (intermediate.checkLocationRT(1, location) < 0)
                  error(loc, "with layout(location =", "no callableDataEXT/callableDataInEXT declared", "%d)", location);
          }
          break;
  
      case EOpRayQueryGetIntersectionType:
      case EOpRayQueryGetIntersectionT:
      case EOpRayQueryGetIntersectionInstanceCustomIndex:
      case EOpRayQueryGetIntersectionInstanceId:
      case EOpRayQueryGetIntersectionInstanceShaderBindingTableRecordOffset:
      case EOpRayQueryGetIntersectionGeometryIndex:
      case EOpRayQueryGetIntersectionPrimitiveIndex:
      case EOpRayQueryGetIntersectionBarycentrics:
      case EOpRayQueryGetIntersectionFrontFace:
      case EOpRayQueryGetIntersectionObjectRayDirection:
      case EOpRayQueryGetIntersectionObjectRayOrigin:
      case EOpRayQueryGetIntersectionObjectToWorld:
      case EOpRayQueryGetIntersectionWorldToObject:
          if (!(*argp)[1]->getAsConstantUnion())
              error(loc, "argument must be compile-time constant", "committed", "");
          break;
  
      case EOpTextureQuerySamples:
      case EOpImageQuerySamples:
          // GL_ARB_shader_texture_image_samples
          profileRequires(loc, ~EEsProfile, 450, E_GL_ARB_shader_texture_image_samples, "textureSamples and imageSamples");
          break;
  
      case EOpImageAtomicAdd:
      case EOpImageAtomicMin:
      case EOpImageAtomicMax:
      case EOpImageAtomicAnd:
      case EOpImageAtomicOr:
      case EOpImageAtomicXor:
      case EOpImageAtomicExchange:
      case EOpImageAtomicCompSwap:
      case EOpImageAtomicLoad:
      case EOpImageAtomicStore:
      {
          // Make sure the image types have the correct layout() format and correct argument types
          const TType& imageType = arg0->getType();
          if (imageType.getSampler().type == EbtInt || imageType.getSampler().type == EbtUint ||
              imageType.getSampler().type == EbtInt64 || imageType.getSampler().type == EbtUint64) {
              if (imageType.getQualifier().getFormat() != ElfR32i && imageType.getQualifier().getFormat() != ElfR32ui &&
                  imageType.getQualifier().getFormat() != ElfR64i && imageType.getQualifier().getFormat() != ElfR64ui)
                  error(loc, "only supported on image with format r32i or r32ui", fnCandidate.getName().c_str(), "");
              if (callNode.getType().getBasicType() == EbtInt64 && imageType.getQualifier().getFormat() != ElfR64i)
                  error(loc, "only supported on image with format r64i", fnCandidate.getName().c_str(), "");
              else if (callNode.getType().getBasicType() == EbtUint64 && imageType.getQualifier().getFormat() != ElfR64ui)
                  error(loc, "only supported on image with format r64ui", fnCandidate.getName().c_str(), "");
          } else {
              bool isImageAtomicOnFloatAllowed = ((fnCandidate.getName().compare(0, 14, "imageAtomicAdd") == 0) ||
                  (fnCandidate.getName().compare(0, 15, "imageAtomicLoad") == 0) ||
                  (fnCandidate.getName().compare(0, 16, "imageAtomicStore") == 0) ||
                  (fnCandidate.getName().compare(0, 19, "imageAtomicExchange") == 0));
              if (imageType.getSampler().type == EbtFloat && isImageAtomicOnFloatAllowed &&
                  (fnCandidate.getName().compare(0, 19, "imageAtomicExchange") != 0)) // imageAtomicExchange doesn't require GL_EXT_shader_atomic_float
                  requireExtensions(loc, 1, &E_GL_EXT_shader_atomic_float, fnCandidate.getName().c_str());
              if (!isImageAtomicOnFloatAllowed)
                  error(loc, "only supported on integer images", fnCandidate.getName().c_str(), "");
              else if (imageType.getQualifier().getFormat() != ElfR32f && isEsProfile())
                  error(loc, "only supported on image with format r32f", fnCandidate.getName().c_str(), "");
          }
  
          const size_t maxArgs = imageType.getSampler().isMultiSample() ? 5 : 4;
          if (argp->size() > maxArgs) {
              requireExtensions(loc, 1, &E_GL_KHR_memory_scope_semantics, fnCandidate.getName().c_str());
              memorySemanticsCheck(loc, fnCandidate, callNode);
          }
  
          break;
      }
  
      case EOpAtomicAdd:
      case EOpAtomicMin:
      case EOpAtomicMax:
      case EOpAtomicAnd:
      case EOpAtomicOr:
      case EOpAtomicXor:
      case EOpAtomicExchange:
      case EOpAtomicCompSwap:
      case EOpAtomicLoad:
      case EOpAtomicStore:
      {
          if (argp->size() > 3) {
              requireExtensions(loc, 1, &E_GL_KHR_memory_scope_semantics, fnCandidate.getName().c_str());
              memorySemanticsCheck(loc, fnCandidate, callNode);
              if ((callNode.getOp() == EOpAtomicAdd || callNode.getOp() == EOpAtomicExchange ||
                  callNode.getOp() == EOpAtomicLoad || callNode.getOp() == EOpAtomicStore) &&
                  (arg0->getType().isFloatingDomain())) {
                  requireExtensions(loc, 1, &E_GL_EXT_shader_atomic_float, fnCandidate.getName().c_str());
              }
          } else if (arg0->getType().getBasicType() == EbtInt64 || arg0->getType().getBasicType() == EbtUint64) {
              const char* const extensions[2] = { E_GL_NV_shader_atomic_int64,
                                                  E_GL_EXT_shader_atomic_int64 };
              requireExtensions(loc, 2, extensions, fnCandidate.getName().c_str());
          } else if ((callNode.getOp() == EOpAtomicAdd || callNode.getOp() == EOpAtomicExchange) &&
                     (arg0->getType().isFloatingDomain())) {
              requireExtensions(loc, 1, &E_GL_EXT_shader_atomic_float, fnCandidate.getName().c_str());
          }
          break;
      }
  
      case EOpInterpolateAtCentroid:
      case EOpInterpolateAtSample:
      case EOpInterpolateAtOffset:
      case EOpInterpolateAtVertex:
          // Make sure the first argument is an interpolant, or an array element of an interpolant
          if (arg0->getType().getQualifier().storage != EvqVaryingIn) {
              // It might still be an array element.
              //
              // We could check more, but the semantics of the first argument are already met; the
              // only way to turn an array into a float/vec* is array dereference and swizzle.
              //
              // ES and desktop 4.3 and earlier:  swizzles may not be used
              // desktop 4.4 and later: swizzles may be used
              bool swizzleOkay = (!isEsProfile()) && (version >= 440);
              const TIntermTyped* base = TIntermediate::findLValueBase(arg0, swizzleOkay);
              if (base == nullptr || base->getType().getQualifier().storage != EvqVaryingIn)
                  error(loc, "first argument must be an interpolant, or interpolant-array element", fnCandidate.getName().c_str(), "");
          }
  
          if (callNode.getOp() == EOpInterpolateAtVertex) {
              if (!arg0->getType().getQualifier().isExplicitInterpolation())
                  error(loc, "argument must be qualified as __explicitInterpAMD in", "interpolant", "");
              else {
                  if (! (*argp)[1]->getAsConstantUnion())
                      error(loc, "argument must be compile-time constant", "vertex index", "");
                  else {
                      unsigned vertexIdx = (*argp)[1]->getAsConstantUnion()->getConstArray()[0].getUConst();
                      if (vertexIdx > 2)
                          error(loc, "must be in the range [0, 2]", "vertex index", "");
                  }
              }
          }
          break;
  
      case EOpEmitStreamVertex:
      case EOpEndStreamPrimitive:
          intermediate.setMultiStream();
          break;
  
      case EOpSubgroupClusteredAdd:
      case EOpSubgroupClusteredMul:
      case EOpSubgroupClusteredMin:
      case EOpSubgroupClusteredMax:
      case EOpSubgroupClusteredAnd:
      case EOpSubgroupClusteredOr:
      case EOpSubgroupClusteredXor:
          // The <clusterSize> as used in the subgroupClustered<op>() operations must be:
          // - An integral constant expression.
          // - At least 1.
          // - A power of 2.
          if ((*argp)[1]->getAsConstantUnion() == nullptr)
              error(loc, "argument must be compile-time constant", "cluster size", "");
          else {
              int size = (*argp)[1]->getAsConstantUnion()->getConstArray()[0].getIConst();
              if (size < 1)
                  error(loc, "argument must be at least 1", "cluster size", "");
              else if (!IsPow2(size))
                  error(loc, "argument must be a power of 2", "cluster size", "");
          }
          break;
  
      case EOpSubgroupBroadcast:
      case EOpSubgroupQuadBroadcast:
          if (spvVersion.spv < EShTargetSpv_1_5) {
              // <id> must be an integral constant expression.
              if ((*argp)[1]->getAsConstantUnion() == nullptr)
                  error(loc, "argument must be compile-time constant", "id", "");
          }
          break;
  
      case EOpBarrier:
      case EOpMemoryBarrier:
          if (argp->size() > 0) {
              requireExtensions(loc, 1, &E_GL_KHR_memory_scope_semantics, fnCandidate.getName().c_str());
              memorySemanticsCheck(loc, fnCandidate, callNode);
          }
          break;
  
      case EOpMix:
          if (profile == EEsProfile && version < 310) {
              // Look for specific signatures
              if ((*argp)[0]->getAsTyped()->getBasicType() != EbtFloat &&
                  (*argp)[1]->getAsTyped()->getBasicType() != EbtFloat &&
                  (*argp)[2]->getAsTyped()->getBasicType() == EbtBool) {
                  requireExtensions(loc, 1, &E_GL_EXT_shader_integer_mix, "specific signature of builtin mix");
              }
          }
  
          if (profile != EEsProfile && version < 450) {
              if ((*argp)[0]->getAsTyped()->getBasicType() != EbtFloat && 
                  (*argp)[0]->getAsTyped()->getBasicType() != EbtDouble &&
                  (*argp)[1]->getAsTyped()->getBasicType() != EbtFloat &&
                  (*argp)[1]->getAsTyped()->getBasicType() != EbtDouble &&
                  (*argp)[2]->getAsTyped()->getBasicType() == EbtBool) {
                  requireExtensions(loc, 1, &E_GL_EXT_shader_integer_mix, fnCandidate.getName().c_str());
              }
          }
  
          break;
  #endif
  
      default:
          break;
      }
  
      // Texture operations on texture objects (aside from texelFetch on a
      // textureBuffer) require EXT_samplerless_texture_functions.
      switch (callNode.getOp()) {
      case EOpTextureQuerySize:
      case EOpTextureQueryLevels:
      case EOpTextureQuerySamples:
      case EOpTextureFetch:
      case EOpTextureFetchOffset:
      {
          const TSampler& sampler = fnCandidate[0].type->getSampler();
  
          const bool isTexture = sampler.isTexture() && !sampler.isCombined();
          const bool isBuffer = sampler.isBuffer();
          const bool isFetch = callNode.getOp() == EOpTextureFetch || callNode.getOp() == EOpTextureFetchOffset;
  
          if (isTexture && (!isBuffer || !isFetch))
              requireExtensions(loc, 1, &E_GL_EXT_samplerless_texture_functions, fnCandidate.getName().c_str());
  
          break;
      }
  
      default:
          break;
      }
  
      if (callNode.isSubgroup()) {
          // these require SPIR-V 1.3
          if (spvVersion.spv > 0 && spvVersion.spv < EShTargetSpv_1_3)
              error(loc, "requires SPIR-V 1.3", "subgroup op", "");
  
          // Check that if extended types are being used that the correct extensions are enabled.
          if (arg0 != nullptr) {
              const TType& type = arg0->getType();
              switch (type.getBasicType()) {
              default:
                  break;
              case EbtInt8:
              case EbtUint8:
                  requireExtensions(loc, 1, &E_GL_EXT_shader_subgroup_extended_types_int8, type.getCompleteString().c_str());
                  break;
              case EbtInt16:
              case EbtUint16:
                  requireExtensions(loc, 1, &E_GL_EXT_shader_subgroup_extended_types_int16, type.getCompleteString().c_str());
                  break;
              case EbtInt64:
              case EbtUint64:
                  requireExtensions(loc, 1, &E_GL_EXT_shader_subgroup_extended_types_int64, type.getCompleteString().c_str());
                  break;
              case EbtFloat16:
                  requireExtensions(loc, 1, &E_GL_EXT_shader_subgroup_extended_types_float16, type.getCompleteString().c_str());
                  break;
              }
          }
      }
  }
  
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
  
  extern bool PureOperatorBuiltins;
  
  // Deprecated!  Use PureOperatorBuiltins == true instead, in which case this
  // functionality is handled in builtInOpCheck() instead of here.
  //
  // Do additional checking of built-in function calls that were not mapped
  // to built-in operations (e.g., texturing functions).
  //
  // Assumes there has been a semantically correct match to a built-in function.
  //
  void TParseContext::nonOpBuiltInCheck(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TFunction& fnCandidate, TIntermAggregate& callNode)
  {
      // Further maintenance of this function is deprecated, because the "correct"
      // future-oriented design is to not have to do string compares on function names.
  
      // If PureOperatorBuiltins == true, then all built-ins should be mapped
      // to a TOperator, and this function would then never get called.
  
      assert(PureOperatorBuiltins == false);
  
      // built-in texturing functions get their return value precision from the precision of the sampler
      if (fnCandidate.getType().getQualifier().precision == EpqNone &&
          fnCandidate.getParamCount() > 0 && fnCandidate[0].type->getBasicType() == EbtSampler)
          callNode.getQualifier().precision = callNode.getSequence()[0]->getAsTyped()->getQualifier().precision;
  
      if (fnCandidate.getName().compare(0, 7, "texture") == 0) {
          if (fnCandidate.getName().compare(0, 13, "textureGather") == 0) {
              TString featureString = fnCandidate.getName() + "(...)";
              const char* feature = featureString.c_str();
              profileRequires(loc, EEsProfile, 310, nullptr, feature);
  
              int compArg = -1;  // track which argument, if any, is the constant component argument
              if (fnCandidate.getName().compare("textureGatherOffset") == 0) {
                  // GL_ARB_texture_gather is good enough for 2D non-shadow textures with no component argument
                  if (fnCandidate[0].type->getSampler().dim == Esd2D && ! fnCandidate[0].type->getSampler().shadow && fnCandidate.getParamCount() == 3)
                      profileRequires(loc, ~EEsProfile, 400, E_GL_ARB_texture_gather, feature);
                  else
                      profileRequires(loc, ~EEsProfile, 400, E_GL_ARB_gpu_shader5, feature);
                  int offsetArg = fnCandidate[0].type->getSampler().shadow ? 3 : 2;
                  if (! callNode.getSequence()[offsetArg]->getAsConstantUnion())
                      profileRequires(loc, EEsProfile, 320, Num_AEP_gpu_shader5, AEP_gpu_shader5,
                                      "non-constant offset argument");
                  if (! fnCandidate[0].type->getSampler().shadow)
                      compArg = 3;
              } else if (fnCandidate.getName().compare("textureGatherOffsets") == 0) {
                  profileRequires(loc, ~EEsProfile, 400, E_GL_ARB_gpu_shader5, feature);
                  if (! fnCandidate[0].type->getSampler().shadow)
                      compArg = 3;
                  // check for constant offsets
                  int offsetArg = fnCandidate[0].type->getSampler().shadow ? 3 : 2;
                  if (! callNode.getSequence()[offsetArg]->getAsConstantUnion())
                      error(loc, "must be a compile-time constant:", feature, "offsets argument");
              } else if (fnCandidate.getName().compare("textureGather") == 0) {
                  // More than two arguments needs gpu_shader5, and rectangular or shadow needs gpu_shader5,
                  // otherwise, need GL_ARB_texture_gather.
                  if (fnCandidate.getParamCount() > 2 || fnCandidate[0].type->getSampler().dim == EsdRect || fnCandidate[0].type->getSampler().shadow) {
                      profileRequires(loc, ~EEsProfile, 400, E_GL_ARB_gpu_shader5, feature);
                      if (! fnCandidate[0].type->getSampler().shadow)
                          compArg = 2;
                  } else
                      profileRequires(loc, ~EEsProfile, 400, E_GL_ARB_texture_gather, feature);
              }
  
              if (compArg > 0 && compArg < fnCandidate.getParamCount()) {
                  if (callNode.getSequence()[compArg]->getAsConstantUnion()) {
                      int value = callNode.getSequence()[compArg]->getAsConstantUnion()->getConstArray()[0].getIConst();
                      if (value < 0 || value > 3)
                          error(loc, "must be 0, 1, 2, or 3:", feature, "component argument");
                  } else
                      error(loc, "must be a compile-time constant:", feature, "component argument");
              }
          } else {
              // this is only for functions not starting "textureGather"...
              if (fnCandidate.getName().find("Offset") != TString::npos) {
  
                  // Handle texture-offset limits checking
                  int arg = -1;
                  if (fnCandidate.getName().compare("textureOffset") == 0)
                      arg = 2;
                  else if (fnCandidate.getName().compare("texelFetchOffset") == 0)
                      arg = 3;
                  else if (fnCandidate.getName().compare("textureProjOffset") == 0)
                      arg = 2;
                  else if (fnCandidate.getName().compare("textureLodOffset") == 0)
                      arg = 3;
                  else if (fnCandidate.getName().compare("textureProjLodOffset") == 0)
                      arg = 3;
                  else if (fnCandidate.getName().compare("textureGradOffset") == 0)
                      arg = 4;
                  else if (fnCandidate.getName().compare("textureProjGradOffset") == 0)
                      arg = 4;
  
                  if (arg > 0) {
                      if (! callNode.getSequence()[arg]->getAsConstantUnion())
                          error(loc, "argument must be compile-time constant", "texel offset", "");
                      else {
                          const TType& type = callNode.getSequence()[arg]->getAsTyped()->getType();
                          for (int c = 0; c < type.getVectorSize(); ++c) {
                              int offset = callNode.getSequence()[arg]->getAsConstantUnion()->getConstArray()[c].getIConst();
                              if (offset > resources.maxProgramTexelOffset || offset < resources.minProgramTexelOffset)
                                  error(loc, "value is out of range:", "texel offset", "[gl_MinProgramTexelOffset, gl_MaxProgramTexelOffset]");
                          }
                      }
                  }
              }
          }
      }
  
      // GL_ARB_shader_texture_image_samples
      if (fnCandidate.getName().compare(0, 14, "textureSamples") == 0 || fnCandidate.getName().compare(0, 12, "imageSamples") == 0)
          profileRequires(loc, ~EEsProfile, 450, E_GL_ARB_shader_texture_image_samples, "textureSamples and imageSamples");
  
      if (fnCandidate.getName().compare(0, 11, "imageAtomic") == 0) {
          const TType& imageType = callNode.getSequence()[0]->getAsTyped()->getType();
          if (imageType.getSampler().type == EbtInt || imageType.getSampler().type == EbtUint) {
              if (imageType.getQualifier().getFormat() != ElfR32i && imageType.getQualifier().getFormat() != ElfR32ui)
                  error(loc, "only supported on image with format r32i or r32ui", fnCandidate.getName().c_str(), "");
          } else {
              if (fnCandidate.getName().compare(0, 19, "imageAtomicExchange") != 0)
                  error(loc, "only supported on integer images", fnCandidate.getName().c_str(), "");
              else if (imageType.getQualifier().getFormat() != ElfR32f && isEsProfile())
                  error(loc, "only supported on image with format r32f", fnCandidate.getName().c_str(), "");
          }
      }
  }
  
  #endif
  
  //
  // Do any extra checking for a user function call.
  //
  void TParseContext::userFunctionCallCheck(const TSourceLoc& loc, TIntermAggregate& callNode)
  {
      TIntermSequence& arguments = callNode.getSequence();
  
      for (int i = 0; i < (int)arguments.size(); ++i)
          samplerConstructorLocationCheck(loc, "call argument", arguments[i]);
  }
  
  //
  // Emit an error if this is a sampler constructor
  //
  void TParseContext::samplerConstructorLocationCheck(const TSourceLoc& loc, const char* token, TIntermNode* node)
  {
      if (node->getAsOperator() && node->getAsOperator()->getOp() == EOpConstructTextureSampler)
          error(loc, "sampler constructor must appear at point of use", token, "");
  }
  
  //
  // Handle seeing a built-in constructor in a grammar production.
  //
  TFunction* TParseContext::handleConstructorCall(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TPublicType& publicType)
  {
      TType type(publicType);
      type.getQualifier().precision = EpqNone;
  
      if (type.isArray()) {
          profileRequires(loc, ENoProfile, 120, E_GL_3DL_array_objects, "arrayed constructor");
          profileRequires(loc, EEsProfile, 300, nullptr, "arrayed constructor");
      }
  
      TOperator op = intermediate.mapTypeToConstructorOp(type);
  
      if (op == EOpNull) {
          error(loc, "cannot construct this type", type.getBasicString(), "");
          op = EOpConstructFloat;
          TType errorType(EbtFloat);
          type.shallowCopy(errorType);
      }
  
      TString empty("");
  
      return new TFunction(&empty, type, op);
  }
  
  // Handle seeing a precision qualifier in the grammar.
  void TParseContext::handlePrecisionQualifier(const TSourceLoc& /*loc*/, TQualifier& qualifier, TPrecisionQualifier precision)
  {
      if (obeyPrecisionQualifiers())
          qualifier.precision = precision;
  }
  
  // Check for messages to give on seeing a precision qualifier used in a
  // declaration in the grammar.
  void TParseContext::checkPrecisionQualifier(const TSourceLoc& loc, TPrecisionQualifier)
  {
      if (precisionManager.shouldWarnAboutDefaults()) {
          warn(loc, "all default precisions are highp; use precision statements to quiet warning, e.g.:\n"
                    "         \"precision mediump int; precision highp float;\"", "", "");
          precisionManager.defaultWarningGiven();
      }
  }
  
  //
  // Same error message for all places assignments don't work.
  //
  void TParseContext::assignError(const TSourceLoc& loc, const char* op, TString left, TString right)
  {
      error(loc, "", op, "cannot convert from '%s' to '%s'",
            right.c_str(), left.c_str());
  }
  
  //
  // Same error message for all places unary operations don't work.
  //
  void TParseContext::unaryOpError(const TSourceLoc& loc, const char* op, TString operand)
  {
     error(loc, " wrong operand type", op,
            "no operation '%s' exists that takes an operand of type %s (or there is no acceptable conversion)",
            op, operand.c_str());
  }
  
  //
  // Same error message for all binary operations don't work.
  //
  void TParseContext::binaryOpError(const TSourceLoc& loc, const char* op, TString left, TString right)
  {
      error(loc, " wrong operand types:", op,
              "no operation '%s' exists that takes a left-hand operand of type '%s' and "
              "a right operand of type '%s' (or there is no acceptable conversion)",
              op, left.c_str(), right.c_str());
  }
  
  //
  // A basic type of EbtVoid is a key that the name string was seen in the source, but
  // it was not found as a variable in the symbol table.  If so, give the error
  // message and insert a dummy variable in the symbol table to prevent future errors.
  //
  void TParseContext::variableCheck(TIntermTyped*& nodePtr)
  {
      TIntermSymbol* symbol = nodePtr->getAsSymbolNode();
      if (! symbol)
          return;
  
      if (symbol->getType().getBasicType() == EbtVoid) {
          const char *extraInfoFormat = "";
          if (spvVersion.vulkan != 0 && symbol->getName() == "gl_VertexID") {
            extraInfoFormat = "(Did you mean gl_VertexIndex?)";
          } else if (spvVersion.vulkan != 0 && symbol->getName() == "gl_InstanceID") {
            extraInfoFormat = "(Did you mean gl_InstanceIndex?)";
          }
          error(symbol->getLoc(), "undeclared identifier", symbol->getName().c_str(), extraInfoFormat);
  
          // Add to symbol table to prevent future error messages on the same name
          if (symbol->getName().size() > 0) {
              TVariable* fakeVariable = new TVariable(&symbol->getName(), TType(EbtFloat));
              symbolTable.insert(*fakeVariable);
  
              // substitute a symbol node for this new variable
              nodePtr = intermediate.addSymbol(*fakeVariable, symbol->getLoc());
          }
      } else {
          switch (symbol->getQualifier().storage) {
          case EvqPointCoord:
              profileRequires(symbol->getLoc(), ENoProfile, 120, nullptr, "gl_PointCoord");
              break;
          default: break; // some compilers want this
          }
      }
  }
  
  //
  // Both test and if necessary, spit out an error, to see if the node is really
  // an l-value that can be operated on this way.
  //
  // Returns true if there was an error.
  //
  bool TParseContext::lValueErrorCheck(const TSourceLoc& loc, const char* op, TIntermTyped* node)
  {
      TIntermBinary* binaryNode = node->getAsBinaryNode();
  
      if (binaryNode) {
          bool errorReturn = false;
  
          switch(binaryNode->getOp()) {
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
          case EOpIndexDirect:
          case EOpIndexIndirect:
              // ...  tessellation control shader ...
              // If a per-vertex output variable is used as an l-value, it is a
              // compile-time or link-time error if the expression indicating the
              // vertex index is not the identifier gl_InvocationID.
              if (language == EShLangTessControl) {
                  const TType& leftType = binaryNode->getLeft()->getType();
                  if (leftType.getQualifier().storage == EvqVaryingOut && ! leftType.getQualifier().patch && binaryNode->getLeft()->getAsSymbolNode()) {
                      // we have a per-vertex output
                      const TIntermSymbol* rightSymbol = binaryNode->getRight()->getAsSymbolNode();
                      if (! rightSymbol || rightSymbol->getQualifier().builtIn != EbvInvocationId)
                          error(loc, "tessellation-control per-vertex output l-value must be indexed with gl_InvocationID", "[]", "");
                  }
              }
              break; // left node is checked by base class
  #endif
          case EOpVectorSwizzle:
              errorReturn = lValueErrorCheck(loc, op, binaryNode->getLeft());
              if (!errorReturn) {
                  int offset[4] = {0,0,0,0};
  
                  TIntermTyped* rightNode = binaryNode->getRight();
                  TIntermAggregate *aggrNode = rightNode->getAsAggregate();
  
                  for (TIntermSequence::iterator p = aggrNode->getSequence().begin();
                                                 p != aggrNode->getSequence().end(); p++) {
                      int value = (*p)->getAsTyped()->getAsConstantUnion()->getConstArray()[0].getIConst();
                      offset[value]++;
                      if (offset[value] > 1) {
                          error(loc, " l-value of swizzle cannot have duplicate components", op, "", "");
  
                          return true;
                      }
                  }
              }
  
              return errorReturn;
          default:
              break;
          }
  
          if (errorReturn) {
              error(loc, " l-value required", op, "", "");
              return true;
          }
      }
  
      if (binaryNode && binaryNode->getOp() == EOpIndexDirectStruct && binaryNode->getLeft()->isReference())
          return false;
  
      // Let the base class check errors
      if (TParseContextBase::lValueErrorCheck(loc, op, node))
          return true;
  
      const char* symbol = nullptr;
      TIntermSymbol* symNode = node->getAsSymbolNode();
      if (symNode != nullptr)
          symbol = symNode->getName().c_str();
  
      const char* message = nullptr;
      switch (node->getQualifier().storage) {
      case EvqVaryingIn:      message = "can't modify shader input";   break;
      case EvqInstanceId:     message = "can't modify gl_InstanceID";  break;
      case EvqVertexId:       message = "can't modify gl_VertexID";    break;
      case EvqFace:           message = "can't modify gl_FrontFace";   break;
      case EvqFragCoord:      message = "can't modify gl_FragCoord";   break;
      case EvqPointCoord:     message = "can't modify gl_PointCoord";  break;
      case EvqFragDepth:
          intermediate.setDepthReplacing();
          // "In addition, it is an error to statically write to gl_FragDepth in the fragment shader."
          if (isEsProfile() && intermediate.getEarlyFragmentTests())
              message = "can't modify gl_FragDepth if using early_fragment_tests";
          break;
  
      default:
          break;
      }
  
      if (message == nullptr && binaryNode == nullptr && symNode == nullptr) {
          error(loc, " l-value required", op, "", "");
  
          return true;
      }
  
      //
      // Everything else is okay, no error.
      //
      if (message == nullptr)
          return false;
  
      //
      // If we get here, we have an error and a message.
      //
      if (symNode)
          error(loc, " l-value required", op, "\"%s\" (%s)", symbol, message);
      else
          error(loc, " l-value required", op, "(%s)", message);
  
      return true;
  }
  
  // Test for and give an error if the node can't be read from.
  void TParseContext::rValueErrorCheck(const TSourceLoc& loc, const char* op, TIntermTyped* node)
  {
      // Let the base class check errors
      TParseContextBase::rValueErrorCheck(loc, op, node);
  
      TIntermSymbol* symNode = node->getAsSymbolNode();
      if (!(symNode && symNode->getQualifier().isWriteOnly())) // base class checks
          if (symNode && symNode->getQualifier().isExplicitInterpolation())
              error(loc, "can't read from explicitly-interpolated object: ", op, symNode->getName().c_str());
  }
  
  //
  // Both test, and if necessary spit out an error, to see if the node is really
  // a constant.
  //
  void TParseContext::constantValueCheck(TIntermTyped* node, const char* token)
  {
      if (! node->getQualifier().isConstant())
          error(node->getLoc(), "constant expression required", token, "");
  }
  
  //
  // Both test, and if necessary spit out an error, to see if the node is really
  // an integer.
  //
  void TParseContext::integerCheck(const TIntermTyped* node, const char* token)
  {
      if ((node->getBasicType() == EbtInt || node->getBasicType() == EbtUint) && node->isScalar())
          return;
  
      error(node->getLoc(), "scalar integer expression required", token, "");
  }
  
  //
  // Both test, and if necessary spit out an error, to see if we are currently
  // globally scoped.
  //
  void TParseContext::globalCheck(const TSourceLoc& loc, const char* token)
  {
      if (! symbolTable.atGlobalLevel())
          error(loc, "not allowed in nested scope", token, "");
  }
  
  //
  // Reserved errors for GLSL.
  //
  void TParseContext::reservedErrorCheck(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TString& identifier)
  {
      // "Identifiers starting with "gl_" are reserved for use by OpenGL, and may not be
      // declared in a shader; this results in a compile-time error."
      if (! symbolTable.atBuiltInLevel()) {
          if (builtInName(identifier))
              error(loc, "identifiers starting with \"gl_\" are reserved", identifier.c_str(), "");
  
          // "__" are not supposed to be an error.  ES 300 (and desktop) added the clarification:
          // "In addition, all identifiers containing two consecutive underscores (__) are
          // reserved; using such a name does not itself result in an error, but may result
          // in undefined behavior."
          // however, before that, ES tests required an error.
          if (identifier.find("__") != TString::npos) {
              if (isEsProfile() && version < 300)
                  error(loc, "identifiers containing consecutive underscores (\"__\") are reserved, and an error if version < 300", identifier.c_str(), "");
              else
                  warn(loc, "identifiers containing consecutive underscores (\"__\") are reserved", identifier.c_str(), "");
          }
      }
  }
  
  //
  // Reserved errors for the preprocessor.
  //
  void TParseContext::reservedPpErrorCheck(const TSourceLoc& loc, const char* identifier, const char* op)
  {
      // "__" are not supposed to be an error.  ES 300 (and desktop) added the clarification:
      // "All macro names containing two consecutive underscores ( __ ) are reserved;
      // defining such a name does not itself result in an error, but may result in
      // undefined behavior.  All macro names prefixed with "GL_" ("GL" followed by a
      // single underscore) are also reserved, and defining such a name results in a
      // compile-time error."
      // however, before that, ES tests required an error.
      if (strncmp(identifier, "GL_", 3) == 0)
          ppError(loc, "names beginning with \"GL_\" can't be (un)defined:", op,  identifier);
      else if (strncmp(identifier, "defined", 8) == 0)
          if (relaxedErrors())
              ppWarn(loc, "\"defined\" is (un)defined:", op,  identifier);
          else
              ppError(loc, "\"defined\" can't be (un)defined:", op,  identifier);
      else if (strstr(identifier, "__") != 0) {
          if (isEsProfile() && version >= 300 &&
              (strcmp(identifier, "__LINE__") == 0 ||
               strcmp(identifier, "__FILE__") == 0 ||
               strcmp(identifier, "__VERSION__") == 0))
              ppError(loc, "predefined names can't be (un)defined:", op,  identifier);
          else {
              if (isEsProfile() && version < 300 && !relaxedErrors())
                  ppError(loc, "names containing consecutive underscores are reserved, and an error if version < 300:", op, identifier);
              else
                  ppWarn(loc, "names containing consecutive underscores are reserved:", op, identifier);
          }
      }
  }
  
  //
  // See if this version/profile allows use of the line-continuation character '\'.
  //
  // Returns true if a line continuation should be done.
  //
  bool TParseContext::lineContinuationCheck(const TSourceLoc& loc, bool endOfComment)
  {
  #ifdef GLSLANG_WEB
      return true;
  #endif
  
      const char* message = "line continuation";
  
      bool lineContinuationAllowed = (isEsProfile() && version >= 300) ||
                                     (!isEsProfile() && (version >= 420 || extensionTurnedOn(E_GL_ARB_shading_language_420pack)));
  
      if (endOfComment) {
          if (lineContinuationAllowed)
              warn(loc, "used at end of comment; the following line is still part of the comment", message, "");
          else
              warn(loc, "used at end of comment, but this version does not provide line continuation", message, "");
  
          return lineContinuationAllowed;
      }
  
      if (relaxedErrors()) {
          if (! lineContinuationAllowed)
              warn(loc, "not allowed in this version", message, "");
          return true;
      } else {
          profileRequires(loc, EEsProfile, 300, nullptr, message);
          profileRequires(loc, ~EEsProfile, 420, E_GL_ARB_shading_language_420pack, message);
      }
  
      return lineContinuationAllowed;
  }
  
  bool TParseContext::builtInName(const TString& identifier)
  {
      return identifier.compare(0, 3, "gl_") == 0;
  }
  
  //
  // Make sure there is enough data and not too many arguments provided to the
  // constructor to build something of the type of the constructor.  Also returns
  // the type of the constructor.
  //
  // Part of establishing type is establishing specialization-constness.
  // We don't yet know "top down" whether type is a specialization constant,
  // but a const constructor can becomes a specialization constant if any of
  // its children are, subject to KHR_vulkan_glsl rules:
  //
  //     - int(), uint(), and bool() constructors for type conversions
  //       from any of the following types to any of the following types:
  //         * int
  //         * uint
  //         * bool
  //     - vector versions of the above conversion constructors
  //
  // Returns true if there was an error in construction.
  //
  bool TParseContext::constructorError(const TSourceLoc& loc, TIntermNode* node, TFunction& function, TOperator op, TType& type)
  {
      // See if the constructor does not establish the main type, only requalifies
      // it, in which case the type comes from the argument instead of from the
      // constructor function.
      switch (op) {
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
      case EOpConstructNonuniform:
          if (node != nullptr && node->getAsTyped() != nullptr) {
              type.shallowCopy(node->getAsTyped()->getType());
              type.getQualifier().makeTemporary();
              type.getQualifier().nonUniform = true;
          }
          break;
  #endif
      default:
          type.shallowCopy(function.getType());
          break;
      }
  
      // See if it's a matrix
      bool constructingMatrix = false;
      switch (op) {
      case EOpConstructTextureSampler:
          return constructorTextureSamplerError(loc, function);
      case EOpConstructMat2x2:
      case EOpConstructMat2x3:
      case EOpConstructMat2x4:
      case EOpConstructMat3x2:
      case EOpConstructMat3x3:
      case EOpConstructMat3x4:
      case EOpConstructMat4x2:
      case EOpConstructMat4x3:
      case EOpConstructMat4x4:
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
      case EOpConstructDMat2x2:
      case EOpConstructDMat2x3:
      case EOpConstructDMat2x4:
      case EOpConstructDMat3x2:
      case EOpConstructDMat3x3:
      case EOpConstructDMat3x4:
      case EOpConstructDMat4x2:
      case EOpConstructDMat4x3:
      case EOpConstructDMat4x4:
      case EOpConstructF16Mat2x2:
      case EOpConstructF16Mat2x3:
      case EOpConstructF16Mat2x4:
      case EOpConstructF16Mat3x2:
      case EOpConstructF16Mat3x3:
      case EOpConstructF16Mat3x4:
      case EOpConstructF16Mat4x2:
      case EOpConstructF16Mat4x3:
      case EOpConstructF16Mat4x4:
  #endif
          constructingMatrix = true;
          break;
      default:
          break;
      }
  
      //
      // Walk the arguments for first-pass checks and collection of information.
      //
  
      int size = 0;
      bool constType = true;
      bool specConstType = false;   // value is only valid if constType is true
      bool full = false;
      bool overFull = false;
      bool matrixInMatrix = false;
      bool arrayArg = false;
      bool floatArgument = false;
      for (int arg = 0; arg < function.getParamCount(); ++arg) {
          if (function[arg].type->isArray()) {
              if (function[arg].type->isUnsizedArray()) {
                  // Can't construct from an unsized array.
                  error(loc, "array argument must be sized", "constructor", "");
                  return true;
              }
              arrayArg = true;
          }
          if (constructingMatrix && function[arg].type->isMatrix())
              matrixInMatrix = true;
  
          // 'full' will go to true when enough args have been seen.  If we loop
          // again, there is an extra argument.
          if (full) {
              // For vectors and matrices, it's okay to have too many components
              // available, but not okay to have unused arguments.
              overFull = true;
          }
  
          size += function[arg].type->computeNumComponents();
          if (op != EOpConstructStruct && ! type.isArray() && size >= type.computeNumComponents())
              full = true;
  
          if (! function[arg].type->getQualifier().isConstant())
              constType = false;
          if (function[arg].type->getQualifier().isSpecConstant())
              specConstType = true;
          if (function[arg].type->isFloatingDomain())
              floatArgument = true;
          if (type.isStruct()) {
              if (function[arg].type->contains16BitFloat()) {
                  requireFloat16Arithmetic(loc, "constructor", "can't construct structure containing 16-bit type");
              }
              if (function[arg].type->contains16BitInt()) {
                  requireInt16Arithmetic(loc, "constructor", "can't construct structure containing 16-bit type");
              }
              if (function[arg].type->contains8BitInt()) {
                  requireInt8Arithmetic(loc, "constructor", "can't construct structure containing 8-bit type");
              }
          }
      }
      if (op == EOpConstructNonuniform)
          constType = false;
  
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
      switch (op) {
      case EOpConstructFloat16:
      case EOpConstructF16Vec2:
      case EOpConstructF16Vec3:
      case EOpConstructF16Vec4:
          if (type.isArray())
              requireFloat16Arithmetic(loc, "constructor", "16-bit arrays not supported");
          if (type.isVector() && function.getParamCount() != 1)
              requireFloat16Arithmetic(loc, "constructor", "16-bit vectors only take vector types");
          break;
      case EOpConstructUint16:
      case EOpConstructU16Vec2:
      case EOpConstructU16Vec3:
      case EOpConstructU16Vec4:
      case EOpConstructInt16:
      case EOpConstructI16Vec2:
      case EOpConstructI16Vec3:
      case EOpConstructI16Vec4:
          if (type.isArray())
              requireInt16Arithmetic(loc, "constructor", "16-bit arrays not supported");
          if (type.isVector() && function.getParamCount() != 1)
              requireInt16Arithmetic(loc, "constructor", "16-bit vectors only take vector types");
          break;
      case EOpConstructUint8:
      case EOpConstructU8Vec2:
      case EOpConstructU8Vec3:
      case EOpConstructU8Vec4:
      case EOpConstructInt8:
      case EOpConstructI8Vec2:
      case EOpConstructI8Vec3:
      case EOpConstructI8Vec4:
          if (type.isArray())
              requireInt8Arithmetic(loc, "constructor", "8-bit arrays not supported");
          if (type.isVector() && function.getParamCount() != 1)
              requireInt8Arithmetic(loc, "constructor", "8-bit vectors only take vector types");
          break;
      default:
          break;
      }
  #endif
  
      // inherit constness from children
      if (constType) {
          bool makeSpecConst;
          // Finish pinning down spec-const semantics
          if (specConstType) {
              switch (op) {
              case EOpConstructInt8:
              case EOpConstructInt:
              case EOpConstructUint:
              case EOpConstructBool:
              case EOpConstructBVec2:
              case EOpConstructBVec3:
              case EOpConstructBVec4:
              case EOpConstructIVec2:
              case EOpConstructIVec3:
              case EOpConstructIVec4:
              case EOpConstructUVec2:
              case EOpConstructUVec3:
              case EOpConstructUVec4:
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
              case EOpConstructUint8:
              case EOpConstructInt16:
              case EOpConstructUint16:
              case EOpConstructInt64:
              case EOpConstructUint64:
              case EOpConstructI8Vec2:
              case EOpConstructI8Vec3:
              case EOpConstructI8Vec4:
              case EOpConstructU8Vec2:
              case EOpConstructU8Vec3:
              case EOpConstructU8Vec4:
              case EOpConstructI16Vec2:
              case EOpConstructI16Vec3:
              case EOpConstructI16Vec4:
              case EOpConstructU16Vec2:
              case EOpConstructU16Vec3:
              case EOpConstructU16Vec4:
              case EOpConstructI64Vec2:
              case EOpConstructI64Vec3:
              case EOpConstructI64Vec4:
              case EOpConstructU64Vec2:
              case EOpConstructU64Vec3:
              case EOpConstructU64Vec4:
  #endif
                  // This was the list of valid ones, if they aren't converting from float
                  // and aren't making an array.
                  makeSpecConst = ! floatArgument && ! type.isArray();
                  break;
              default:
                  // anything else wasn't white-listed in the spec as a conversion
                  makeSpecConst = false;
                  break;
              }
          } else
              makeSpecConst = false;
  
          if (makeSpecConst)
              type.getQualifier().makeSpecConstant();
          else if (specConstType)
              type.getQualifier().makeTemporary();
          else
              type.getQualifier().storage = EvqConst;
      }
  
      if (type.isArray()) {
          if (function.getParamCount() == 0) {
              error(loc, "array constructor must have at least one argument", "constructor", "");
              return true;
          }
  
          if (type.isUnsizedArray()) {
              // auto adapt the constructor type to the number of arguments
              type.changeOuterArraySize(function.getParamCount());
          } else if (type.getOuterArraySize() != function.getParamCount()) {
              error(loc, "array constructor needs one argument per array element", "constructor", "");
              return true;
          }
  
          if (type.isArrayOfArrays()) {
              // Types have to match, but we're still making the type.
              // Finish making the type, and the comparison is done later
              // when checking for conversion.
              TArraySizes& arraySizes = *type.getArraySizes();
  
              // At least the dimensionalities have to match.
              if (! function[0].type->isArray() ||
                      arraySizes.getNumDims() != function[0].type->getArraySizes()->getNumDims() + 1) {
                  error(loc, "array constructor argument not correct type to construct array element", "constructor", "");
                  return true;
              }
  
              if (arraySizes.isInnerUnsized()) {
                  // "Arrays of arrays ..., and the size for any dimension is optional"
                  // That means we need to adopt (from the first argument) the other array sizes into the type.
                  for (int d = 1; d < arraySizes.getNumDims(); ++d) {
                      if (arraySizes.getDimSize(d) == UnsizedArraySize) {
                          arraySizes.setDimSize(d, function[0].type->getArraySizes()->getDimSize(d - 1));
                      }
                  }
              }
          }
      }
  
      if (arrayArg && op != EOpConstructStruct && ! type.isArrayOfArrays()) {
          error(loc, "constructing non-array constituent from array argument", "constructor", "");
          return true;
      }
  
      if (matrixInMatrix && ! type.isArray()) {
          profileRequires(loc, ENoProfile, 120, nullptr, "constructing matrix from matrix");
  
          // "If a matrix argument is given to a matrix constructor,
          // it is a compile-time error to have any other arguments."
          if (function.getParamCount() != 1)
              error(loc, "matrix constructed from matrix can only have one argument", "constructor", "");
          return false;
      }
  
      if (overFull) {
          error(loc, "too many arguments", "constructor", "");
          return true;
      }
  
      if (op == EOpConstructStruct && ! type.isArray() && (int)type.getStruct()->size() != function.getParamCount()) {
          error(loc, "Number of constructor parameters does not match the number of structure fields", "constructor", "");
          return true;
      }
  
      if ((op != EOpConstructStruct && size != 1 && size < type.computeNumComponents()) ||
          (op == EOpConstructStruct && size < type.computeNumComponents())) {
          error(loc, "not enough data provided for construction", "constructor", "");
          return true;
      }
  
      if (type.isCoopMat() && function.getParamCount() != 1) {
          error(loc, "wrong number of arguments", "constructor", "");
          return true;
      }
      if (type.isCoopMat() &&
          !(function[0].type->isScalar() || function[0].type->isCoopMat())) {
          error(loc, "Cooperative matrix constructor argument must be scalar or cooperative matrix", "constructor", "");
          return true;
      }
  
      TIntermTyped* typed = node->getAsTyped();
      if (typed == nullptr) {
          error(loc, "constructor argument does not have a type", "constructor", "");
          return true;
      }
      if (op != EOpConstructStruct && op != EOpConstructNonuniform && typed->getBasicType() == EbtSampler) {
          error(loc, "cannot convert a sampler", "constructor", "");
          return true;
      }
      if (op != EOpConstructStruct && typed->isAtomic()) {
          error(loc, "cannot convert an atomic_uint", "constructor", "");
          return true;
      }
      if (typed->getBasicType() == EbtVoid) {
          error(loc, "cannot convert a void", "constructor", "");
          return true;
      }
  
      return false;
  }
  
  // Verify all the correct semantics for constructing a combined texture/sampler.
  // Return true if the semantics are incorrect.
  bool TParseContext::constructorTextureSamplerError(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TFunction& function)
  {
      TString constructorName = function.getType().getBasicTypeString();  // TODO: performance: should not be making copy; interface needs to change
      const char* token = constructorName.c_str();
  
      // exactly two arguments needed
      if (function.getParamCount() != 2) {
          error(loc, "sampler-constructor requires two arguments", token, "");
          return true;
      }
  
      // For now, not allowing arrayed constructors, the rest of this function
      // is set up to allow them, if this test is removed:
      if (function.getType().isArray()) {
          error(loc, "sampler-constructor cannot make an array of samplers", token, "");
          return true;
      }
  
      // first argument
      //  * the constructor's first argument must be a texture type
      //  * the dimensionality (1D, 2D, 3D, Cube, Rect, Buffer, MS, and Array)
      //    of the texture type must match that of the constructed sampler type
      //    (that is, the suffixes of the type of the first argument and the
      //    type of the constructor will be spelled the same way)
      if (function[0].type->getBasicType() != EbtSampler ||
          ! function[0].type->getSampler().isTexture() ||
          function[0].type->isArray()) {
          error(loc, "sampler-constructor first argument must be a scalar *texture* type", token, "");
          return true;
      }
      // simulate the first argument's impact on the result type, so it can be compared with the encapsulated operator!=()
      TSampler texture = function.getType().getSampler();
      texture.setCombined(false);
      texture.shadow = false;
      if (texture != function[0].type->getSampler()) {
          error(loc, "sampler-constructor first argument must be a *texture* type"
                     " matching the dimensionality and sampled type of the constructor", token, "");
          return true;
      }
  
      // second argument
      //   * the constructor's second argument must be a scalar of type
      //     *sampler* or *samplerShadow*
      if (  function[1].type->getBasicType() != EbtSampler ||
          ! function[1].type->getSampler().isPureSampler() ||
            function[1].type->isArray()) {
          error(loc, "sampler-constructor second argument must be a scalar sampler or samplerShadow", token, "");
          return true;
      }
  
      return false;
  }
  
  // Checks to see if a void variable has been declared and raise an error message for such a case
  //
  // returns true in case of an error
  //
  bool TParseContext::voidErrorCheck(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TString& identifier, const TBasicType basicType)
  {
      if (basicType == EbtVoid) {
          error(loc, "illegal use of type 'void'", identifier.c_str(), "");
          return true;
      }
  
      return false;
  }
  
  // Checks to see if the node (for the expression) contains a scalar boolean expression or not
  void TParseContext::boolCheck(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TIntermTyped* type)
  {
      if (type->getBasicType() != EbtBool || type->isArray() || type->isMatrix() || type->isVector())
          error(loc, "boolean expression expected", "", "");
  }
  
  // This function checks to see if the node (for the expression) contains a scalar boolean expression or not
  void TParseContext::boolCheck(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TPublicType& pType)
  {
      if (pType.basicType != EbtBool || pType.arraySizes || pType.matrixCols > 1 || (pType.vectorSize > 1))
          error(loc, "boolean expression expected", "", "");
  }
  
  void TParseContext::samplerCheck(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TType& type, const TString& identifier, TIntermTyped* /*initializer*/)
  {
      // Check that the appropriate extension is enabled if external sampler is used.
      // There are two extensions. The correct one must be used based on GLSL version.
      if (type.getBasicType() == EbtSampler && type.getSampler().isExternal()) {
          if (version < 300) {
              requireExtensions(loc, 1, &E_GL_OES_EGL_image_external, "samplerExternalOES");
          } else {
              requireExtensions(loc, 1, &E_GL_OES_EGL_image_external_essl3, "samplerExternalOES");
          }
      }
      if (type.getSampler().isYuv()) {
          requireExtensions(loc, 1, &E_GL_EXT_YUV_target, "__samplerExternal2DY2YEXT");
      }
  
      if (type.getQualifier().storage == EvqUniform)
          return;
  
      if (type.getBasicType() == EbtStruct && containsFieldWithBasicType(type, EbtSampler))
          error(loc, "non-uniform struct contains a sampler or image:", type.getBasicTypeString().c_str(), identifier.c_str());
      else if (type.getBasicType() == EbtSampler && type.getQualifier().storage != EvqUniform) {
          // non-uniform sampler
          // not yet:  okay if it has an initializer
          // if (! initializer)
          error(loc, "sampler/image types can only be used in uniform variables or function parameters:", type.getBasicTypeString().c_str(), identifier.c_str());
      }
  }
  
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
  
  void TParseContext::atomicUintCheck(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TType& type, const TString& identifier)
  {
      if (type.getQualifier().storage == EvqUniform)
          return;
  
      if (type.getBasicType() == EbtStruct && containsFieldWithBasicType(type, EbtAtomicUint))
          error(loc, "non-uniform struct contains an atomic_uint:", type.getBasicTypeString().c_str(), identifier.c_str());
      else if (type.getBasicType() == EbtAtomicUint && type.getQualifier().storage != EvqUniform)
          error(loc, "atomic_uints can only be used in uniform variables or function parameters:", type.getBasicTypeString().c_str(), identifier.c_str());
  }
  
  void TParseContext::accStructCheck(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TType& type, const TString& identifier)
  {
      if (type.getQualifier().storage == EvqUniform)
          return;
  
      if (type.getBasicType() == EbtStruct && containsFieldWithBasicType(type, EbtAccStruct))
          error(loc, "non-uniform struct contains an accelerationStructureNV:", type.getBasicTypeString().c_str(), identifier.c_str());
      else if (type.getBasicType() == EbtAccStruct && type.getQualifier().storage != EvqUniform)
          error(loc, "accelerationStructureNV can only be used in uniform variables or function parameters:",
              type.getBasicTypeString().c_str(), identifier.c_str());
  
  }
  
  #endif // GLSLANG_WEB
  
  void TParseContext::transparentOpaqueCheck(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TType& type, const TString& identifier)
  {
      if (parsingBuiltins)
          return;
  
      if (type.getQualifier().storage != EvqUniform)
          return;
  
      if (type.containsNonOpaque()) {
          // Vulkan doesn't allow transparent uniforms outside of blocks
          if (spvVersion.vulkan > 0)
              vulkanRemoved(loc, "non-opaque uniforms outside a block");
          // OpenGL wants locations on these (unless they are getting automapped)
          if (spvVersion.openGl > 0 && !type.getQualifier().hasLocation() && !intermediate.getAutoMapLocations())
              error(loc, "non-opaque uniform variables need a layout(location=L)", identifier.c_str(), "");
      }
  }
  
  //
  // Qualifier checks knowing the qualifier and that it is a member of a struct/block.
  //
  void TParseContext::memberQualifierCheck(glslang::TPublicType& publicType)
  {
      globalQualifierFixCheck(publicType.loc, publicType.qualifier, true);
      checkNoShaderLayouts(publicType.loc, publicType.shaderQualifiers);
      if (publicType.qualifier.isNonUniform()) {
          error(publicType.loc, "not allowed on block or structure members", "nonuniformEXT", "");
          publicType.qualifier.nonUniform = false;
      }
  }
  
  //
  // Check/fix just a full qualifier (no variables or types yet, but qualifier is complete) at global level.
  //
  void TParseContext::globalQualifierFixCheck(const TSourceLoc& loc, TQualifier& qualifier, bool isMemberCheck)
  {
      bool nonuniformOkay = false;
  
      // move from parameter/unknown qualifiers to pipeline in/out qualifiers
      switch (qualifier.storage) {
      case EvqIn:
          profileRequires(loc, ENoProfile, 130, nullptr, "in for stage inputs");
          profileRequires(loc, EEsProfile, 300, nullptr, "in for stage inputs");
          qualifier.storage = EvqVaryingIn;
          nonuniformOkay = true;
          break;
      case EvqOut:
          profileRequires(loc, ENoProfile, 130, nullptr, "out for stage outputs");
          profileRequires(loc, EEsProfile, 300, nullptr, "out for stage outputs");
          qualifier.storage = EvqVaryingOut;
          break;
      case EvqInOut:
          qualifier.storage = EvqVaryingIn;
          error(loc, "cannot use 'inout' at global scope", "", "");
          break;
      case EvqGlobal:
      case EvqTemporary:
          nonuniformOkay = true;
          break;
      case EvqUniform:
          // According to GLSL spec: The std430 qualifier is supported only for shader storage blocks; a shader using
          // the std430 qualifier on a uniform block will fail to compile.
          // Only check the global declaration: layout(std430) uniform;
          if (blockName == nullptr &&
              qualifier.layoutPacking == ElpStd430)
          {
              error(loc, "it is invalid to declare std430 qualifier on uniform", "", "");
          }
          break;
      default:
          break;
      }
  
      if (!nonuniformOkay && qualifier.isNonUniform())
          error(loc, "for non-parameter, can only apply to 'in' or no storage qualifier", "nonuniformEXT", "");
  
      // Storage qualifier isn't ready for memberQualifierCheck, we should skip invariantCheck for it.
      if (!isMemberCheck || structNestingLevel > 0)
          invariantCheck(loc, qualifier);
  }
  
  //
  // Check a full qualifier and type (no variable yet) at global level.
  //
  void TParseContext::globalQualifierTypeCheck(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TQualifier& qualifier, const TPublicType& publicType)
  {
      if (! symbolTable.atGlobalLevel())
          return;
  
      if (!(publicType.userDef && publicType.userDef->isReference()) && !parsingBuiltins) {
          if (qualifier.isMemoryQualifierImageAndSSBOOnly() && ! publicType.isImage() && publicType.qualifier.storage != EvqBuffer) {
              error(loc, "memory qualifiers cannot be used on this type", "", "");
          } else if (qualifier.isMemory() && (publicType.basicType != EbtSampler) && !publicType.qualifier.isUniformOrBuffer()) {
              error(loc, "memory qualifiers cannot be used on this type", "", "");
          }
      }
  
      if (qualifier.storage == EvqBuffer &&
          publicType.basicType != EbtBlock &&
          !qualifier.hasBufferReference())
          error(loc, "buffers can be declared only as blocks", "buffer", "");
  
      if (qualifier.storage != EvqVaryingIn && publicType.basicType == EbtDouble &&
          extensionTurnedOn(E_GL_ARB_vertex_attrib_64bit) && language == EShLangVertex &&
          version < 400) {
          profileRequires(loc, ECoreProfile | ECompatibilityProfile, 410, E_GL_ARB_gpu_shader_fp64, "vertex-shader `double` type");
      }
      if (qualifier.storage != EvqVaryingIn && qualifier.storage != EvqVaryingOut)
          return;
  
      if (publicType.shaderQualifiers.hasBlendEquation())
          error(loc, "can only be applied to a standalone 'out'", "blend equation", "");
  
      // now, knowing it is a shader in/out, do all the in/out semantic checks
  
      if (publicType.basicType == EbtBool && !parsingBuiltins) {
          error(loc, "cannot be bool", GetStorageQualifierString(qualifier.storage), "");
          return;
      }
  
      if (isTypeInt(publicType.basicType) || publicType.basicType == EbtDouble)
          profileRequires(loc, EEsProfile, 300, nullptr, "shader input/output");
  
      if (!qualifier.flat && !qualifier.isExplicitInterpolation() && !qualifier.isPervertexNV()) {
          if (isTypeInt(publicType.basicType) ||
              publicType.basicType == EbtDouble ||
              (publicType.userDef && (   publicType.userDef->containsBasicType(EbtInt)
                                      || publicType.userDef->containsBasicType(EbtUint)
                                      || publicType.userDef->contains16BitInt()
                                      || publicType.userDef->contains8BitInt()
                                      || publicType.userDef->contains64BitInt()
                                      || publicType.userDef->containsDouble()))) {
              if (qualifier.storage == EvqVaryingIn && language == EShLangFragment)
                  error(loc, "must be qualified as flat", TType::getBasicString(publicType.basicType), GetStorageQualifierString(qualifier.storage));
              else if (qualifier.storage == EvqVaryingOut && language == EShLangVertex && version == 300)
                  error(loc, "must be qualified as flat", TType::getBasicString(publicType.basicType), GetStorageQualifierString(qualifier.storage));
          }
      }
  
      if (qualifier.isPatch() && qualifier.isInterpolation())
          error(loc, "cannot use interpolation qualifiers with patch", "patch", "");
  
      if (qualifier.isTaskMemory() && publicType.basicType != EbtBlock)
          error(loc, "taskNV variables can be declared only as blocks", "taskNV", "");
  
      if (qualifier.storage == EvqVaryingIn) {
          switch (language) {
          case EShLangVertex:
              if (publicType.basicType == EbtStruct) {
                  error(loc, "cannot be a structure or array", GetStorageQualifierString(qualifier.storage), "");
                  return;
              }
              if (publicType.arraySizes) {
                  requireProfile(loc, ~EEsProfile, "vertex input arrays");
                  profileRequires(loc, ENoProfile, 150, nullptr, "vertex input arrays");
              }
              if (publicType.basicType == EbtDouble)
                  profileRequires(loc, ~EEsProfile, 410, E_GL_ARB_vertex_attrib_64bit, "vertex-shader `double` type input");
              if (qualifier.isAuxiliary() || qualifier.isInterpolation() || qualifier.isMemory() || qualifier.invariant)
                  error(loc, "vertex input cannot be further qualified", "", "");
              break;
          case EShLangFragment:
              if (publicType.userDef) {
                  profileRequires(loc, EEsProfile, 300, nullptr, "fragment-shader struct input");
                  profileRequires(loc, ~EEsProfile, 150, nullptr, "fragment-shader struct input");
                  if (publicType.userDef->containsStructure())
                      requireProfile(loc, ~EEsProfile, "fragment-shader struct input containing structure");
                  if (publicType.userDef->containsArray())
                      requireProfile(loc, ~EEsProfile, "fragment-shader struct input containing an array");
              }
              break;
         case EShLangCompute:
              if (! symbolTable.atBuiltInLevel())
                  error(loc, "global storage input qualifier cannot be used in a compute shader", "in", "");
              break;
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
         case EShLangTessControl:
              if (qualifier.patch)
                  error(loc, "can only use on output in tessellation-control shader", "patch", "");
              break;
  #endif
          default:
              break;
          }
      } else {
          // qualifier.storage == EvqVaryingOut
          switch (language) {
          case EShLangVertex:
              if (publicType.userDef) {
                  profileRequires(loc, EEsProfile, 300, nullptr, "vertex-shader struct output");
                  profileRequires(loc, ~EEsProfile, 150, nullptr, "vertex-shader struct output");
                  if (publicType.userDef->containsStructure())
                      requireProfile(loc, ~EEsProfile, "vertex-shader struct output containing structure");
                  if (publicType.userDef->containsArray())
                      requireProfile(loc, ~EEsProfile, "vertex-shader struct output containing an array");
              }
  
              break;
          case EShLangFragment:
              profileRequires(loc, EEsProfile, 300, nullptr, "fragment shader output");
              if (publicType.basicType == EbtStruct) {
                  error(loc, "cannot be a structure", GetStorageQualifierString(qualifier.storage), "");
                  return;
              }
              if (publicType.matrixRows > 0) {
                  error(loc, "cannot be a matrix", GetStorageQualifierString(qualifier.storage), "");
                  return;
              }
              if (qualifier.isAuxiliary())
                  error(loc, "can't use auxiliary qualifier on a fragment output", "centroid/sample/patch", "");
              if (qualifier.isInterpolation())
                  error(loc, "can't use interpolation qualifier on a fragment output", "flat/smooth/noperspective", "");
              if (publicType.basicType == EbtDouble || publicType.basicType == EbtInt64 || publicType.basicType == EbtUint64)
                  error(loc, "cannot contain a double, int64, or uint64", GetStorageQualifierString(qualifier.storage), "");
          break;
  
          case EShLangCompute:
              error(loc, "global storage output qualifier cannot be used in a compute shader", "out", "");
              break;
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
          case EShLangTessEvaluation:
              if (qualifier.patch)
                  error(loc, "can only use on input in tessellation-evaluation shader", "patch", "");
              break;
  #endif
          default:
              break;
          }
      }
  }
  
  //
  // Merge characteristics of the 'src' qualifier into the 'dst'.
  // If there is duplication, issue error messages, unless 'force'
  // is specified, which means to just override default settings.
  //
  // Also, when force is false, it will be assumed that 'src' follows
  // 'dst', for the purpose of error checking order for versions
  // that require specific orderings of qualifiers.
  //
  void TParseContext::mergeQualifiers(const TSourceLoc& loc, TQualifier& dst, const TQualifier& src, bool force)
  {
      // Multiple auxiliary qualifiers (mostly done later by 'individual qualifiers')
      if (src.isAuxiliary() && dst.isAuxiliary())
          error(loc, "can only have one auxiliary qualifier (centroid, patch, and sample)", "", "");
  
      // Multiple interpolation qualifiers (mostly done later by 'individual qualifiers')
      if (src.isInterpolation() && dst.isInterpolation())
          error(loc, "can only have one interpolation qualifier (flat, smooth, noperspective, __explicitInterpAMD)", "", "");
  
      // Ordering
      if (! force && ((!isEsProfile() && version < 420) ||
                      (isEsProfile() && version < 310))
                  && ! extensionTurnedOn(E_GL_ARB_shading_language_420pack)) {
          // non-function parameters
          if (src.isNoContraction() && (dst.invariant || dst.isInterpolation() || dst.isAuxiliary() || dst.storage != EvqTemporary || dst.precision != EpqNone))
              error(loc, "precise qualifier must appear first", "", "");
          if (src.invariant && (dst.isInterpolation() || dst.isAuxiliary() || dst.storage != EvqTemporary || dst.precision != EpqNone))
              error(loc, "invariant qualifier must appear before interpolation, storage, and precision qualifiers ", "", "");
          else if (src.isInterpolation() && (dst.isAuxiliary() || dst.storage != EvqTemporary || dst.precision != EpqNone))
              error(loc, "interpolation qualifiers must appear before storage and precision qualifiers", "", "");
          else if (src.isAuxiliary() && (dst.storage != EvqTemporary || dst.precision != EpqNone))
              error(loc, "Auxiliary qualifiers (centroid, patch, and sample) must appear before storage and precision qualifiers", "", "");
          else if (src.storage != EvqTemporary && (dst.precision != EpqNone))
              error(loc, "precision qualifier must appear as last qualifier", "", "");
  
          // function parameters
          if (src.isNoContraction() && (dst.storage == EvqConst || dst.storage == EvqIn || dst.storage == EvqOut))
              error(loc, "precise qualifier must appear first", "", "");
          if (src.storage == EvqConst && (dst.storage == EvqIn || dst.storage == EvqOut))
              error(loc, "in/out must appear before const", "", "");
      }
  
      // Storage qualification
      if (dst.storage == EvqTemporary || dst.storage == EvqGlobal)
          dst.storage = src.storage;
      else if ((dst.storage == EvqIn  && src.storage == EvqOut) ||
               (dst.storage == EvqOut && src.storage == EvqIn))
          dst.storage = EvqInOut;
      else if ((dst.storage == EvqIn    && src.storage == EvqConst) ||
               (dst.storage == EvqConst && src.storage == EvqIn))
          dst.storage = EvqConstReadOnly;
      else if (src.storage != EvqTemporary &&
               src.storage != EvqGlobal)
          error(loc, "too many storage qualifiers", GetStorageQualifierString(src.storage), "");
  
      // Precision qualifiers
      if (! force && src.precision != EpqNone && dst.precision != EpqNone)
          error(loc, "only one precision qualifier allowed", GetPrecisionQualifierString(src.precision), "");
      if (dst.precision == EpqNone || (force && src.precision != EpqNone))
          dst.precision = src.precision;
  
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
      if (!force && ((src.coherent && (dst.devicecoherent || dst.queuefamilycoherent || dst.workgroupcoherent || dst.subgroupcoherent || dst.shadercallcoherent)) ||
                     (src.devicecoherent && (dst.coherent || dst.queuefamilycoherent || dst.workgroupcoherent || dst.subgroupcoherent || dst.shadercallcoherent)) ||
                     (src.queuefamilycoherent && (dst.coherent || dst.devicecoherent || dst.workgroupcoherent || dst.subgroupcoherent || dst.shadercallcoherent)) ||
                     (src.workgroupcoherent && (dst.coherent || dst.devicecoherent || dst.queuefamilycoherent || dst.subgroupcoherent || dst.shadercallcoherent)) ||
                     (src.subgroupcoherent  && (dst.coherent || dst.devicecoherent || dst.queuefamilycoherent || dst.workgroupcoherent || dst.shadercallcoherent)) ||
                     (src.shadercallcoherent && (dst.coherent || dst.devicecoherent || dst.queuefamilycoherent || dst.workgroupcoherent || dst.subgroupcoherent)))) {
          error(loc, "only one coherent/devicecoherent/queuefamilycoherent/workgroupcoherent/subgroupcoherent/shadercallcoherent qualifier allowed", 
              GetPrecisionQualifierString(src.precision), "");
      }
  #endif
      // Layout qualifiers
      mergeObjectLayoutQualifiers(dst, src, false);
  
      // individual qualifiers
      bool repeated = false;
      #define MERGE_SINGLETON(field) repeated |= dst.field && src.field; dst.field |= src.field;
      MERGE_SINGLETON(invariant);
      MERGE_SINGLETON(centroid);
      MERGE_SINGLETON(smooth);
      MERGE_SINGLETON(flat);
      MERGE_SINGLETON(specConstant);
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
      MERGE_SINGLETON(noContraction);
      MERGE_SINGLETON(nopersp);
      MERGE_SINGLETON(explicitInterp);
      MERGE_SINGLETON(perPrimitiveNV);
      MERGE_SINGLETON(perViewNV);
      MERGE_SINGLETON(perTaskNV);
      MERGE_SINGLETON(patch);
      MERGE_SINGLETON(sample);
      MERGE_SINGLETON(coherent);
      MERGE_SINGLETON(devicecoherent);
      MERGE_SINGLETON(queuefamilycoherent);
      MERGE_SINGLETON(workgroupcoherent);
      MERGE_SINGLETON(subgroupcoherent);
      MERGE_SINGLETON(shadercallcoherent);
      MERGE_SINGLETON(nonprivate);
      MERGE_SINGLETON(volatil);
      MERGE_SINGLETON(restrict);
      MERGE_SINGLETON(readonly);
      MERGE_SINGLETON(writeonly);
      MERGE_SINGLETON(nonUniform);
  #endif
  
      if (repeated)
          error(loc, "replicated qualifiers", "", "");
  }
  
  void TParseContext::setDefaultPrecision(const TSourceLoc& loc, TPublicType& publicType, TPrecisionQualifier qualifier)
  {
      TBasicType basicType = publicType.basicType;
  
      if (basicType == EbtSampler) {
          defaultSamplerPrecision[computeSamplerTypeIndex(publicType.sampler)] = qualifier;
  
          return;  // all is well
      }
  
      if (basicType == EbtInt || basicType == EbtFloat) {
          if (publicType.isScalar()) {
              defaultPrecision[basicType] = qualifier;
              if (basicType == EbtInt) {
                  defaultPrecision[EbtUint] = qualifier;
                  precisionManager.explicitIntDefaultSeen();
              } else
                  precisionManager.explicitFloatDefaultSeen();
  
              return;  // all is well
          }
      }
  
      if (basicType == EbtAtomicUint) {
          if (qualifier != EpqHigh)
              error(loc, "can only apply highp to atomic_uint", "precision", "");
  
          return;
      }
  
      error(loc, "cannot apply precision statement to this type; use 'float', 'int' or a sampler type", TType::getBasicString(basicType), "");
  }
  
  // used to flatten the sampler type space into a single dimension
  // correlates with the declaration of defaultSamplerPrecision[]
  int TParseContext::computeSamplerTypeIndex(TSampler& sampler)
  {
      int arrayIndex    = sampler.arrayed         ? 1 : 0;
      int shadowIndex   = sampler.shadow          ? 1 : 0;
      int externalIndex = sampler.isExternal()    ? 1 : 0;
      int imageIndex    = sampler.isImageClass()  ? 1 : 0;
      int msIndex       = sampler.isMultiSample() ? 1 : 0;
  
      int flattened = EsdNumDims * (EbtNumTypes * (2 * (2 * (2 * (2 * arrayIndex + msIndex) + imageIndex) + shadowIndex) +
                                                   externalIndex) + sampler.type) + sampler.dim;
      assert(flattened < maxSamplerIndex);
  
      return flattened;
  }
  
  TPrecisionQualifier TParseContext::getDefaultPrecision(TPublicType& publicType)
  {
      if (publicType.basicType == EbtSampler)
          return defaultSamplerPrecision[computeSamplerTypeIndex(publicType.sampler)];
      else
          return defaultPrecision[publicType.basicType];
  }
  
  void TParseContext::precisionQualifierCheck(const TSourceLoc& loc, TBasicType baseType, TQualifier& qualifier)
  {
      // Built-in symbols are allowed some ambiguous precisions, to be pinned down
      // later by context.
      if (! obeyPrecisionQualifiers() || parsingBuiltins)
          return;
  
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
      if (baseType == EbtAtomicUint && qualifier.precision != EpqNone && qualifier.precision != EpqHigh)
          error(loc, "atomic counters can only be highp", "atomic_uint", "");
  #endif
  
      if (baseType == EbtFloat || baseType == EbtUint || baseType == EbtInt || baseType == EbtSampler || baseType == EbtAtomicUint) {
          if (qualifier.precision == EpqNone) {
              if (relaxedErrors())
                  warn(loc, "type requires declaration of default precision qualifier", TType::getBasicString(baseType), "substituting 'mediump'");
              else
                  error(loc, "type requires declaration of default precision qualifier", TType::getBasicString(baseType), "");
              qualifier.precision = EpqMedium;
              defaultPrecision[baseType] = EpqMedium;
          }
      } else if (qualifier.precision != EpqNone)
          error(loc, "type cannot have precision qualifier", TType::getBasicString(baseType), "");
  }
  
  void TParseContext::parameterTypeCheck(const TSourceLoc& loc, TStorageQualifier qualifier, const TType& type)
  {
      if ((qualifier == EvqOut || qualifier == EvqInOut) && type.isOpaque())
          error(loc, "samplers and atomic_uints cannot be output parameters", type.getBasicTypeString().c_str(), "");
      if (!parsingBuiltins && type.contains16BitFloat())
          requireFloat16Arithmetic(loc, type.getBasicTypeString().c_str(), "float16 types can only be in uniform block or buffer storage");
      if (!parsingBuiltins && type.contains16BitInt())
          requireInt16Arithmetic(loc, type.getBasicTypeString().c_str(), "(u)int16 types can only be in uniform block or buffer storage");
      if (!parsingBuiltins && type.contains8BitInt())
          requireInt8Arithmetic(loc, type.getBasicTypeString().c_str(), "(u)int8 types can only be in uniform block or buffer storage");
  }
  
  bool TParseContext::containsFieldWithBasicType(const TType& type, TBasicType basicType)
  {
      if (type.getBasicType() == basicType)
          return true;
  
      if (type.getBasicType() == EbtStruct) {
          const TTypeList& structure = *type.getStruct();
          for (unsigned int i = 0; i < structure.size(); ++i) {
              if (containsFieldWithBasicType(*structure[i].type, basicType))
                  return true;
          }
      }
  
      return false;
  }
  
  //
  // Do size checking for an array type's size.
  //
  void TParseContext::arraySizeCheck(const TSourceLoc& loc, TIntermTyped* expr, TArraySize& sizePair, const char *sizeType)
  {
      bool isConst = false;
      sizePair.node = nullptr;
  
      int size = 1;
  
      TIntermConstantUnion* constant = expr->getAsConstantUnion();
      if (constant) {
          // handle true (non-specialization) constant
          size = constant->getConstArray()[0].getIConst();
          isConst = true;
      } else {
          // see if it's a specialization constant instead
          if (expr->getQualifier().isSpecConstant()) {
              isConst = true;
              sizePair.node = expr;
              TIntermSymbol* symbol = expr->getAsSymbolNode();
              if (symbol && symbol->getConstArray().size() > 0)
                  size = symbol->getConstArray()[0].getIConst();
          } else if (expr->getAsUnaryNode() &&
                     expr->getAsUnaryNode()->getOp() == glslang::EOpArrayLength &&
                     expr->getAsUnaryNode()->getOperand()->getType().isCoopMat()) {
              isConst = true;
              size = 1;
              sizePair.node = expr->getAsUnaryNode();
          }
      }
  
      sizePair.size = size;
  
      if (! isConst || (expr->getBasicType() != EbtInt && expr->getBasicType() != EbtUint)) {
          error(loc, sizeType, "", "must be a constant integer expression");
          return;
      }
  
      if (size <= 0) {
          error(loc, sizeType, "", "must be a positive integer");
          return;
      }
  }
  
  //
  // See if this qualifier can be an array.
  //
  // Returns true if there is an error.
  //
  bool TParseContext::arrayQualifierError(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TQualifier& qualifier)
  {
      if (qualifier.storage == EvqConst) {
          profileRequires(loc, ENoProfile, 120, E_GL_3DL_array_objects, "const array");
          profileRequires(loc, EEsProfile, 300, nullptr, "const array");
      }
  
      if (qualifier.storage == EvqVaryingIn && language == EShLangVertex) {
          requireProfile(loc, ~EEsProfile, "vertex input arrays");
          profileRequires(loc, ENoProfile, 150, nullptr, "vertex input arrays");
      }
  
      return false;
  }
  
  //
  // See if this qualifier and type combination can be an array.
  // Assumes arrayQualifierError() was also called to catch the type-invariant tests.
  //
  // Returns true if there is an error.
  //
  bool TParseContext::arrayError(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TType& type)
  {
      if (type.getQualifier().storage == EvqVaryingOut && language == EShLangVertex) {
          if (type.isArrayOfArrays())
              requireProfile(loc, ~EEsProfile, "vertex-shader array-of-array output");
          else if (type.isStruct())
              requireProfile(loc, ~EEsProfile, "vertex-shader array-of-struct output");
      }
      if (type.getQualifier().storage == EvqVaryingIn && language == EShLangFragment) {
          if (type.isArrayOfArrays())
              requireProfile(loc, ~EEsProfile, "fragment-shader array-of-array input");
          else if (type.isStruct())
              requireProfile(loc, ~EEsProfile, "fragment-shader array-of-struct input");
      }
      if (type.getQualifier().storage == EvqVaryingOut && language == EShLangFragment) {
          if (type.isArrayOfArrays())
              requireProfile(loc, ~EEsProfile, "fragment-shader array-of-array output");
      }
  
      return false;
  }
  
  //
  // Require array to be completely sized
  //
  void TParseContext::arraySizeRequiredCheck(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TArraySizes& arraySizes)
  {
      if (!parsingBuiltins && arraySizes.hasUnsized())
          error(loc, "array size required", "", "");
  }
  
  void TParseContext::structArrayCheck(const TSourceLoc& /*loc*/, const TType& type)
  {
      const TTypeList& structure = *type.getStruct();
      for (int m = 0; m < (int)structure.size(); ++m) {
          const TType& member = *structure[m].type;
          if (member.isArray())
              arraySizeRequiredCheck(structure[m].loc, *member.getArraySizes());
      }
  }
  
  void TParseContext::arraySizesCheck(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TQualifier& qualifier, TArraySizes* arraySizes,
      const TIntermTyped* initializer, bool lastMember)
  {
      assert(arraySizes);
  
      // always allow special built-in ins/outs sized to topologies
      if (parsingBuiltins)
          return;
  
      // initializer must be a sized array, in which case
      // allow the initializer to set any unknown array sizes
      if (initializer != nullptr) {
          if (initializer->getType().isUnsizedArray())
              error(loc, "array initializer must be sized", "[]", "");
          return;
      }
  
      // No environment allows any non-outer-dimension to be implicitly sized
      if (arraySizes->isInnerUnsized()) {
          error(loc, "only outermost dimension of an array of arrays can be implicitly sized", "[]", "");
          arraySizes->clearInnerUnsized();
      }
  
      if (arraySizes->isInnerSpecialization() &&
          (qualifier.storage != EvqTemporary && qualifier.storage != EvqGlobal && qualifier.storage != EvqShared && qualifier.storage != EvqConst))
          error(loc, "only outermost dimension of an array of arrays can be a specialization constant", "[]", "");
  
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
  
      // desktop always allows outer-dimension-unsized variable arrays,
      if (!isEsProfile())
          return;
  
      // for ES, if size isn't coming from an initializer, it has to be explicitly declared now,
      // with very few exceptions
  
      // implicitly-sized io exceptions:
      switch (language) {
      case EShLangGeometry:
          if (qualifier.storage == EvqVaryingIn)
              if ((isEsProfile() && version >= 320) ||
                  extensionsTurnedOn(Num_AEP_geometry_shader, AEP_geometry_shader))
                  return;
          break;
      case EShLangTessControl:
          if ( qualifier.storage == EvqVaryingIn ||
              (qualifier.storage == EvqVaryingOut && ! qualifier.isPatch()))
              if ((isEsProfile() && version >= 320) ||
                  extensionsTurnedOn(Num_AEP_tessellation_shader, AEP_tessellation_shader))
                  return;
          break;
      case EShLangTessEvaluation:
          if ((qualifier.storage == EvqVaryingIn && ! qualifier.isPatch()) ||
               qualifier.storage == EvqVaryingOut)
              if ((isEsProfile() && version >= 320) ||
                  extensionsTurnedOn(Num_AEP_tessellation_shader, AEP_tessellation_shader))
                  return;
          break;
      case EShLangMeshNV:
          if (qualifier.storage == EvqVaryingOut)
              if ((isEsProfile() && version >= 320) ||
                  extensionTurnedOn(E_GL_NV_mesh_shader))
                  return;
          break;
      default:
          break;
      }
  
  #endif
  
      // last member of ssbo block exception:
      if (qualifier.storage == EvqBuffer && lastMember)
          return;
  
      arraySizeRequiredCheck(loc, *arraySizes);
  }
  
  void TParseContext::arrayOfArrayVersionCheck(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TArraySizes* sizes)
  {
      if (sizes == nullptr || sizes->getNumDims() == 1)
          return;
  
      const char* feature = "arrays of arrays";
  
      requireProfile(loc, EEsProfile | ECoreProfile | ECompatibilityProfile, feature);
      profileRequires(loc, EEsProfile, 310, nullptr, feature);
      profileRequires(loc, ECoreProfile | ECompatibilityProfile, 430, nullptr, feature);
  }
  
  //
  // Do all the semantic checking for declaring or redeclaring an array, with and
  // without a size, and make the right changes to the symbol table.
  //
  void TParseContext::declareArray(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TString& identifier, const TType& type, TSymbol*& symbol)
  {
      if (symbol == nullptr) {
          bool currentScope;
          symbol = symbolTable.find(identifier, nullptr, &currentScope);
  
          if (symbol && builtInName(identifier) && ! symbolTable.atBuiltInLevel()) {
              // bad shader (errors already reported) trying to redeclare a built-in name as an array
              symbol = nullptr;
              return;
          }
          if (symbol == nullptr || ! currentScope) {
              //
              // Successfully process a new definition.
              // (Redeclarations have to take place at the same scope; otherwise they are hiding declarations)
              //
              symbol = new TVariable(&identifier, type);
              symbolTable.insert(*symbol);
              if (symbolTable.atGlobalLevel())
                  trackLinkage(*symbol);
  
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
              if (! symbolTable.atBuiltInLevel()) {
                  if (isIoResizeArray(type)) {
                      ioArraySymbolResizeList.push_back(symbol);
                      checkIoArraysConsistency(loc, true);
                  } else
                      fixIoArraySize(loc, symbol->getWritableType());
              }
  #endif
  
              return;
          }
          if (symbol->getAsAnonMember()) {
              error(loc, "cannot redeclare a user-block member array", identifier.c_str(), "");
              symbol = nullptr;
              return;
          }
      }
  
      //
      // Process a redeclaration.
      //
  
      if (symbol == nullptr) {
          error(loc, "array variable name expected", identifier.c_str(), "");
          return;
      }
  
      // redeclareBuiltinVariable() should have already done the copyUp()
      TType& existingType = symbol->getWritableType();
  
      if (! existingType.isArray()) {
          error(loc, "redeclaring non-array as array", identifier.c_str(), "");
          return;
      }
  
      if (! existingType.sameElementType(type)) {
          error(loc, "redeclaration of array with a different element type", identifier.c_str(), "");
          return;
      }
  
      if (! existingType.sameInnerArrayness(type)) {
          error(loc, "redeclaration of array with a different array dimensions or sizes", identifier.c_str(), "");
          return;
      }
  
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
      if (existingType.isSizedArray()) {
          // be more leniant for input arrays to geometry shaders and tessellation control outputs, where the redeclaration is the same size
          if (! (isIoResizeArray(type) && existingType.getOuterArraySize() == type.getOuterArraySize()))
              error(loc, "redeclaration of array with size", identifier.c_str(), "");
          return;
      }
  
      arrayLimitCheck(loc, identifier, type.getOuterArraySize());
  
      existingType.updateArraySizes(type);
  
      if (isIoResizeArray(type))
          checkIoArraysConsistency(loc);
  #endif
  }
  
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
  
  // Policy and error check for needing a runtime sized array.
  void TParseContext::checkRuntimeSizable(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TIntermTyped& base)
  {
      // runtime length implies runtime sizeable, so no problem
      if (isRuntimeLength(base))
          return;
  
      if (base.getType().getQualifier().builtIn == EbvSampleMask)
          return;
  
      // Check for last member of a bufferreference type, which is runtime sizeable
      // but doesn't support runtime length
      if (base.getType().getQualifier().storage == EvqBuffer) {
          const TIntermBinary* binary = base.getAsBinaryNode();
          if (binary != nullptr &&
              binary->getOp() == EOpIndexDirectStruct &&
              binary->getLeft()->isReference()) {
  
              const int index = binary->getRight()->getAsConstantUnion()->getConstArray()[0].getIConst();
              const int memberCount = (int)binary->getLeft()->getType().getReferentType()->getStruct()->size();
              if (index == memberCount - 1)
                  return;
          }
      }
  
      // check for additional things allowed by GL_EXT_nonuniform_qualifier
      if (base.getBasicType() == EbtSampler || base.getBasicType() == EbtAccStruct || base.getBasicType() == EbtRayQuery ||
          (base.getBasicType() == EbtBlock && base.getType().getQualifier().isUniformOrBuffer()))
          requireExtensions(loc, 1, &E_GL_EXT_nonuniform_qualifier, "variable index");
      else
          error(loc, "", "[", "array must be redeclared with a size before being indexed with a variable");
  }
  
  // Policy decision for whether a run-time .length() is allowed.
  bool TParseContext::isRuntimeLength(const TIntermTyped& base) const
  {
      if (base.getType().getQualifier().storage == EvqBuffer) {
          // in a buffer block
          const TIntermBinary* binary = base.getAsBinaryNode();
          if (binary != nullptr && binary->getOp() == EOpIndexDirectStruct) {
              // is it the last member?
              const int index = binary->getRight()->getAsConstantUnion()->getConstArray()[0].getIConst();
  
              if (binary->getLeft()->isReference())
                  return false;
  
              const int memberCount = (int)binary->getLeft()->getType().getStruct()->size();
              if (index == memberCount - 1)
                  return true;
          }
      }
  
      return false;
  }
  
  // Check if mesh perviewNV attributes have a view dimension
  // and resize it to gl_MaxMeshViewCountNV when implicitly sized.
  void TParseContext::checkAndResizeMeshViewDim(const TSourceLoc& loc, TType& type, bool isBlockMember)
  {
      // see if member is a per-view attribute
      if (!type.getQualifier().isPerView())
          return;
  
      if ((isBlockMember && type.isArray()) || (!isBlockMember && type.isArrayOfArrays())) {
          // since we don't have the maxMeshViewCountNV set during parsing builtins, we hardcode the value.
          int maxViewCount = parsingBuiltins ? 4 : resources.maxMeshViewCountNV;
          // For block members, outermost array dimension is the view dimension.
          // For non-block members, outermost array dimension is the vertex/primitive dimension
          // and 2nd outermost is the view dimension.
          int viewDim = isBlockMember ? 0 : 1;
          int viewDimSize = type.getArraySizes()->getDimSize(viewDim);
  
          if (viewDimSize != UnsizedArraySize && viewDimSize != maxViewCount)
              error(loc, "mesh view output array size must be gl_MaxMeshViewCountNV or implicitly sized", "[]", "");
          else if (viewDimSize == UnsizedArraySize)
              type.getArraySizes()->setDimSize(viewDim, maxViewCount);
      }
      else {
          error(loc, "requires a view array dimension", "perviewNV", "");
      }
  }
  
  #endif // GLSLANG_WEB
  
  // Returns true if the first argument to the #line directive is the line number for the next line.
  //
  // Desktop, pre-version 3.30:  "After processing this directive
  // (including its new-line), the implementation will behave as if it is compiling at line number line+1 and
  // source string number source-string-number."
  //
  // Desktop, version 3.30 and later, and ES:  "After processing this directive
  // (including its new-line), the implementation will behave as if it is compiling at line number line and
  // source string number source-string-number.
  bool TParseContext::lineDirectiveShouldSetNextLine() const
  {
      return isEsProfile() || version >= 330;
  }
  
  //
  // Enforce non-initializer type/qualifier rules.
  //
  void TParseContext::nonInitConstCheck(const TSourceLoc& loc, TString& identifier, TType& type)
  {
      //
      // Make the qualifier make sense, given that there is not an initializer.
      //
      if (type.getQualifier().storage == EvqConst ||
          type.getQualifier().storage == EvqConstReadOnly) {
          type.getQualifier().makeTemporary();
          error(loc, "variables with qualifier 'const' must be initialized", identifier.c_str(), "");
      }
  }
  
  //
  // See if the identifier is a built-in symbol that can be redeclared, and if so,
  // copy the symbol table's read-only built-in variable to the current
  // global level, where it can be modified based on the passed in type.
  //
  // Returns nullptr if no redeclaration took place; meaning a normal declaration still
  // needs to occur for it, not necessarily an error.
  //
  // Returns a redeclared and type-modified variable if a redeclarated occurred.
  //
  TSymbol* TParseContext::redeclareBuiltinVariable(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TString& identifier,
                                                   const TQualifier& qualifier, const TShaderQualifiers& publicType)
  {
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
      if (! builtInName(identifier) || symbolTable.atBuiltInLevel() || ! symbolTable.atGlobalLevel())
          return nullptr;
  
      bool nonEsRedecls = (!isEsProfile() && (version >= 130 || identifier == "gl_TexCoord"));
      bool    esRedecls = (isEsProfile() &&
                           (version >= 320 || extensionsTurnedOn(Num_AEP_shader_io_blocks, AEP_shader_io_blocks)));
      if (! esRedecls && ! nonEsRedecls)
          return nullptr;
  
      // Special case when using GL_ARB_separate_shader_objects
      bool ssoPre150 = false;  // means the only reason this variable is redeclared is due to this combination
      if (!isEsProfile() && version <= 140 && extensionTurnedOn(E_GL_ARB_separate_shader_objects)) {
          if (identifier == "gl_Position"     ||
              identifier == "gl_PointSize"    ||
              identifier == "gl_ClipVertex"   ||
              identifier == "gl_FogFragCoord")
              ssoPre150 = true;
      }
  
      // Potentially redeclaring a built-in variable...
  
      if (ssoPre150 ||
          (identifier == "gl_FragDepth"           && ((nonEsRedecls && version >= 420) || esRedecls)) ||
          (identifier == "gl_FragCoord"           && ((nonEsRedecls && version >= 150) || esRedecls)) ||
           identifier == "gl_ClipDistance"                                                            ||
           identifier == "gl_CullDistance"                                                            ||
           identifier == "gl_ShadingRateEXT"                                                          ||
           identifier == "gl_PrimitiveShadingRateEXT"                                                 ||
           identifier == "gl_FrontColor"                                                              ||
           identifier == "gl_BackColor"                                                               ||
           identifier == "gl_FrontSecondaryColor"                                                     ||
           identifier == "gl_BackSecondaryColor"                                                      ||
           identifier == "gl_SecondaryColor"                                                          ||
          (identifier == "gl_Color"               && language == EShLangFragment)                     ||
          (identifier == "gl_FragStencilRefARB"   && (nonEsRedecls && version >= 140)
                                                  && language == EShLangFragment)                     ||
           identifier == "gl_SampleMask"                                                              ||
           identifier == "gl_Layer"                                                                   ||
           identifier == "gl_PrimitiveIndicesNV"                                                      ||
           identifier == "gl_TexCoord") {
  
          // Find the existing symbol, if any.
          bool builtIn;
          TSymbol* symbol = symbolTable.find(identifier, &builtIn);
  
          // If the symbol was not found, this must be a version/profile/stage
          // that doesn't have it.
          if (! symbol)
              return nullptr;
  
          // If it wasn't at a built-in level, then it's already been redeclared;
          // that is, this is a redeclaration of a redeclaration; reuse that initial
          // redeclaration.  Otherwise, make the new one.
          if (builtIn)
              makeEditable(symbol);
  
          // Now, modify the type of the copy, as per the type of the current redeclaration.
  
          TQualifier& symbolQualifier = symbol->getWritableType().getQualifier();
          if (ssoPre150) {
              if (intermediate.inIoAccessed(identifier))
                  error(loc, "cannot redeclare after use", identifier.c_str(), "");
              if (qualifier.hasLayout())
                  error(loc, "cannot apply layout qualifier to", "redeclaration", symbol->getName().c_str());
              if (qualifier.isMemory() || qualifier.isAuxiliary() || (language == EShLangVertex   && qualifier.storage != EvqVaryingOut) ||
                                                                     (language == EShLangFragment && qualifier.storage != EvqVaryingIn))
                  error(loc, "cannot change storage, memory, or auxiliary qualification of", "redeclaration", symbol->getName().c_str());
              if (! qualifier.smooth)
                  error(loc, "cannot change interpolation qualification of", "redeclaration", symbol->getName().c_str());
          } else if (identifier == "gl_FrontColor"          ||
                     identifier == "gl_BackColor"           ||
                     identifier == "gl_FrontSecondaryColor" ||
                     identifier == "gl_BackSecondaryColor"  ||
                     identifier == "gl_SecondaryColor"      ||
                     identifier == "gl_Color") {
              symbolQualifier.flat = qualifier.flat;
              symbolQualifier.smooth = qualifier.smooth;
              symbolQualifier.nopersp = qualifier.nopersp;
              if (qualifier.hasLayout())
                  error(loc, "cannot apply layout qualifier to", "redeclaration", symbol->getName().c_str());
              if (qualifier.isMemory() || qualifier.isAuxiliary() || symbol->getType().getQualifier().storage != qualifier.storage)
                  error(loc, "cannot change storage, memory, or auxiliary qualification of", "redeclaration", symbol->getName().c_str());
          } else if (identifier == "gl_TexCoord"     ||
                     identifier == "gl_ClipDistance" ||
                     identifier == "gl_CullDistance") {
              if (qualifier.hasLayout() || qualifier.isMemory() || qualifier.isAuxiliary() ||
                  qualifier.nopersp != symbolQualifier.nopersp || qualifier.flat != symbolQualifier.flat ||
                  symbolQualifier.storage != qualifier.storage)
                  error(loc, "cannot change qualification of", "redeclaration", symbol->getName().c_str());
          } else if (identifier == "gl_FragCoord") {
              if (intermediate.inIoAccessed("gl_FragCoord"))
                  error(loc, "cannot redeclare after use", "gl_FragCoord", "");
              if (qualifier.nopersp != symbolQualifier.nopersp || qualifier.flat != symbolQualifier.flat ||
                  qualifier.isMemory() || qualifier.isAuxiliary())
                  error(loc, "can only change layout qualification of", "redeclaration", symbol->getName().c_str());
              if (qualifier.storage != EvqVaryingIn)
                  error(loc, "cannot change input storage qualification of", "redeclaration", symbol->getName().c_str());
              if (! builtIn && (publicType.pixelCenterInteger != intermediate.getPixelCenterInteger() ||
                                publicType.originUpperLeft != intermediate.getOriginUpperLeft()))
                  error(loc, "cannot redeclare with different qualification:", "redeclaration", symbol->getName().c_str());
              if (publicType.pixelCenterInteger)
                  intermediate.setPixelCenterInteger();
              if (publicType.originUpperLeft)
                  intermediate.setOriginUpperLeft();
          } else if (identifier == "gl_FragDepth") {
              if (qualifier.nopersp != symbolQualifier.nopersp || qualifier.flat != symbolQualifier.flat ||
                  qualifier.isMemory() || qualifier.isAuxiliary())
                  error(loc, "can only change layout qualification of", "redeclaration", symbol->getName().c_str());
              if (qualifier.storage != EvqVaryingOut)
                  error(loc, "cannot change output storage qualification of", "redeclaration", symbol->getName().c_str());
              if (publicType.layoutDepth != EldNone) {
                  if (intermediate.inIoAccessed("gl_FragDepth"))
                      error(loc, "cannot redeclare after use", "gl_FragDepth", "");
                  if (! intermediate.setDepth(publicType.layoutDepth))
                      error(loc, "all redeclarations must use the same depth layout on", "redeclaration", symbol->getName().c_str());
              }
          }
          else if (
              identifier == "gl_PrimitiveIndicesNV" ||
              identifier == "gl_FragStencilRefARB") {
              if (qualifier.hasLayout())
                  error(loc, "cannot apply layout qualifier to", "redeclaration", symbol->getName().c_str());
              if (qualifier.storage != EvqVaryingOut)
                  error(loc, "cannot change output storage qualification of", "redeclaration", symbol->getName().c_str());
          }
          else if (identifier == "gl_SampleMask") {
              if (!publicType.layoutOverrideCoverage) {
                  error(loc, "redeclaration only allowed for override_coverage layout", "redeclaration", symbol->getName().c_str());
              }
              intermediate.setLayoutOverrideCoverage();
          }
          else if (identifier == "gl_Layer") {
              if (!qualifier.layoutViewportRelative && qualifier.layoutSecondaryViewportRelativeOffset == -2048)
                  error(loc, "redeclaration only allowed for viewport_relative or secondary_view_offset layout", "redeclaration", symbol->getName().c_str());
              symbolQualifier.layoutViewportRelative = qualifier.layoutViewportRelative;
              symbolQualifier.layoutSecondaryViewportRelativeOffset = qualifier.layoutSecondaryViewportRelativeOffset;
          }
  
          // TODO: semantics quality: separate smooth from nothing declared, then use IsInterpolation for several tests above
  
          return symbol;
      }
  #endif
  
      return nullptr;
  }
  
  //
  // Either redeclare the requested block, or give an error message why it can't be done.
  //
  // TODO: functionality: explicitly sizing members of redeclared blocks is not giving them an explicit size
  void TParseContext::redeclareBuiltinBlock(const TSourceLoc& loc, TTypeList& newTypeList, const TString& blockName,
      const TString* instanceName, TArraySizes* arraySizes)
  {
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
      const char* feature = "built-in block redeclaration";
      profileRequires(loc, EEsProfile, 320, Num_AEP_shader_io_blocks, AEP_shader_io_blocks, feature);
      profileRequires(loc, ~EEsProfile, 410, E_GL_ARB_separate_shader_objects, feature);
  
      if (blockName != "gl_PerVertex" && blockName != "gl_PerFragment" &&
          blockName != "gl_MeshPerVertexNV" && blockName != "gl_MeshPerPrimitiveNV") {
          error(loc, "cannot redeclare block: ", "block declaration", blockName.c_str());
          return;
      }
  
      // Redeclaring a built-in block...
  
      if (instanceName && ! builtInName(*instanceName)) {
          error(loc, "cannot redeclare a built-in block with a user name", instanceName->c_str(), "");
          return;
      }
  
      // Blocks with instance names are easy to find, lookup the instance name,
      // Anonymous blocks need to be found via a member.
      bool builtIn;
      TSymbol* block;
      if (instanceName)
          block = symbolTable.find(*instanceName, &builtIn);
      else
          block = symbolTable.find(newTypeList.front().type->getFieldName(), &builtIn);
  
      // If the block was not found, this must be a version/profile/stage
      // that doesn't have it, or the instance name is wrong.
      const char* errorName = instanceName ? instanceName->c_str() : newTypeList.front().type->getFieldName().c_str();
      if (! block) {
          error(loc, "no declaration found for redeclaration", errorName, "");
          return;
      }
      // Built-in blocks cannot be redeclared more than once, which if happened,
      // we'd be finding the already redeclared one here, rather than the built in.
      if (! builtIn) {
          error(loc, "can only redeclare a built-in block once, and before any use", blockName.c_str(), "");
          return;
      }
  
      // Copy the block to make a writable version, to insert into the block table after editing.
      block = symbolTable.copyUpDeferredInsert(block);
  
      if (block->getType().getBasicType() != EbtBlock) {
          error(loc, "cannot redeclare a non block as a block", errorName, "");
          return;
      }
  
      // Fix XFB stuff up, it applies to the order of the redeclaration, not
      // the order of the original members.
      if (currentBlockQualifier.storage == EvqVaryingOut && globalOutputDefaults.hasXfbBuffer()) {
          if (!currentBlockQualifier.hasXfbBuffer())
              currentBlockQualifier.layoutXfbBuffer = globalOutputDefaults.layoutXfbBuffer;
          if (!currentBlockQualifier.hasStream())
              currentBlockQualifier.layoutStream = globalOutputDefaults.layoutStream;
          fixXfbOffsets(currentBlockQualifier, newTypeList);
      }
  
      // Edit and error check the container against the redeclaration
      //  - remove unused members
      //  - ensure remaining qualifiers/types match
  
      TType& type = block->getWritableType();
  
      // if gl_PerVertex is redeclared for the purpose of passing through "gl_Position"
      // for passthrough purpose, the redeclared block should have the same qualifers as
      // the current one
      if (currentBlockQualifier.layoutPassthrough) {
          type.getQualifier().layoutPassthrough = currentBlockQualifier.layoutPassthrough;
          type.getQualifier().storage = currentBlockQualifier.storage;
          type.getQualifier().layoutStream = currentBlockQualifier.layoutStream;
          type.getQualifier().layoutXfbBuffer = currentBlockQualifier.layoutXfbBuffer;
      }
  
      TTypeList::iterator member = type.getWritableStruct()->begin();
      size_t numOriginalMembersFound = 0;
      while (member != type.getStruct()->end()) {
          // look for match
          bool found = false;
          TTypeList::const_iterator newMember;
          TSourceLoc memberLoc;
          memberLoc.init();
          for (newMember = newTypeList.begin(); newMember != newTypeList.end(); ++newMember) {
              if (member->type->getFieldName() == newMember->type->getFieldName()) {
                  found = true;
                  memberLoc = newMember->loc;
                  break;
              }
          }
  
          if (found) {
              ++numOriginalMembersFound;
              // - ensure match between redeclared members' types
              // - check for things that can't be changed
              // - update things that can be changed
              TType& oldType = *member->type;
              const TType& newType = *newMember->type;
              if (! newType.sameElementType(oldType))
                  error(memberLoc, "cannot redeclare block member with a different type", member->type->getFieldName().c_str(), "");
              if (oldType.isArray() != newType.isArray())
                  error(memberLoc, "cannot change arrayness of redeclared block member", member->type->getFieldName().c_str(), "");
              else if (! oldType.getQualifier().isPerView() && ! oldType.sameArrayness(newType) && oldType.isSizedArray())
                  error(memberLoc, "cannot change array size of redeclared block member", member->type->getFieldName().c_str(), "");
              else if (! oldType.getQualifier().isPerView() && newType.isArray())
                  arrayLimitCheck(loc, member->type->getFieldName(), newType.getOuterArraySize());
              if (oldType.getQualifier().isPerView() && ! newType.getQualifier().isPerView())
                  error(memberLoc, "missing perviewNV qualifier to redeclared block member", member->type->getFieldName().c_str(), "");
              else if (! oldType.getQualifier().isPerView() && newType.getQualifier().isPerView())
                  error(memberLoc, "cannot add perviewNV qualifier to redeclared block member", member->type->getFieldName().c_str(), "");
              else if (newType.getQualifier().isPerView()) {
                  if (oldType.getArraySizes()->getNumDims() != newType.getArraySizes()->getNumDims())
                      error(memberLoc, "cannot change arrayness of redeclared block member", member->type->getFieldName().c_str(), "");
                  else if (! newType.isUnsizedArray() && newType.getOuterArraySize() != resources.maxMeshViewCountNV)
                      error(loc, "mesh view output array size must be gl_MaxMeshViewCountNV or implicitly sized", "[]", "");
                  else if (newType.getArraySizes()->getNumDims() == 2) {
                      int innerDimSize = newType.getArraySizes()->getDimSize(1);
                      arrayLimitCheck(memberLoc, member->type->getFieldName(), innerDimSize);
                      oldType.getArraySizes()->setDimSize(1, innerDimSize);
                  }
              }
              if (oldType.getQualifier().isPerPrimitive() && ! newType.getQualifier().isPerPrimitive())
                  error(memberLoc, "missing perprimitiveNV qualifier to redeclared block member", member->type->getFieldName().c_str(), "");
              else if (! oldType.getQualifier().isPerPrimitive() && newType.getQualifier().isPerPrimitive())
                  error(memberLoc, "cannot add perprimitiveNV qualifier to redeclared block member", member->type->getFieldName().c_str(), "");
              if (newType.getQualifier().isMemory())
                  error(memberLoc, "cannot add memory qualifier to redeclared block member", member->type->getFieldName().c_str(), "");
              if (newType.getQualifier().hasNonXfbLayout())
                  error(memberLoc, "cannot add non-XFB layout to redeclared block member", member->type->getFieldName().c_str(), "");
              if (newType.getQualifier().patch)
                  error(memberLoc, "cannot add patch to redeclared block member", member->type->getFieldName().c_str(), "");
              if (newType.getQualifier().hasXfbBuffer() &&
                  newType.getQualifier().layoutXfbBuffer != currentBlockQualifier.layoutXfbBuffer)
                  error(memberLoc, "member cannot contradict block (or what block inherited from global)", "xfb_buffer", "");
              if (newType.getQualifier().hasStream() &&
                  newType.getQualifier().layoutStream != currentBlockQualifier.layoutStream)
                  error(memberLoc, "member cannot contradict block (or what block inherited from global)", "xfb_stream", "");
              oldType.getQualifier().centroid = newType.getQualifier().centroid;
              oldType.getQualifier().sample = newType.getQualifier().sample;
              oldType.getQualifier().invariant = newType.getQualifier().invariant;
              oldType.getQualifier().noContraction = newType.getQualifier().noContraction;
              oldType.getQualifier().smooth = newType.getQualifier().smooth;
              oldType.getQualifier().flat = newType.getQualifier().flat;
              oldType.getQualifier().nopersp = newType.getQualifier().nopersp;
              oldType.getQualifier().layoutXfbOffset = newType.getQualifier().layoutXfbOffset;
              oldType.getQualifier().layoutXfbBuffer = newType.getQualifier().layoutXfbBuffer;
              oldType.getQualifier().layoutXfbStride = newType.getQualifier().layoutXfbStride;
              if (oldType.getQualifier().layoutXfbOffset != TQualifier::layoutXfbBufferEnd) {
                  // If any member has an xfb_offset, then the block's xfb_buffer inherents current xfb_buffer,
                  // and for xfb processing, the member needs it as well, along with xfb_stride.
                  type.getQualifier().layoutXfbBuffer = currentBlockQualifier.layoutXfbBuffer;
                  oldType.getQualifier().layoutXfbBuffer = currentBlockQualifier.layoutXfbBuffer;
              }
              if (oldType.isUnsizedArray() && newType.isSizedArray())
                  oldType.changeOuterArraySize(newType.getOuterArraySize());
  
              //  check and process the member's type, which will include managing xfb information
              layoutTypeCheck(loc, oldType);
  
              // go to next member
              ++member;
          } else {
              // For missing members of anonymous blocks that have been redeclared,
              // hide the original (shared) declaration.
              // Instance-named blocks can just have the member removed.
              if (instanceName)
                  member = type.getWritableStruct()->erase(member);
              else {
                  member->type->hideMember();
                  ++member;
              }
          }
      }
  
      if (spvVersion.vulkan > 0) {
          // ...then streams apply to built-in blocks, instead of them being only on stream 0
          type.getQualifier().layoutStream = currentBlockQualifier.layoutStream;
      }
  
      if (numOriginalMembersFound < newTypeList.size())
          error(loc, "block redeclaration has extra members", blockName.c_str(), "");
      if (type.isArray() != (arraySizes != nullptr) ||
          (type.isArray() && arraySizes != nullptr && type.getArraySizes()->getNumDims() != arraySizes->getNumDims()))
          error(loc, "cannot change arrayness of redeclared block", blockName.c_str(), "");
      else if (type.isArray()) {
          // At this point, we know both are arrays and both have the same number of dimensions.
  
          // It is okay for a built-in block redeclaration to be unsized, and keep the size of the
          // original block declaration.
          if (!arraySizes->isSized() && type.isSizedArray())
              arraySizes->changeOuterSize(type.getOuterArraySize());
  
          // And, okay to be giving a size to the array, by the redeclaration
          if (!type.isSizedArray() && arraySizes->isSized())
              type.changeOuterArraySize(arraySizes->getOuterSize());
  
          // Now, they must match in all dimensions.
          if (type.isSizedArray() && *type.getArraySizes() != *arraySizes)
              error(loc, "cannot change array size of redeclared block", blockName.c_str(), "");
      }
  
      symbolTable.insert(*block);
  
      // Check for general layout qualifier errors
      layoutObjectCheck(loc, *block);
  
      // Tracking for implicit sizing of array
      if (isIoResizeArray(block->getType())) {
          ioArraySymbolResizeList.push_back(block);
          checkIoArraysConsistency(loc, true);
      } else if (block->getType().isArray())
          fixIoArraySize(loc, block->getWritableType());
  
      // Save it in the AST for linker use.
      trackLinkage(*block);
  #endif // GLSLANG_WEB
  }
  
  void TParseContext::paramCheckFixStorage(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TStorageQualifier& qualifier, TType& type)
  {
      switch (qualifier) {
      case EvqConst:
      case EvqConstReadOnly:
          type.getQualifier().storage = EvqConstReadOnly;
          break;
      case EvqIn:
      case EvqOut:
      case EvqInOut:
          type.getQualifier().storage = qualifier;
          break;
      case EvqGlobal:
      case EvqTemporary:
          type.getQualifier().storage = EvqIn;
          break;
      default:
          type.getQualifier().storage = EvqIn;
          error(loc, "storage qualifier not allowed on function parameter", GetStorageQualifierString(qualifier), "");
          break;
      }
  }
  
  void TParseContext::paramCheckFix(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TQualifier& qualifier, TType& type)
  {
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
      if (qualifier.isMemory()) {
          type.getQualifier().volatil   = qualifier.volatil;
          type.getQualifier().coherent  = qualifier.coherent;
          type.getQualifier().devicecoherent  = qualifier.devicecoherent ;
          type.getQualifier().queuefamilycoherent  = qualifier.queuefamilycoherent;
          type.getQualifier().workgroupcoherent  = qualifier.workgroupcoherent;
          type.getQualifier().subgroupcoherent  = qualifier.subgroupcoherent;
          type.getQualifier().shadercallcoherent = qualifier.shadercallcoherent;
          type.getQualifier().nonprivate = qualifier.nonprivate;
          type.getQualifier().readonly  = qualifier.readonly;
          type.getQualifier().writeonly = qualifier.writeonly;
          type.getQualifier().restrict  = qualifier.restrict;
      }
  #endif
  
      if (qualifier.isAuxiliary() ||
          qualifier.isInterpolation())
          error(loc, "cannot use auxiliary or interpolation qualifiers on a function parameter", "", "");
      if (qualifier.hasLayout())
          error(loc, "cannot use layout qualifiers on a function parameter", "", "");
      if (qualifier.invariant)
          error(loc, "cannot use invariant qualifier on a function parameter", "", "");
      if (qualifier.isNoContraction()) {
          if (qualifier.isParamOutput())
              type.getQualifier().setNoContraction();
          else
              warn(loc, "qualifier has no effect on non-output parameters", "precise", "");
      }
      if (qualifier.isNonUniform())
          type.getQualifier().nonUniform = qualifier.nonUniform;
  
      paramCheckFixStorage(loc, qualifier.storage, type);
  }
  
  void TParseContext::nestedBlockCheck(const TSourceLoc& loc)
  {
      if (structNestingLevel > 0 || blockNestingLevel > 0)
          error(loc, "cannot nest a block definition inside a structure or block", "", "");
      ++blockNestingLevel;
  }
  
  void TParseContext::nestedStructCheck(const TSourceLoc& loc)
  {
      if (structNestingLevel > 0 || blockNestingLevel > 0)
          error(loc, "cannot nest a structure definition inside a structure or block", "", "");
      ++structNestingLevel;
  }
  
  void TParseContext::arrayObjectCheck(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TType& type, const char* op)
  {
      // Some versions don't allow comparing arrays or structures containing arrays
      if (type.containsArray()) {
          profileRequires(loc, ENoProfile, 120, E_GL_3DL_array_objects, op);
          profileRequires(loc, EEsProfile, 300, nullptr, op);
      }
  }
  
  void TParseContext::opaqueCheck(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TType& type, const char* op)
  {
      if (containsFieldWithBasicType(type, EbtSampler))
          error(loc, "can't use with samplers or structs containing samplers", op, "");
  }
  
  void TParseContext::referenceCheck(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TType& type, const char* op)
  {
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
      if (containsFieldWithBasicType(type, EbtReference))
          error(loc, "can't use with reference types", op, "");
  #endif
  }
  
  void TParseContext::storage16BitAssignmentCheck(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TType& type, const char* op)
  {
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
      if (type.getBasicType() == EbtStruct && containsFieldWithBasicType(type, EbtFloat16))
          requireFloat16Arithmetic(loc, op, "can't use with structs containing float16");
  
      if (type.isArray() && type.getBasicType() == EbtFloat16)
          requireFloat16Arithmetic(loc, op, "can't use with arrays containing float16");
  
      if (type.getBasicType() == EbtStruct && containsFieldWithBasicType(type, EbtInt16))
          requireInt16Arithmetic(loc, op, "can't use with structs containing int16");
  
      if (type.isArray() && type.getBasicType() == EbtInt16)
          requireInt16Arithmetic(loc, op, "can't use with arrays containing int16");
  
      if (type.getBasicType() == EbtStruct && containsFieldWithBasicType(type, EbtUint16))
          requireInt16Arithmetic(loc, op, "can't use with structs containing uint16");
  
      if (type.isArray() && type.getBasicType() == EbtUint16)
          requireInt16Arithmetic(loc, op, "can't use with arrays containing uint16");
  
      if (type.getBasicType() == EbtStruct && containsFieldWithBasicType(type, EbtInt8))
          requireInt8Arithmetic(loc, op, "can't use with structs containing int8");
  
      if (type.isArray() && type.getBasicType() == EbtInt8)
          requireInt8Arithmetic(loc, op, "can't use with arrays containing int8");
  
      if (type.getBasicType() == EbtStruct && containsFieldWithBasicType(type, EbtUint8))
          requireInt8Arithmetic(loc, op, "can't use with structs containing uint8");
  
      if (type.isArray() && type.getBasicType() == EbtUint8)
          requireInt8Arithmetic(loc, op, "can't use with arrays containing uint8");
  #endif
  }
  
  void TParseContext::specializationCheck(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TType& type, const char* op)
  {
      if (type.containsSpecializationSize())
          error(loc, "can't use with types containing arrays sized with a specialization constant", op, "");
  }
  
  void TParseContext::structTypeCheck(const TSourceLoc& /*loc*/, TPublicType& publicType)
  {
      const TTypeList& typeList = *publicType.userDef->getStruct();
  
      // fix and check for member storage qualifiers and types that don't belong within a structure
      for (unsigned int member = 0; member < typeList.size(); ++member) {
          TQualifier& memberQualifier = typeList[member].type->getQualifier();
          const TSourceLoc& memberLoc = typeList[member].loc;
          if (memberQualifier.isAuxiliary() ||
              memberQualifier.isInterpolation() ||
              (memberQualifier.storage != EvqTemporary && memberQualifier.storage != EvqGlobal))
              error(memberLoc, "cannot use storage or interpolation qualifiers on structure members", typeList[member].type->getFieldName().c_str(), "");
          if (memberQualifier.isMemory())
              error(memberLoc, "cannot use memory qualifiers on structure members", typeList[member].type->getFieldName().c_str(), "");
          if (memberQualifier.hasLayout()) {
              error(memberLoc, "cannot use layout qualifiers on structure members", typeList[member].type->getFieldName().c_str(), "");
              memberQualifier.clearLayout();
          }
          if (memberQualifier.invariant)
              error(memberLoc, "cannot use invariant qualifier on structure members", typeList[member].type->getFieldName().c_str(), "");
      }
  }
  
  //
  // See if this loop satisfies the limitations for ES 2.0 (version 100) for loops in Appendex A:
  //
  // "The loop index has type int or float.
  //
  // "The for statement has the form:
  //     for ( init-declaration ; condition ; expression )
  //     init-declaration has the form: type-specifier identifier = constant-expression
  //     condition has the form:  loop-index relational_operator constant-expression
  //         where relational_operator is one of: > >= < <= == or !=
  //     expression [sic] has one of the following forms:
  //         loop-index++
  //         loop-index--
  //         loop-index += constant-expression
  //         loop-index -= constant-expression
  //
  // The body is handled in an AST traversal.
  //
  void TParseContext::inductiveLoopCheck(const TSourceLoc& loc, TIntermNode* init, TIntermLoop* loop)
  {
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
      // loop index init must exist and be a declaration, which shows up in the AST as an aggregate of size 1 of the declaration
      bool badInit = false;
      if (! init || ! init->getAsAggregate() || init->getAsAggregate()->getSequence().size() != 1)
          badInit = true;
      TIntermBinary* binaryInit = 0;
      if (! badInit) {
          // get the declaration assignment
          binaryInit = init->getAsAggregate()->getSequence()[0]->getAsBinaryNode();
          if (! binaryInit)
              badInit = true;
      }
      if (badInit) {
          error(loc, "inductive-loop init-declaration requires the form \"type-specifier loop-index = constant-expression\"", "limitations", "");
          return;
      }
  
      // loop index must be type int or float
      if (! binaryInit->getType().isScalar() || (binaryInit->getBasicType() != EbtInt && binaryInit->getBasicType() != EbtFloat)) {
          error(loc, "inductive loop requires a scalar 'int' or 'float' loop index", "limitations", "");
          return;
      }
  
      // init is the form "loop-index = constant"
      if (binaryInit->getOp() != EOpAssign || ! binaryInit->getLeft()->getAsSymbolNode() || ! binaryInit->getRight()->getAsConstantUnion()) {
          error(loc, "inductive-loop init-declaration requires the form \"type-specifier loop-index = constant-expression\"", "limitations", "");
          return;
      }
  
      // get the unique id of the loop index
      int loopIndex = binaryInit->getLeft()->getAsSymbolNode()->getId();
      inductiveLoopIds.insert(loopIndex);
  
      // condition's form must be "loop-index relational-operator constant-expression"
      bool badCond = ! loop->getTest();
      if (! badCond) {
          TIntermBinary* binaryCond = loop->getTest()->getAsBinaryNode();
          badCond = ! binaryCond;
          if (! badCond) {
              switch (binaryCond->getOp()) {
              case EOpGreaterThan:
              case EOpGreaterThanEqual:
              case EOpLessThan:
              case EOpLessThanEqual:
              case EOpEqual:
              case EOpNotEqual:
                  break;
              default:
                  badCond = true;
              }
          }
          if (binaryCond && (! binaryCond->getLeft()->getAsSymbolNode() ||
                             binaryCond->getLeft()->getAsSymbolNode()->getId() != loopIndex ||
                             ! binaryCond->getRight()->getAsConstantUnion()))
              badCond = true;
      }
      if (badCond) {
          error(loc, "inductive-loop condition requires the form \"loop-index <comparison-op> constant-expression\"", "limitations", "");
          return;
      }
  
      // loop-index++
      // loop-index--
      // loop-index += constant-expression
      // loop-index -= constant-expression
      bool badTerminal = ! loop->getTerminal();
      if (! badTerminal) {
          TIntermUnary* unaryTerminal = loop->getTerminal()->getAsUnaryNode();
          TIntermBinary* binaryTerminal = loop->getTerminal()->getAsBinaryNode();
          if (unaryTerminal || binaryTerminal) {
              switch(loop->getTerminal()->getAsOperator()->getOp()) {
              case EOpPostDecrement:
              case EOpPostIncrement:
              case EOpAddAssign:
              case EOpSubAssign:
                  break;
              default:
                  badTerminal = true;
              }
          } else
              badTerminal = true;
          if (binaryTerminal && (! binaryTerminal->getLeft()->getAsSymbolNode() ||
                                 binaryTerminal->getLeft()->getAsSymbolNode()->getId() != loopIndex ||
                                 ! binaryTerminal->getRight()->getAsConstantUnion()))
              badTerminal = true;
          if (unaryTerminal && (! unaryTerminal->getOperand()->getAsSymbolNode() ||
                                unaryTerminal->getOperand()->getAsSymbolNode()->getId() != loopIndex))
              badTerminal = true;
      }
      if (badTerminal) {
          error(loc, "inductive-loop termination requires the form \"loop-index++, loop-index--, loop-index += constant-expression, or loop-index -= constant-expression\"", "limitations", "");
          return;
      }
  
      // the body
      inductiveLoopBodyCheck(loop->getBody(), loopIndex, symbolTable);
  #endif
  }
  
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
  // Do limit checks for built-in arrays.
  void TParseContext::arrayLimitCheck(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TString& identifier, int size)
  {
      if (identifier.compare("gl_TexCoord") == 0)
          limitCheck(loc, size, "gl_MaxTextureCoords", "gl_TexCoord array size");
      else if (identifier.compare("gl_ClipDistance") == 0)
          limitCheck(loc, size, "gl_MaxClipDistances", "gl_ClipDistance array size");
      else if (identifier.compare("gl_CullDistance") == 0)
          limitCheck(loc, size, "gl_MaxCullDistances", "gl_CullDistance array size");
      else if (identifier.compare("gl_ClipDistancePerViewNV") == 0)
          limitCheck(loc, size, "gl_MaxClipDistances", "gl_ClipDistancePerViewNV array size");
      else if (identifier.compare("gl_CullDistancePerViewNV") == 0)
          limitCheck(loc, size, "gl_MaxCullDistances", "gl_CullDistancePerViewNV array size");
  }
  #endif // GLSLANG_WEB
  
  // See if the provided value is less than or equal to the symbol indicated by limit,
  // which should be a constant in the symbol table.
  void TParseContext::limitCheck(const TSourceLoc& loc, int value, const char* limit, const char* feature)
  {
      TSymbol* symbol = symbolTable.find(limit);
      assert(symbol->getAsVariable());
      const TConstUnionArray& constArray = symbol->getAsVariable()->getConstArray();
      assert(! constArray.empty());
      if (value > constArray[0].getIConst())
          error(loc, "must be less than or equal to", feature, "%s (%d)", limit, constArray[0].getIConst());
  }
  
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
  
  //
  // Do any additional error checking, etc., once we know the parsing is done.
  //
  void TParseContext::finish()
  {
      TParseContextBase::finish();
  
      if (parsingBuiltins)
          return;
  
      // Check on array indexes for ES 2.0 (version 100) limitations.
      for (size_t i = 0; i < needsIndexLimitationChecking.size(); ++i)
          constantIndexExpressionCheck(needsIndexLimitationChecking[i]);
  
      // Check for stages that are enabled by extension.
      // Can't do this at the beginning, it is chicken and egg to add a stage by
      // extension.
      // Stage-specific features were correctly tested for already, this is just
      // about the stage itself.
      switch (language) {
      case EShLangGeometry:
          if (isEsProfile() && version == 310)
              requireExtensions(getCurrentLoc(), Num_AEP_geometry_shader, AEP_geometry_shader, "geometry shaders");
          break;
      case EShLangTessControl:
      case EShLangTessEvaluation:
          if (isEsProfile() && version == 310)
              requireExtensions(getCurrentLoc(), Num_AEP_tessellation_shader, AEP_tessellation_shader, "tessellation shaders");
          else if (!isEsProfile() && version < 400)
              requireExtensions(getCurrentLoc(), 1, &E_GL_ARB_tessellation_shader, "tessellation shaders");
          break;
      case EShLangCompute:
          if (!isEsProfile() && version < 430)
              requireExtensions(getCurrentLoc(), 1, &E_GL_ARB_compute_shader, "compute shaders");
          break;
      case EShLangTaskNV:
          requireExtensions(getCurrentLoc(), 1, &E_GL_NV_mesh_shader, "task shaders");
          break;
      case EShLangMeshNV:
          requireExtensions(getCurrentLoc(), 1, &E_GL_NV_mesh_shader, "mesh shaders");
          break;
      default:
          break;
      }
  
      // Set default outputs for GL_NV_geometry_shader_passthrough
      if (language == EShLangGeometry && extensionTurnedOn(E_SPV_NV_geometry_shader_passthrough)) {
          if (intermediate.getOutputPrimitive() == ElgNone) {
              switch (intermediate.getInputPrimitive()) {
              case ElgPoints:      intermediate.setOutputPrimitive(ElgPoints);    break;
              case ElgLines:       intermediate.setOutputPrimitive(ElgLineStrip); break;
              case ElgTriangles:   intermediate.setOutputPrimitive(ElgTriangleStrip); break;
              default: break;
              }
          }
          if (intermediate.getVertices() == TQualifier::layoutNotSet) {
              switch (intermediate.getInputPrimitive()) {
              case ElgPoints:      intermediate.setVertices(1); break;
              case ElgLines:       intermediate.setVertices(2); break;
              case ElgTriangles:   intermediate.setVertices(3); break;
              default: break;
              }
          }
      }
  }
  #endif // GLSLANG_WEB
  
  //
  // Layout qualifier stuff.
  //
  
  // Put the id's layout qualification into the public type, for qualifiers not having a number set.
  // This is before we know any type information for error checking.
  void TParseContext::setLayoutQualifier(const TSourceLoc& loc, TPublicType& publicType, TString& id)
  {
      std::transform(id.begin(), id.end(), id.begin(), ::tolower);
  
      if (id == TQualifier::getLayoutMatrixString(ElmColumnMajor)) {
          publicType.qualifier.layoutMatrix = ElmColumnMajor;
          return;
      }
      if (id == TQualifier::getLayoutMatrixString(ElmRowMajor)) {
          publicType.qualifier.layoutMatrix = ElmRowMajor;
          return;
      }
      if (id == TQualifier::getLayoutPackingString(ElpPacked)) {
          if (spvVersion.spv != 0)
              spvRemoved(loc, "packed");
          publicType.qualifier.layoutPacking = ElpPacked;
          return;
      }
      if (id == TQualifier::getLayoutPackingString(ElpShared)) {
          if (spvVersion.spv != 0)
              spvRemoved(loc, "shared");
          publicType.qualifier.layoutPacking = ElpShared;
          return;
      }
      if (id == TQualifier::getLayoutPackingString(ElpStd140)) {
          publicType.qualifier.layoutPacking = ElpStd140;
          return;
      }
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
      if (id == TQualifier::getLayoutPackingString(ElpStd430)) {
          requireProfile(loc, EEsProfile | ECoreProfile | ECompatibilityProfile, "std430");
          profileRequires(loc, ECoreProfile | ECompatibilityProfile, 430, E_GL_ARB_shader_storage_buffer_object, "std430");
          profileRequires(loc, EEsProfile, 310, nullptr, "std430");
          publicType.qualifier.layoutPacking = ElpStd430;
          return;
      }
      if (id == TQualifier::getLayoutPackingString(ElpScalar)) {
          requireVulkan(loc, "scalar");
          requireExtensions(loc, 1, &E_GL_EXT_scalar_block_layout, "scalar block layout");
          publicType.qualifier.layoutPacking = ElpScalar;
          return;
      }
      // TODO: compile-time performance: may need to stop doing linear searches
      for (TLayoutFormat format = (TLayoutFormat)(ElfNone + 1); format < ElfCount; format = (TLayoutFormat)(format + 1)) {
          if (id == TQualifier::getLayoutFormatString(format)) {
              if ((format > ElfEsFloatGuard && format < ElfFloatGuard) ||
                  (format > ElfEsIntGuard && format < ElfIntGuard) ||
                  (format > ElfEsUintGuard && format < ElfCount))
                  requireProfile(loc, ENoProfile | ECoreProfile | ECompatibilityProfile, "image load-store format");
              profileRequires(loc, ENoProfile | ECoreProfile | ECompatibilityProfile, 420, E_GL_ARB_shader_image_load_store, "image load store");
              profileRequires(loc, EEsProfile, 310, E_GL_ARB_shader_image_load_store, "image load store");
              publicType.qualifier.layoutFormat = format;
              return;
          }
      }
      if (id == "push_constant") {
          requireVulkan(loc, "push_constant");
          publicType.qualifier.layoutPushConstant = true;
          return;
      }
      if (id == "buffer_reference") {
          requireVulkan(loc, "buffer_reference");
          requireExtensions(loc, 1, &E_GL_EXT_buffer_reference, "buffer_reference");
          publicType.qualifier.layoutBufferReference = true;
          intermediate.setUseStorageBuffer();
          intermediate.setUsePhysicalStorageBuffer();
          return;
      }
      if (language == EShLangGeometry || language == EShLangTessEvaluation || language == EShLangMeshNV) {
          if (id == TQualifier::getGeometryString(ElgTriangles)) {
              publicType.shaderQualifiers.geometry = ElgTriangles;
              return;
          }
          if (language == EShLangGeometry || language == EShLangMeshNV) {
              if (id == TQualifier::getGeometryString(ElgPoints)) {
                  publicType.shaderQualifiers.geometry = ElgPoints;
                  return;
              }
              if (id == TQualifier::getGeometryString(ElgLines)) {
                  publicType.shaderQualifiers.geometry = ElgLines;
                  return;
              }
              if (language == EShLangGeometry) {
                  if (id == TQualifier::getGeometryString(ElgLineStrip)) {
                      publicType.shaderQualifiers.geometry = ElgLineStrip;
                      return;
                  }
                  if (id == TQualifier::getGeometryString(ElgLinesAdjacency)) {
                      publicType.shaderQualifiers.geometry = ElgLinesAdjacency;
                      return;
                  }
                  if (id == TQualifier::getGeometryString(ElgTrianglesAdjacency)) {
                      publicType.shaderQualifiers.geometry = ElgTrianglesAdjacency;
                      return;
                  }
                  if (id == TQualifier::getGeometryString(ElgTriangleStrip)) {
                      publicType.shaderQualifiers.geometry = ElgTriangleStrip;
                      return;
                  }
                  if (id == "passthrough") {
                      requireExtensions(loc, 1, &E_SPV_NV_geometry_shader_passthrough, "geometry shader passthrough");
                      publicType.qualifier.layoutPassthrough = true;
                      intermediate.setGeoPassthroughEXT();
                      return;
                  }
              }
          } else {
              assert(language == EShLangTessEvaluation);
  
              // input primitive
              if (id == TQualifier::getGeometryString(ElgTriangles)) {
                  publicType.shaderQualifiers.geometry = ElgTriangles;
                  return;
              }
              if (id == TQualifier::getGeometryString(ElgQuads)) {
                  publicType.shaderQualifiers.geometry = ElgQuads;
                  return;
              }
              if (id == TQualifier::getGeometryString(ElgIsolines)) {
                  publicType.shaderQualifiers.geometry = ElgIsolines;
                  return;
              }
  
              // vertex spacing
              if (id == TQualifier::getVertexSpacingString(EvsEqual)) {
                  publicType.shaderQualifiers.spacing = EvsEqual;
                  return;
              }
              if (id == TQualifier::getVertexSpacingString(EvsFractionalEven)) {
                  publicType.shaderQualifiers.spacing = EvsFractionalEven;
                  return;
              }
              if (id == TQualifier::getVertexSpacingString(EvsFractionalOdd)) {
                  publicType.shaderQualifiers.spacing = EvsFractionalOdd;
                  return;
              }
  
              // triangle order
              if (id == TQualifier::getVertexOrderString(EvoCw)) {
                  publicType.shaderQualifiers.order = EvoCw;
                  return;
              }
              if (id == TQualifier::getVertexOrderString(EvoCcw)) {
                  publicType.shaderQualifiers.order = EvoCcw;
                  return;
              }
  
              // point mode
              if (id == "point_mode") {
                  publicType.shaderQualifiers.pointMode = true;
                  return;
              }
          }
      }
      if (language == EShLangFragment) {
          if (id == "origin_upper_left") {
              requireProfile(loc, ECoreProfile | ECompatibilityProfile, "origin_upper_left");
              publicType.shaderQualifiers.originUpperLeft = true;
              return;
          }
          if (id == "pixel_center_integer") {
              requireProfile(loc, ECoreProfile | ECompatibilityProfile, "pixel_center_integer");
              publicType.shaderQualifiers.pixelCenterInteger = true;
              return;
          }
          if (id == "early_fragment_tests") {
              profileRequires(loc, ENoProfile | ECoreProfile | ECompatibilityProfile, 420, E_GL_ARB_shader_image_load_store, "early_fragment_tests");
              profileRequires(loc, EEsProfile, 310, nullptr, "early_fragment_tests");
              publicType.shaderQualifiers.earlyFragmentTests = true;
              return;
          }
          if (id == "post_depth_coverage") {
              requireExtensions(loc, Num_post_depth_coverageEXTs, post_depth_coverageEXTs, "post depth coverage");
              if (extensionTurnedOn(E_GL_ARB_post_depth_coverage)) {
                  publicType.shaderQualifiers.earlyFragmentTests = true;
              }
              publicType.shaderQualifiers.postDepthCoverage = true;
              return;
          }
          for (TLayoutDepth depth = (TLayoutDepth)(EldNone + 1); depth < EldCount; depth = (TLayoutDepth)(depth+1)) {
              if (id == TQualifier::getLayoutDepthString(depth)) {
                  requireProfile(loc, ECoreProfile | ECompatibilityProfile, "depth layout qualifier");
                  profileRequires(loc, ECoreProfile | ECompatibilityProfile, 420, nullptr, "depth layout qualifier");
                  publicType.shaderQualifiers.layoutDepth = depth;
                  return;
              }
          }
          for (TInterlockOrdering order = (TInterlockOrdering)(EioNone + 1); order < EioCount; order = (TInterlockOrdering)(order+1)) {
              if (id == TQualifier::getInterlockOrderingString(order)) {
                  requireProfile(loc, ECoreProfile | ECompatibilityProfile, "fragment shader interlock layout qualifier");
                  profileRequires(loc, ECoreProfile | ECompatibilityProfile, 450, nullptr, "fragment shader interlock layout qualifier");
                  requireExtensions(loc, 1, &E_GL_ARB_fragment_shader_interlock, TQualifier::getInterlockOrderingString(order));
                  if (order == EioShadingRateInterlockOrdered || order == EioShadingRateInterlockUnordered)
                      requireExtensions(loc, 1, &E_GL_NV_shading_rate_image, TQualifier::getInterlockOrderingString(order));
                  publicType.shaderQualifiers.interlockOrdering = order;
                  return;
              }
          }
          if (id.compare(0, 13, "blend_support") == 0) {
              bool found = false;
              for (TBlendEquationShift be = (TBlendEquationShift)0; be < EBlendCount; be = (TBlendEquationShift)(be + 1)) {
                  if (id == TQualifier::getBlendEquationString(be)) {
                      profileRequires(loc, EEsProfile, 320, E_GL_KHR_blend_equation_advanced, "blend equation");
                      profileRequires(loc, ~EEsProfile, 0, E_GL_KHR_blend_equation_advanced, "blend equation");
                      intermediate.addBlendEquation(be);
                      publicType.shaderQualifiers.blendEquation = true;
                      found = true;
                      break;
                  }
              }
              if (! found)
                  error(loc, "unknown blend equation", "blend_support", "");
              return;
          }
          if (id == "override_coverage") {
              requireExtensions(loc, 1, &E_GL_NV_sample_mask_override_coverage, "sample mask override coverage");
              publicType.shaderQualifiers.layoutOverrideCoverage = true;
              return;
          }
      }
      if (language == EShLangVertex ||
          language == EShLangTessControl ||
          language == EShLangTessEvaluation ||
          language == EShLangGeometry ) {
          if (id == "viewport_relative") {
              requireExtensions(loc, 1, &E_GL_NV_viewport_array2, "view port array2");
              publicType.qualifier.layoutViewportRelative = true;
              return;
          }
      } else {
          if (language == EShLangRayGen || language == EShLangIntersect ||
          language == EShLangAnyHit || language == EShLangClosestHit ||
          language == EShLangMiss || language == EShLangCallable) {
              if (id == "shaderrecordnv" || id == "shaderrecordext") {
                  if (id == "shaderrecordnv") {
                      requireExtensions(loc, 1, &E_GL_NV_ray_tracing, "shader record NV");
                  } else {
                      requireExtensions(loc, 1, &E_GL_EXT_ray_tracing, "shader record EXT");
                  }
                  publicType.qualifier.layoutShaderRecord = true;
                  return;
              }
  
          }
      }
      if (language == EShLangCompute) {
          if (id.compare(0, 17, "derivative_group_") == 0) {
              requireExtensions(loc, 1, &E_GL_NV_compute_shader_derivatives, "compute shader derivatives");
              if (id == "derivative_group_quadsnv") {
                  publicType.shaderQualifiers.layoutDerivativeGroupQuads = true;
                  return;
              } else if (id == "derivative_group_linearnv") {
                  publicType.shaderQualifiers.layoutDerivativeGroupLinear = true;
                  return;
              }
          }
      }
  
      if (id == "primitive_culling") {
          requireExtensions(loc, 1, &E_GL_EXT_ray_flags_primitive_culling, "primitive culling");
          publicType.shaderQualifiers.layoutPrimitiveCulling = true;
          return;
      }
  #endif
  
      error(loc, "unrecognized layout identifier, or qualifier requires assignment (e.g., binding = 4)", id.c_str(), "");
  }
  
  // Put the id's layout qualifier value into the public type, for qualifiers having a number set.
  // This is before we know any type information for error checking.
  void TParseContext::setLayoutQualifier(const TSourceLoc& loc, TPublicType& publicType, TString& id, const TIntermTyped* node)
  {
      const char* feature = "layout-id value";
      const char* nonLiteralFeature = "non-literal layout-id value";
  
      integerCheck(node, feature);
      const TIntermConstantUnion* constUnion = node->getAsConstantUnion();
      int value;
      bool nonLiteral = false;
      if (constUnion) {
          value = constUnion->getConstArray()[0].getIConst();
          if (! constUnion->isLiteral()) {
              requireProfile(loc, ECoreProfile | ECompatibilityProfile, nonLiteralFeature);
              profileRequires(loc, ECoreProfile | ECompatibilityProfile, 440, E_GL_ARB_enhanced_layouts, nonLiteralFeature);
          }
      } else {
          // grammar should have give out the error message
          value = 0;
          nonLiteral = true;
      }
  
      if (value < 0) {
          error(loc, "cannot be negative", feature, "");
          return;
      }
  
      std::transform(id.begin(), id.end(), id.begin(), ::tolower);
  
      if (id == "offset") {
          // "offset" can be for either
          //  - uniform offsets
          //  - atomic_uint offsets
          const char* feature = "offset";
          if (spvVersion.spv == 0) {
              requireProfile(loc, EEsProfile | ECoreProfile | ECompatibilityProfile, feature);
              const char* exts[2] = { E_GL_ARB_enhanced_layouts, E_GL_ARB_shader_atomic_counters };
              profileRequires(loc, ECoreProfile | ECompatibilityProfile, 420, 2, exts, feature);
              profileRequires(loc, EEsProfile, 310, nullptr, feature);
          }
          publicType.qualifier.layoutOffset = value;
          publicType.qualifier.explicitOffset = true;
          if (nonLiteral)
              error(loc, "needs a literal integer", "offset", "");
          return;
      } else if (id == "align") {
          const char* feature = "uniform buffer-member align";
          if (spvVersion.spv == 0) {
              requireProfile(loc, ECoreProfile | ECompatibilityProfile, feature);
              profileRequires(loc, ECoreProfile | ECompatibilityProfile, 440, E_GL_ARB_enhanced_layouts, feature);
          }
          // "The specified alignment must be a power of 2, or a compile-time error results."
          if (! IsPow2(value))
              error(loc, "must be a power of 2", "align", "");
          else
              publicType.qualifier.layoutAlign = value;
          if (nonLiteral)
              error(loc, "needs a literal integer", "align", "");
          return;
      } else if (id == "location") {
          profileRequires(loc, EEsProfile, 300, nullptr, "location");
          const char* exts[2] = { E_GL_ARB_separate_shader_objects, E_GL_ARB_explicit_attrib_location }; 
          // GL_ARB_explicit_uniform_location requires 330 or GL_ARB_explicit_attrib_location we do not need to add it here
          profileRequires(loc, ~EEsProfile, 330, 2, exts, "location");
          if ((unsigned int)value >= TQualifier::layoutLocationEnd)
              error(loc, "location is too large", id.c_str(), "");
          else
              publicType.qualifier.layoutLocation = value;
          if (nonLiteral)
              error(loc, "needs a literal integer", "location", "");
          return;
      } else if (id == "set") {
          if ((unsigned int)value >= TQualifier::layoutSetEnd)
              error(loc, "set is too large", id.c_str(), "");
          else
              publicType.qualifier.layoutSet = value;
          if (value != 0)
              requireVulkan(loc, "descriptor set");
          if (nonLiteral)
              error(loc, "needs a literal integer", "set", "");
          return;
      } else if (id == "binding") {
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
          profileRequires(loc, ~EEsProfile, 420, E_GL_ARB_shading_language_420pack, "binding");
          profileRequires(loc, EEsProfile, 310, nullptr, "binding");
  #endif
          if ((unsigned int)value >= TQualifier::layoutBindingEnd)
              error(loc, "binding is too large", id.c_str(), "");
          else
              publicType.qualifier.layoutBinding = value;
          if (nonLiteral)
              error(loc, "needs a literal integer", "binding", "");
          return;
      }
      if (id == "constant_id") {
          requireSpv(loc, "constant_id");
          if (value >= (int)TQualifier::layoutSpecConstantIdEnd) {
              error(loc, "specialization-constant id is too large", id.c_str(), "");
          } else {
              publicType.qualifier.layoutSpecConstantId = value;
              publicType.qualifier.specConstant = true;
              if (! intermediate.addUsedConstantId(value))
                  error(loc, "specialization-constant id already used", id.c_str(), "");
          }
          if (nonLiteral)
              error(loc, "needs a literal integer", "constant_id", "");
          return;
      }
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
      if (id == "component") {
          requireProfile(loc, ECoreProfile | ECompatibilityProfile, "component");
          profileRequires(loc, ECoreProfile | ECompatibilityProfile, 440, E_GL_ARB_enhanced_layouts, "component");
          if ((unsigned)value >= TQualifier::layoutComponentEnd)
              error(loc, "component is too large", id.c_str(), "");
          else
              publicType.qualifier.layoutComponent = value;
          if (nonLiteral)
              error(loc, "needs a literal integer", "component", "");
          return;
      }
      if (id.compare(0, 4, "xfb_") == 0) {
          // "Any shader making any static use (after preprocessing) of any of these
          // *xfb_* qualifiers will cause the shader to be in a transform feedback
          // capturing mode and hence responsible for describing the transform feedback
          // setup."
          intermediate.setXfbMode();
          const char* feature = "transform feedback qualifier";
          requireStage(loc, (EShLanguageMask)(EShLangVertexMask | EShLangGeometryMask | EShLangTessControlMask | EShLangTessEvaluationMask), feature);
          requireProfile(loc, ECoreProfile | ECompatibilityProfile, feature);
          profileRequires(loc, ECoreProfile | ECompatibilityProfile, 440, E_GL_ARB_enhanced_layouts, feature);
          if (id == "xfb_buffer") {
              // "It is a compile-time error to specify an *xfb_buffer* that is greater than
              // the implementation-dependent constant gl_MaxTransformFeedbackBuffers."
              if (value >= resources.maxTransformFeedbackBuffers)
                  error(loc, "buffer is too large:", id.c_str(), "gl_MaxTransformFeedbackBuffers is %d", resources.maxTransformFeedbackBuffers);
              if (value >= (int)TQualifier::layoutXfbBufferEnd)
                  error(loc, "buffer is too large:", id.c_str(), "internal max is %d", TQualifier::layoutXfbBufferEnd-1);
              else
                  publicType.qualifier.layoutXfbBuffer = value;
              if (nonLiteral)
                  error(loc, "needs a literal integer", "xfb_buffer", "");
              return;
          } else if (id == "xfb_offset") {
              if (value >= (int)TQualifier::layoutXfbOffsetEnd)
                  error(loc, "offset is too large:", id.c_str(), "internal max is %d", TQualifier::layoutXfbOffsetEnd-1);
              else
                  publicType.qualifier.layoutXfbOffset = value;
              if (nonLiteral)
                  error(loc, "needs a literal integer", "xfb_offset", "");
              return;
          } else if (id == "xfb_stride") {
              // "The resulting stride (implicit or explicit), when divided by 4, must be less than or equal to the
              // implementation-dependent constant gl_MaxTransformFeedbackInterleavedComponents."
              if (value > 4 * resources.maxTransformFeedbackInterleavedComponents) {
                  error(loc, "1/4 stride is too large:", id.c_str(), "gl_MaxTransformFeedbackInterleavedComponents is %d",
                      resources.maxTransformFeedbackInterleavedComponents);
              }
              if (value >= (int)TQualifier::layoutXfbStrideEnd)
                  error(loc, "stride is too large:", id.c_str(), "internal max is %d", TQualifier::layoutXfbStrideEnd-1);
              else
                  publicType.qualifier.layoutXfbStride = value;
              if (nonLiteral)
                  error(loc, "needs a literal integer", "xfb_stride", "");
              return;
          }
      }
      if (id == "input_attachment_index") {
          requireVulkan(loc, "input_attachment_index");
          if (value >= (int)TQualifier::layoutAttachmentEnd)
              error(loc, "attachment index is too large", id.c_str(), "");
          else
              publicType.qualifier.layoutAttachment = value;
          if (nonLiteral)
              error(loc, "needs a literal integer", "input_attachment_index", "");
          return;
      }
      if (id == "num_views") {
          requireExtensions(loc, Num_OVR_multiview_EXTs, OVR_multiview_EXTs, "num_views");
          publicType.shaderQualifiers.numViews = value;
          if (nonLiteral)
              error(loc, "needs a literal integer", "num_views", "");
          return;
      }
      if (language == EShLangVertex ||
          language == EShLangTessControl ||
          language == EShLangTessEvaluation ||
          language == EShLangGeometry) {
          if (id == "secondary_view_offset") {
              requireExtensions(loc, 1, &E_GL_NV_stereo_view_rendering, "stereo view rendering");
              publicType.qualifier.layoutSecondaryViewportRelativeOffset = value;
              if (nonLiteral)
                  error(loc, "needs a literal integer", "secondary_view_offset", "");
              return;
          }
      }
  
      if (id == "buffer_reference_align") {
          requireExtensions(loc, 1, &E_GL_EXT_buffer_reference, "buffer_reference_align");
          if (! IsPow2(value))
              error(loc, "must be a power of 2", "buffer_reference_align", "");
          else
  #ifdef __ANDROID__
              // Android NDK r15c tageting ABI 15 doesn't have full support for C++11
              // (no std::exp2/log2). ::exp2 is available from C99 but ::log2 isn't
              // available up until ABI 18 so we use the mathematical equivalent form
              publicType.qualifier.layoutBufferReferenceAlign = (unsigned int)(std::log(value) / std::log(2.0));
  #else
              publicType.qualifier.layoutBufferReferenceAlign = (unsigned int)std::log2(value);
  #endif
          if (nonLiteral)
              error(loc, "needs a literal integer", "buffer_reference_align", "");
          return;
      }
  #endif
  
      switch (language) {
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
      case EShLangTessControl:
          if (id == "vertices") {
              if (value == 0)
                  error(loc, "must be greater than 0", "vertices", "");
              else
                  publicType.shaderQualifiers.vertices = value;
              if (nonLiteral)
                  error(loc, "needs a literal integer", "vertices", "");
              return;
          }
          break;
  
      case EShLangGeometry:
          if (id == "invocations") {
              profileRequires(loc, ECompatibilityProfile | ECoreProfile, 400, nullptr, "invocations");
              if (value == 0)
                  error(loc, "must be at least 1", "invocations", "");
              else
                  publicType.shaderQualifiers.invocations = value;
              if (nonLiteral)
                  error(loc, "needs a literal integer", "invocations", "");
              return;
          }
          if (id == "max_vertices") {
              publicType.shaderQualifiers.vertices = value;
              if (value > resources.maxGeometryOutputVertices)
                  error(loc, "too large, must be less than gl_MaxGeometryOutputVertices", "max_vertices", "");
              if (nonLiteral)
                  error(loc, "needs a literal integer", "max_vertices", "");
              return;
          }
          if (id == "stream") {
              requireProfile(loc, ~EEsProfile, "selecting output stream");
              publicType.qualifier.layoutStream = value;
              if (value > 0)
                  intermediate.setMultiStream();
              if (nonLiteral)
                  error(loc, "needs a literal integer", "stream", "");
              return;
          }
          break;
  
      case EShLangFragment:
          if (id == "index") {
              requireProfile(loc, ECompatibilityProfile | ECoreProfile | EEsProfile, "index layout qualifier on fragment output");
              const char* exts[2] = { E_GL_ARB_separate_shader_objects, E_GL_ARB_explicit_attrib_location };
              profileRequires(loc, ECompatibilityProfile | ECoreProfile, 330, 2, exts, "index layout qualifier on fragment output");
              profileRequires(loc, EEsProfile ,310, E_GL_EXT_blend_func_extended, "index layout qualifier on fragment output");
              // "It is also a compile-time error if a fragment shader sets a layout index to less than 0 or greater than 1."
              if (value < 0 || value > 1) {
                  value = 0;
                  error(loc, "value must be 0 or 1", "index", "");
              }
  
              publicType.qualifier.layoutIndex = value;
              if (nonLiteral)
                  error(loc, "needs a literal integer", "index", "");
              return;
          }
          break;
  
      case EShLangMeshNV:
          if (id == "max_vertices") {
              requireExtensions(loc, 1, &E_GL_NV_mesh_shader, "max_vertices");
              publicType.shaderQualifiers.vertices = value;
              if (value > resources.maxMeshOutputVerticesNV)
                  error(loc, "too large, must be less than gl_MaxMeshOutputVerticesNV", "max_vertices", "");
              if (nonLiteral)
                  error(loc, "needs a literal integer", "max_vertices", "");
              return;
          }
          if (id == "max_primitives") {
              requireExtensions(loc, 1, &E_GL_NV_mesh_shader, "max_primitives");
              publicType.shaderQualifiers.primitives = value;
              if (value > resources.maxMeshOutputPrimitivesNV)
                  error(loc, "too large, must be less than gl_MaxMeshOutputPrimitivesNV", "max_primitives", "");
              if (nonLiteral)
                  error(loc, "needs a literal integer", "max_primitives", "");
              return;
          }
          // Fall through
  
      case EShLangTaskNV:
          // Fall through
  #endif
      case EShLangCompute:
          if (id.compare(0, 11, "local_size_") == 0) {
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
              if (language == EShLangMeshNV || language == EShLangTaskNV) {
                  requireExtensions(loc, 1, &E_GL_NV_mesh_shader, "gl_WorkGroupSize");
              } else {
                  profileRequires(loc, EEsProfile, 310, 0, "gl_WorkGroupSize");
                  profileRequires(loc, ~EEsProfile, 430, E_GL_ARB_compute_shader, "gl_WorkGroupSize");
              }
  #endif
              if (nonLiteral)
                  error(loc, "needs a literal integer", "local_size", "");
              if (id.size() == 12 && value == 0) {
                  error(loc, "must be at least 1", id.c_str(), "");
                  return;
              }
              if (id == "local_size_x") {
                  publicType.shaderQualifiers.localSize[0] = value;
                  publicType.shaderQualifiers.localSizeNotDefault[0] = true;
                  return;
              }
              if (id == "local_size_y") {
                  publicType.shaderQualifiers.localSize[1] = value;
                  publicType.shaderQualifiers.localSizeNotDefault[1] = true;
                  return;
              }
              if (id == "local_size_z") {
                  publicType.shaderQualifiers.localSize[2] = value;
                  publicType.shaderQualifiers.localSizeNotDefault[2] = true;
                  return;
              }
              if (spvVersion.spv != 0) {
                  if (id == "local_size_x_id") {
                      publicType.shaderQualifiers.localSizeSpecId[0] = value;
                      return;
                  }
                  if (id == "local_size_y_id") {
                      publicType.shaderQualifiers.localSizeSpecId[1] = value;
                      return;
                  }
                  if (id == "local_size_z_id") {
                      publicType.shaderQualifiers.localSizeSpecId[2] = value;
                      return;
                  }
              }
          }
          break;
  
      default:
          break;
      }
  
      error(loc, "there is no such layout identifier for this stage taking an assigned value", id.c_str(), "");
  }
  
  // Merge any layout qualifier information from src into dst, leaving everything else in dst alone
  //
  // "More than one layout qualifier may appear in a single declaration.
  // Additionally, the same layout-qualifier-name can occur multiple times
  // within a layout qualifier or across multiple layout qualifiers in the
  // same declaration. When the same layout-qualifier-name occurs
  // multiple times, in a single declaration, the last occurrence overrides
  // the former occurrence(s).  Further, if such a layout-qualifier-name
  // will effect subsequent declarations or other observable behavior, it
  // is only the last occurrence that will have any effect, behaving as if
  // the earlier occurrence(s) within the declaration are not present.
  // This is also true for overriding layout-qualifier-names, where one
  // overrides the other (e.g., row_major vs. column_major); only the last
  // occurrence has any effect."
  void TParseContext::mergeObjectLayoutQualifiers(TQualifier& dst, const TQualifier& src, bool inheritOnly)
  {
      if (src.hasMatrix())
          dst.layoutMatrix = src.layoutMatrix;
      if (src.hasPacking())
          dst.layoutPacking = src.layoutPacking;
  
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
      if (src.hasStream())
          dst.layoutStream = src.layoutStream;
      if (src.hasFormat())
          dst.layoutFormat = src.layoutFormat;
      if (src.hasXfbBuffer())
          dst.layoutXfbBuffer = src.layoutXfbBuffer;
      if (src.hasBufferReferenceAlign())
          dst.layoutBufferReferenceAlign = src.layoutBufferReferenceAlign;
  #endif
  
      if (src.hasAlign())
          dst.layoutAlign = src.layoutAlign;
  
      if (! inheritOnly) {
          if (src.hasLocation())
              dst.layoutLocation = src.layoutLocation;
          if (src.hasOffset())
              dst.layoutOffset = src.layoutOffset;
          if (src.hasSet())
              dst.layoutSet = src.layoutSet;
          if (src.layoutBinding != TQualifier::layoutBindingEnd)
              dst.layoutBinding = src.layoutBinding;
  
          if (src.hasSpecConstantId())
              dst.layoutSpecConstantId = src.layoutSpecConstantId;
  
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
          if (src.hasComponent())
              dst.layoutComponent = src.layoutComponent;
          if (src.hasIndex())
              dst.layoutIndex = src.layoutIndex;
          if (src.hasXfbStride())
              dst.layoutXfbStride = src.layoutXfbStride;
          if (src.hasXfbOffset())
              dst.layoutXfbOffset = src.layoutXfbOffset;
          if (src.hasAttachment())
              dst.layoutAttachment = src.layoutAttachment;
          if (src.layoutPushConstant)
              dst.layoutPushConstant = true;
  
          if (src.layoutBufferReference)
              dst.layoutBufferReference = true;
  
          if (src.layoutPassthrough)
              dst.layoutPassthrough = true;
          if (src.layoutViewportRelative)
              dst.layoutViewportRelative = true;
          if (src.layoutSecondaryViewportRelativeOffset != -2048)
              dst.layoutSecondaryViewportRelativeOffset = src.layoutSecondaryViewportRelativeOffset;
          if (src.layoutShaderRecord)
              dst.layoutShaderRecord = true;
          if (src.pervertexNV)
              dst.pervertexNV = true;
  #endif
      }
  }
  
  // Do error layout error checking given a full variable/block declaration.
  void TParseContext::layoutObjectCheck(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TSymbol& symbol)
  {
      const TType& type = symbol.getType();
      const TQualifier& qualifier = type.getQualifier();
  
      // first, cross check WRT to just the type
      layoutTypeCheck(loc, type);
  
      // now, any remaining error checking based on the object itself
  
      if (qualifier.hasAnyLocation()) {
          switch (qualifier.storage) {
          case EvqUniform:
          case EvqBuffer:
              if (symbol.getAsVariable() == nullptr)
                  error(loc, "can only be used on variable declaration", "location", "");
              break;
          default:
              break;
          }
      }
  
      // user-variable location check, which are required for SPIR-V in/out:
      //  - variables have it directly,
      //  - blocks have it on each member (already enforced), so check first one
      if (spvVersion.spv > 0 && !parsingBuiltins && qualifier.builtIn == EbvNone &&
          !qualifier.hasLocation() && !intermediate.getAutoMapLocations()) {
  
          switch (qualifier.storage) {
          case EvqVaryingIn:
          case EvqVaryingOut:
              if (!type.getQualifier().isTaskMemory() &&
                  (type.getBasicType() != EbtBlock ||
                   (!(*type.getStruct())[0].type->getQualifier().hasLocation() &&
                     (*type.getStruct())[0].type->getQualifier().builtIn == EbvNone)))
                  error(loc, "SPIR-V requires location for user input/output", "location", "");
              break;
          default:
              break;
          }
      }
  
      // Check packing and matrix
      if (qualifier.hasUniformLayout()) {
          switch (qualifier.storage) {
          case EvqUniform:
          case EvqBuffer:
              if (type.getBasicType() != EbtBlock) {
                  if (qualifier.hasMatrix())
                      error(loc, "cannot specify matrix layout on a variable declaration", "layout", "");
                  if (qualifier.hasPacking())
                      error(loc, "cannot specify packing on a variable declaration", "layout", "");
                  // "The offset qualifier can only be used on block members of blocks..."
                  if (qualifier.hasOffset() && !type.isAtomic())
                      error(loc, "cannot specify on a variable declaration", "offset", "");
                  // "The align qualifier can only be used on blocks or block members..."
                  if (qualifier.hasAlign())
                      error(loc, "cannot specify on a variable declaration", "align", "");
                  if (qualifier.isPushConstant())
                      error(loc, "can only specify on a uniform block", "push_constant", "");
                  if (qualifier.isShaderRecord())
                      error(loc, "can only specify on a buffer block", "shaderRecordNV", "");
              }
              break;
          default:
              // these were already filtered by layoutTypeCheck() (or its callees)
              break;
          }
      }
  }
  
  // "For some blocks declared as arrays, the location can only be applied at the block level:
  // When a block is declared as an array where additional locations are needed for each member
  // for each block array element, it is a compile-time error to specify locations on the block
  // members.  That is, when locations would be under specified by applying them on block members,
  // they are not allowed on block members.  For arrayed interfaces (those generally having an
  // extra level of arrayness due to interface expansion), the outer array is stripped before
  // applying this rule."
  void TParseContext::layoutMemberLocationArrayCheck(const TSourceLoc& loc, bool memberWithLocation,
      TArraySizes* arraySizes)
  {
      if (memberWithLocation && arraySizes != nullptr) {
          if (arraySizes->getNumDims() > (currentBlockQualifier.isArrayedIo(language) ? 1 : 0))
              error(loc, "cannot use in a block array where new locations are needed for each block element",
                         "location", "");
      }
  }
  
  // Do layout error checking with respect to a type.
  void TParseContext::layoutTypeCheck(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TType& type)
  {
      const TQualifier& qualifier = type.getQualifier();
  
      // first, intra-layout qualifier-only error checking
      layoutQualifierCheck(loc, qualifier);
  
      // now, error checking combining type and qualifier
  
      if (qualifier.hasAnyLocation()) {
          if (qualifier.hasLocation()) {
              if (qualifier.storage == EvqVaryingOut && language == EShLangFragment) {
                  if (qualifier.layoutLocation >= (unsigned int)resources.maxDrawBuffers)
                      error(loc, "too large for fragment output", "location", "");
              }
          }
          if (qualifier.hasComponent()) {
              // "It is a compile-time error if this sequence of components gets larger than 3."
              if (qualifier.layoutComponent + type.getVectorSize() * (type.getBasicType() == EbtDouble ? 2 : 1) > 4)
                  error(loc, "type overflows the available 4 components", "component", "");
  
              // "It is a compile-time error to apply the component qualifier to a matrix, a structure, a block, or an array containing any of these."
              if (type.isMatrix() || type.getBasicType() == EbtBlock || type.getBasicType() == EbtStruct)
                  error(loc, "cannot apply to a matrix, structure, or block", "component", "");
  
              // " It is a compile-time error to use component 1 or 3 as the beginning of a double or dvec2."
              if (type.getBasicType() == EbtDouble)
                  if (qualifier.layoutComponent & 1)
                      error(loc, "doubles cannot start on an odd-numbered component", "component", "");
          }
  
          switch (qualifier.storage) {
          case EvqVaryingIn:
          case EvqVaryingOut:
              if (type.getBasicType() == EbtBlock)
                  profileRequires(loc, ECoreProfile | ECompatibilityProfile, 440, E_GL_ARB_enhanced_layouts, "location qualifier on in/out block");
              if (type.getQualifier().isTaskMemory())
                  error(loc, "cannot apply to taskNV in/out blocks", "location", "");
              break;
          case EvqUniform:
          case EvqBuffer:
              if (type.getBasicType() == EbtBlock)
                  error(loc, "cannot apply to uniform or buffer block", "location", "");
              break;
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
          case EvqPayload:
          case EvqPayloadIn:
          case EvqHitAttr:
          case EvqCallableData:
          case EvqCallableDataIn:
              break;
  #endif
          default:
              error(loc, "can only apply to uniform, buffer, in, or out storage qualifiers", "location", "");
              break;
          }
  
          bool typeCollision;
          int repeated = intermediate.addUsedLocation(qualifier, type, typeCollision);
          if (repeated >= 0 && ! typeCollision)
              error(loc, "overlapping use of location", "location", "%d", repeated);
          // "fragment-shader outputs ... if two variables are placed within the same
          // location, they must have the same underlying type (floating-point or integer)"
          if (typeCollision && language == EShLangFragment && qualifier.isPipeOutput())
              error(loc, "fragment outputs sharing the same location must be the same basic type", "location", "%d", repeated);
      }
  
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
      if (qualifier.hasXfbOffset() && qualifier.hasXfbBuffer()) {
          int repeated = intermediate.addXfbBufferOffset(type);
          if (repeated >= 0)
              error(loc, "overlapping offsets at", "xfb_offset", "offset %d in buffer %d", repeated, qualifier.layoutXfbBuffer);
          if (type.isUnsizedArray())
              error(loc, "unsized array", "xfb_offset", "in buffer %d", qualifier.layoutXfbBuffer);
  
          // "The offset must be a multiple of the size of the first component of the first
          // qualified variable or block member, or a compile-time error results. Further, if applied to an aggregate
          // containing a double or 64-bit integer, the offset must also be a multiple of 8..."
          if ((type.containsBasicType(EbtDouble) || type.containsBasicType(EbtInt64) || type.containsBasicType(EbtUint64)) &&
              ! IsMultipleOfPow2(qualifier.layoutXfbOffset, 8))
              error(loc, "type contains double or 64-bit integer; xfb_offset must be a multiple of 8", "xfb_offset", "");
          else if ((type.containsBasicType(EbtBool) || type.containsBasicType(EbtFloat) ||
                    type.containsBasicType(EbtInt) || type.containsBasicType(EbtUint)) &&
                   ! IsMultipleOfPow2(qualifier.layoutXfbOffset, 4))
              error(loc, "must be a multiple of size of first component", "xfb_offset", "");
          // ..., if applied to an aggregate containing a half float or 16-bit integer, the offset must also be a multiple of 2..."
          else if ((type.contains16BitFloat() || type.containsBasicType(EbtInt16) || type.containsBasicType(EbtUint16)) &&
                   !IsMultipleOfPow2(qualifier.layoutXfbOffset, 2))
              error(loc, "type contains half float or 16-bit integer; xfb_offset must be a multiple of 2", "xfb_offset", "");
      }
      if (qualifier.hasXfbStride() && qualifier.hasXfbBuffer()) {
          if (! intermediate.setXfbBufferStride(qualifier.layoutXfbBuffer, qualifier.layoutXfbStride))
              error(loc, "all stride settings must match for xfb buffer", "xfb_stride", "%d", qualifier.layoutXfbBuffer);
      }
  #endif
  
      if (qualifier.hasBinding()) {
          // Binding checking, from the spec:
          //
          // "If the binding point for any uniform or shader storage block instance is less than zero, or greater than or
          // equal to the implementation-dependent maximum number of uniform buffer bindings, a compile-time
          // error will occur. When the binding identifier is used with a uniform or shader storage block instanced as
          // an array of size N, all elements of the array from binding through binding + N - 1 must be within this
          // range."
          //
          if (! type.isOpaque() && type.getBasicType() != EbtBlock)
              error(loc, "requires block, or sampler/image, or atomic-counter type", "binding", "");
          if (type.getBasicType() == EbtSampler) {
              int lastBinding = qualifier.layoutBinding;
              if (type.isArray()) {
                  if (spvVersion.vulkan > 0)
                      lastBinding += 1;
                  else {
                      if (type.isSizedArray())
                          lastBinding += type.getCumulativeArraySize();
                      else {
                          lastBinding += 1;
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
                          if (spvVersion.vulkan == 0)
                              warn(loc, "assuming binding count of one for compile-time checking of binding numbers for unsized array", "[]", "");
  #endif
                      }
                  }
              }
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
              if (spvVersion.vulkan == 0 && lastBinding >= resources.maxCombinedTextureImageUnits)
                  error(loc, "sampler binding not less than gl_MaxCombinedTextureImageUnits", "binding", type.isArray() ? "(using array)" : "");
  #endif
          }
          if (type.isAtomic()) {
              if (qualifier.layoutBinding >= (unsigned int)resources.maxAtomicCounterBindings) {
                  error(loc, "atomic_uint binding is too large; see gl_MaxAtomicCounterBindings", "binding", "");
                  return;
              }
          }
      } else if (!intermediate.getAutoMapBindings()) {
          // some types require bindings
  
          // atomic_uint
          if (type.isAtomic())
              error(loc, "layout(binding=X) is required", "atomic_uint", "");
  
          // SPIR-V
          if (spvVersion.spv > 0) {
              if (qualifier.isUniformOrBuffer()) {
                  if (type.getBasicType() == EbtBlock && !qualifier.isPushConstant() &&
                         !qualifier.isShaderRecord() &&
                         !qualifier.hasAttachment() &&
                         !qualifier.hasBufferReference())
                      error(loc, "uniform/buffer blocks require layout(binding=X)", "binding", "");
                  else if (spvVersion.vulkan > 0 && type.getBasicType() == EbtSampler)
                      error(loc, "sampler/texture/image requires layout(binding=X)", "binding", "");
              }
          }
      }
  
      // some things can't have arrays of arrays
      if (type.isArrayOfArrays()) {
          if (spvVersion.vulkan > 0) {
              if (type.isOpaque() || (type.getQualifier().isUniformOrBuffer() && type.getBasicType() == EbtBlock))
                  warn(loc, "Generating SPIR-V array-of-arrays, but Vulkan only supports single array level for this resource", "[][]", "");
          }
      }
  
      // "The offset qualifier can only be used on block members of blocks..."
      if (qualifier.hasOffset()) {
          if (type.getBasicType() == EbtBlock)
              error(loc, "only applies to block members, not blocks", "offset", "");
      }
  
      // Image format
      if (qualifier.hasFormat()) {
          if (! type.isImage())
              error(loc, "only apply to images", TQualifier::getLayoutFormatString(qualifier.getFormat()), "");
          else {
              if (type.getSampler().type == EbtFloat && qualifier.getFormat() > ElfFloatGuard)
                  error(loc, "does not apply to floating point images", TQualifier::getLayoutFormatString(qualifier.getFormat()), "");
              if (type.getSampler().type == EbtInt && (qualifier.getFormat() < ElfFloatGuard || qualifier.getFormat() > ElfIntGuard))
                  error(loc, "does not apply to signed integer images", TQualifier::getLayoutFormatString(qualifier.getFormat()), "");
              if (type.getSampler().type == EbtUint && qualifier.getFormat() < ElfIntGuard)
                  error(loc, "does not apply to unsigned integer images", TQualifier::getLayoutFormatString(qualifier.getFormat()), "");
  
              if (isEsProfile()) {
                  // "Except for image variables qualified with the format qualifiers r32f, r32i, and r32ui, image variables must
                  // specify either memory qualifier readonly or the memory qualifier writeonly."
                  if (! (qualifier.getFormat() == ElfR32f || qualifier.getFormat() == ElfR32i || qualifier.getFormat() == ElfR32ui)) {
                      if (! qualifier.isReadOnly() && ! qualifier.isWriteOnly())
                          error(loc, "format requires readonly or writeonly memory qualifier", TQualifier::getLayoutFormatString(qualifier.getFormat()), "");
                  }
              }
          }
      } else if (type.isImage() && ! qualifier.isWriteOnly()) {
          const char *explanation = "image variables not declared 'writeonly' and without a format layout qualifier";
          requireProfile(loc, ECoreProfile | ECompatibilityProfile, explanation);
          profileRequires(loc, ECoreProfile | ECompatibilityProfile, 0, E_GL_EXT_shader_image_load_formatted, explanation);
      }
  
      if (qualifier.isPushConstant() && type.getBasicType() != EbtBlock)
          error(loc, "can only be used with a block", "push_constant", "");
  
      if (qualifier.hasBufferReference() && type.getBasicType() != EbtBlock)
          error(loc, "can only be used with a block", "buffer_reference", "");
  
      if (qualifier.isShaderRecord() && type.getBasicType() != EbtBlock)
          error(loc, "can only be used with a block", "shaderRecordNV", "");
  
      // input attachment
      if (type.isSubpass()) {
          if (! qualifier.hasAttachment())
              error(loc, "requires an input_attachment_index layout qualifier", "subpass", "");
      } else {
          if (qualifier.hasAttachment())
              error(loc, "can only be used with a subpass", "input_attachment_index", "");
      }
  
      // specialization-constant id
      if (qualifier.hasSpecConstantId()) {
          if (type.getQualifier().storage != EvqConst)
              error(loc, "can only be applied to 'const'-qualified scalar", "constant_id", "");
          if (! type.isScalar())
              error(loc, "can only be applied to a scalar", "constant_id", "");
          switch (type.getBasicType())
          {
          case EbtInt8:
          case EbtUint8:
          case EbtInt16:
          case EbtUint16:
          case EbtInt:
          case EbtUint:
          case EbtInt64:
          case EbtUint64:
          case EbtBool:
          case EbtFloat:
          case EbtDouble:
          case EbtFloat16:
              break;
          default:
              error(loc, "cannot be applied to this type", "constant_id", "");
              break;
          }
      }
  }
  
  // Do layout error checking that can be done within a layout qualifier proper, not needing to know
  // if there are blocks, atomic counters, variables, etc.
  void TParseContext::layoutQualifierCheck(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TQualifier& qualifier)
  {
      if (qualifier.storage == EvqShared && qualifier.hasLayout())
          error(loc, "cannot apply layout qualifiers to a shared variable", "shared", "");
  
      // "It is a compile-time error to use *component* without also specifying the location qualifier (order does not matter)."
      if (qualifier.hasComponent() && ! qualifier.hasLocation())
          error(loc, "must specify 'location' to use 'component'", "component", "");
  
      if (qualifier.hasAnyLocation()) {
  
          // "As with input layout qualifiers, all shaders except compute shaders
          // allow *location* layout qualifiers on output variable declarations,
          // output block declarations, and output block member declarations."
  
          switch (qualifier.storage) {
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
          case EvqVaryingIn:
          {
              const char* feature = "location qualifier on input";
              if (isEsProfile() && version < 310)
                  requireStage(loc, EShLangVertex, feature);
              else
                  requireStage(loc, (EShLanguageMask)~EShLangComputeMask, feature);
              if (language == EShLangVertex) {
                  const char* exts[2] = { E_GL_ARB_separate_shader_objects, E_GL_ARB_explicit_attrib_location };
                  profileRequires(loc, ~EEsProfile, 330, 2, exts, feature);
                  profileRequires(loc, EEsProfile, 300, nullptr, feature);
              } else {
                  profileRequires(loc, ~EEsProfile, 410, E_GL_ARB_separate_shader_objects, feature);
                  profileRequires(loc, EEsProfile, 310, nullptr, feature);
              }
              break;
          }
          case EvqVaryingOut:
          {
              const char* feature = "location qualifier on output";
              if (isEsProfile() && version < 310)
                  requireStage(loc, EShLangFragment, feature);
              else
                  requireStage(loc, (EShLanguageMask)~EShLangComputeMask, feature);
              if (language == EShLangFragment) {
                  const char* exts[2] = { E_GL_ARB_separate_shader_objects, E_GL_ARB_explicit_attrib_location };
                  profileRequires(loc, ~EEsProfile, 330, 2, exts, feature);
                  profileRequires(loc, EEsProfile, 300, nullptr, feature);
              } else {
                  profileRequires(loc, ~EEsProfile, 410, E_GL_ARB_separate_shader_objects, feature);
                  profileRequires(loc, EEsProfile, 310, nullptr, feature);
              }
              break;
          }
  #endif
          case EvqUniform:
          case EvqBuffer:
          {
              const char* feature = "location qualifier on uniform or buffer";
              requireProfile(loc, EEsProfile | ECoreProfile | ECompatibilityProfile | ENoProfile, feature);
              profileRequires(loc, ~EEsProfile, 330, E_GL_ARB_explicit_attrib_location, feature);
              profileRequires(loc, ~EEsProfile, 430, E_GL_ARB_explicit_uniform_location, feature);
              profileRequires(loc, EEsProfile, 310, nullptr, feature);
              break;
          }
          default:
              break;
          }
          if (qualifier.hasIndex()) {
              if (qualifier.storage != EvqVaryingOut)
                  error(loc, "can only be used on an output", "index", "");
              if (! qualifier.hasLocation())
                  error(loc, "can only be used with an explicit location", "index", "");
          }
      }
  
      if (qualifier.hasBinding()) {
          if (! qualifier.isUniformOrBuffer() && !qualifier.isTaskMemory())
              error(loc, "requires uniform or buffer storage qualifier", "binding", "");
      }
      if (qualifier.hasStream()) {
          if (!qualifier.isPipeOutput())
              error(loc, "can only be used on an output", "stream", "");
      }
      if (qualifier.hasXfb()) {
          if (!qualifier.isPipeOutput())
              error(loc, "can only be used on an output", "xfb layout qualifier", "");
      }
      if (qualifier.hasUniformLayout()) {
          if (! qualifier.isUniformOrBuffer() && !qualifier.isTaskMemory()) {
              if (qualifier.hasMatrix() || qualifier.hasPacking())
                  error(loc, "matrix or packing qualifiers can only be used on a uniform or buffer", "layout", "");
              if (qualifier.hasOffset() || qualifier.hasAlign())
                  error(loc, "offset/align can only be used on a uniform or buffer", "layout", "");
          }
      }
      if (qualifier.isPushConstant()) {
          if (qualifier.storage != EvqUniform)
              error(loc, "can only be used with a uniform", "push_constant", "");
          if (qualifier.hasSet())
              error(loc, "cannot be used with push_constant", "set", "");
      }
      if (qualifier.hasBufferReference()) {
          if (qualifier.storage != EvqBuffer)
              error(loc, "can only be used with buffer", "buffer_reference", "");
      }
      if (qualifier.isShaderRecord()) {
          if (qualifier.storage != EvqBuffer)
              error(loc, "can only be used with a buffer", "shaderRecordNV", "");
          if (qualifier.hasBinding())
              error(loc, "cannot be used with shaderRecordNV", "binding", "");
          if (qualifier.hasSet())
              error(loc, "cannot be used with shaderRecordNV", "set", "");
  
      }
      if (qualifier.storage == EvqHitAttr && qualifier.hasLayout()) {
          error(loc, "cannot apply layout qualifiers to hitAttributeNV variable", "hitAttributeNV", "");
      }
  }
  
  // For places that can't have shader-level layout qualifiers
  void TParseContext::checkNoShaderLayouts(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TShaderQualifiers& shaderQualifiers)
  {
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
      const char* message = "can only apply to a standalone qualifier";
  
      if (shaderQualifiers.geometry != ElgNone)
          error(loc, message, TQualifier::getGeometryString(shaderQualifiers.geometry), "");
      if (shaderQualifiers.spacing != EvsNone)
          error(loc, message, TQualifier::getVertexSpacingString(shaderQualifiers.spacing), "");
      if (shaderQualifiers.order != EvoNone)
          error(loc, message, TQualifier::getVertexOrderString(shaderQualifiers.order), "");
      if (shaderQualifiers.pointMode)
          error(loc, message, "point_mode", "");
      if (shaderQualifiers.invocations != TQualifier::layoutNotSet)
          error(loc, message, "invocations", "");
      for (int i = 0; i < 3; ++i) {
          if (shaderQualifiers.localSize[i] > 1)
              error(loc, message, "local_size", "");
          if (shaderQualifiers.localSizeSpecId[i] != TQualifier::layoutNotSet)
              error(loc, message, "local_size id", "");
      }
      if (shaderQualifiers.vertices != TQualifier::layoutNotSet) {
          if (language == EShLangGeometry || language == EShLangMeshNV)
              error(loc, message, "max_vertices", "");
          else if (language == EShLangTessControl)
              error(loc, message, "vertices", "");
          else
              assert(0);
      }
      if (shaderQualifiers.earlyFragmentTests)
          error(loc, message, "early_fragment_tests", "");
      if (shaderQualifiers.postDepthCoverage)
          error(loc, message, "post_depth_coverage", "");
      if (shaderQualifiers.primitives != TQualifier::layoutNotSet) {
          if (language == EShLangMeshNV)
              error(loc, message, "max_primitives", "");
          else
              assert(0);
      }
      if (shaderQualifiers.hasBlendEquation())
          error(loc, message, "blend equation", "");
      if (shaderQualifiers.numViews != TQualifier::layoutNotSet)
          error(loc, message, "num_views", "");
      if (shaderQualifiers.interlockOrdering != EioNone)
          error(loc, message, TQualifier::getInterlockOrderingString(shaderQualifiers.interlockOrdering), "");
      if (shaderQualifiers.layoutPrimitiveCulling)
          error(loc, "can only be applied as standalone", "primitive_culling", "");
  #endif
  }
  
  // Correct and/or advance an object's offset layout qualifier.
  void TParseContext::fixOffset(const TSourceLoc& loc, TSymbol& symbol)
  {
      const TQualifier& qualifier = symbol.getType().getQualifier();
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
      if (symbol.getType().isAtomic()) {
          if (qualifier.hasBinding() && (int)qualifier.layoutBinding < resources.maxAtomicCounterBindings) {
  
              // Set the offset
              int offset;
              if (qualifier.hasOffset())
                  offset = qualifier.layoutOffset;
              else
                  offset = atomicUintOffsets[qualifier.layoutBinding];
  
              if (offset % 4 != 0)
                  error(loc, "atomic counters offset should align based on 4:", "offset", "%d", offset);
  
              symbol.getWritableType().getQualifier().layoutOffset = offset;
  
              // Check for overlap
              int numOffsets = 4;
              if (symbol.getType().isArray()) {
                  if (symbol.getType().isSizedArray() && !symbol.getType().getArraySizes()->isInnerUnsized())
                      numOffsets *= symbol.getType().getCumulativeArraySize();
                  else {
                      // "It is a compile-time error to declare an unsized array of atomic_uint."
                      error(loc, "array must be explicitly sized", "atomic_uint", "");
                  }
              }
              int repeated = intermediate.addUsedOffsets(qualifier.layoutBinding, offset, numOffsets);
              if (repeated >= 0)
                  error(loc, "atomic counters sharing the same offset:", "offset", "%d", repeated);
  
              // Bump the default offset
              atomicUintOffsets[qualifier.layoutBinding] = offset + numOffsets;
          }
      }
  #endif
  }
  
  //
  // Look up a function name in the symbol table, and make sure it is a function.
  //
  // Return the function symbol if found, otherwise nullptr.
  //
  const TFunction* TParseContext::findFunction(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TFunction& call, bool& builtIn)
  {
      if (symbolTable.isFunctionNameVariable(call.getName())) {
          error(loc, "can't use function syntax on variable", call.getName().c_str(), "");
          return nullptr;
      }
  
  #ifdef GLSLANG_WEB
      return findFunctionExact(loc, call, builtIn);
  #endif
  
      const TFunction* function = nullptr;
  
      // debugPrintfEXT has var args and is in the symbol table as "debugPrintfEXT()",
      // mangled to "debugPrintfEXT("
      if (call.getName() == "debugPrintfEXT") {
          TSymbol* symbol = symbolTable.find("debugPrintfEXT(", &builtIn);
          if (symbol)
              return symbol->getAsFunction();
      }
  
      bool explicitTypesEnabled = extensionTurnedOn(E_GL_EXT_shader_explicit_arithmetic_types) ||
                                  extensionTurnedOn(E_GL_EXT_shader_explicit_arithmetic_types_int8) ||
                                  extensionTurnedOn(E_GL_EXT_shader_explicit_arithmetic_types_int16) ||
                                  extensionTurnedOn(E_GL_EXT_shader_explicit_arithmetic_types_int32) ||
                                  extensionTurnedOn(E_GL_EXT_shader_explicit_arithmetic_types_int64) ||
                                  extensionTurnedOn(E_GL_EXT_shader_explicit_arithmetic_types_float16) ||
                                  extensionTurnedOn(E_GL_EXT_shader_explicit_arithmetic_types_float32) ||
                                  extensionTurnedOn(E_GL_EXT_shader_explicit_arithmetic_types_float64);
  
      if (isEsProfile())
          function = (extensionTurnedOn(E_GL_EXT_shader_implicit_conversions) && version >= 310) ?
                      findFunction120(loc, call, builtIn) : findFunctionExact(loc, call, builtIn);
      else if (version < 120)
          function = findFunctionExact(loc, call, builtIn);
      else if (version < 400)
          function = extensionTurnedOn(E_GL_ARB_gpu_shader_fp64) ? findFunction400(loc, call, builtIn) : findFunction120(loc, call, builtIn);
      else if (explicitTypesEnabled)
          function = findFunctionExplicitTypes(loc, call, builtIn);
      else
          function = findFunction400(loc, call, builtIn);
  
      return function;
  }
  
  // Function finding algorithm for ES and desktop 110.
  const TFunction* TParseContext::findFunctionExact(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TFunction& call, bool& builtIn)
  {
      TSymbol* symbol = symbolTable.find(call.getMangledName(), &builtIn);
      if (symbol == nullptr) {
          error(loc, "no matching overloaded function found", call.getName().c_str(), "");
  
          return nullptr;
      }
  
      return symbol->getAsFunction();
  }
  
  // Function finding algorithm for desktop versions 120 through 330.
  const TFunction* TParseContext::findFunction120(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TFunction& call, bool& builtIn)
  {
      // first, look for an exact match
      TSymbol* symbol = symbolTable.find(call.getMangledName(), &builtIn);
      if (symbol)
          return symbol->getAsFunction();
  
      // exact match not found, look through a list of overloaded functions of the same name
  
      // "If no exact match is found, then [implicit conversions] will be applied to find a match. Mismatched types
      // on input parameters (in or inout or default) must have a conversion from the calling argument type to the
      // formal parameter type. Mismatched types on output parameters (out or inout) must have a conversion
      // from the formal parameter type to the calling argument type.  When argument conversions are used to find
      // a match, it is a semantic error if there are multiple ways to apply these conversions to make the call match
      // more than one function."
  
      const TFunction* candidate = nullptr;
      TVector<const TFunction*> candidateList;
      symbolTable.findFunctionNameList(call.getMangledName(), candidateList, builtIn);
  
      for (auto it = candidateList.begin(); it != candidateList.end(); ++it) {
          const TFunction& function = *(*it);
  
          // to even be a potential match, number of arguments has to match
          if (call.getParamCount() != function.getParamCount())
              continue;
  
          bool possibleMatch = true;
          for (int i = 0; i < function.getParamCount(); ++i) {
              // same types is easy
              if (*function[i].type == *call[i].type)
                  continue;
  
              // We have a mismatch in type, see if it is implicitly convertible
  
              if (function[i].type->isArray() || call[i].type->isArray() ||
                  ! function[i].type->sameElementShape(*call[i].type))
                  possibleMatch = false;
              else {
                  // do direction-specific checks for conversion of basic type
                  if (function[i].type->getQualifier().isParamInput()) {
                      if (! intermediate.canImplicitlyPromote(call[i].type->getBasicType(), function[i].type->getBasicType()))
                          possibleMatch = false;
                  }
                  if (function[i].type->getQualifier().isParamOutput()) {
                      if (! intermediate.canImplicitlyPromote(function[i].type->getBasicType(), call[i].type->getBasicType()))
                          possibleMatch = false;
                  }
              }
              if (! possibleMatch)
                  break;
          }
          if (possibleMatch) {
              if (candidate) {
                  // our second match, meaning ambiguity
                  error(loc, "ambiguous function signature match: multiple signatures match under implicit type conversion", call.getName().c_str(), "");
              } else
                  candidate = &function;
          }
      }
  
      if (candidate == nullptr)
          error(loc, "no matching overloaded function found", call.getName().c_str(), "");
  
      return candidate;
  }
  
  // Function finding algorithm for desktop version 400 and above.
  //
  // "When function calls are resolved, an exact type match for all the arguments
  // is sought. If an exact match is found, all other functions are ignored, and
  // the exact match is used. If no exact match is found, then the implicit
  // conversions in section 4.1.10 Implicit Conversions will be applied to find
  // a match. Mismatched types on input parameters (in or inout or default) must
  // have a conversion from the calling argument type to the formal parameter type.
  // Mismatched types on output parameters (out or inout) must have a conversion
  // from the formal parameter type to the calling argument type.
  //
  // "If implicit conversions can be used to find more than one matching function,
  // a single best-matching function is sought. To determine a best match, the
  // conversions between calling argument and formal parameter types are compared
  // for each function argument and pair of matching functions. After these
  // comparisons are performed, each pair of matching functions are compared.
  // A function declaration A is considered a better match than function
  // declaration B if
  //
  //  * for at least one function argument, the conversion for that argument in A
  //    is better than the corresponding conversion in B; and
  //  * there is no function argument for which the conversion in B is better than
  //    the corresponding conversion in A.
  //
  // "If a single function declaration is considered a better match than every
  // other matching function declaration, it will be used. Otherwise, a
  // compile-time semantic error for an ambiguous overloaded function call occurs.
  //
  // "To determine whether the conversion for a single argument in one match is
  // better than that for another match, the following rules are applied, in order:
  //
  //  1. An exact match is better than a match involving any implicit conversion.
  //  2. A match involving an implicit conversion from float to double is better
  //     than a match involving any other implicit conversion.
  //  3. A match involving an implicit conversion from either int or uint to float
  //     is better than a match involving an implicit conversion from either int
  //     or uint to double.
  //
  // "If none of the rules above apply to a particular pair of conversions, neither
  // conversion is considered better than the other."
  //
  const TFunction* TParseContext::findFunction400(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TFunction& call, bool& builtIn)
  {
      // first, look for an exact match
      TSymbol* symbol = symbolTable.find(call.getMangledName(), &builtIn);
      if (symbol)
          return symbol->getAsFunction();
  
      // no exact match, use the generic selector, parameterized by the GLSL rules
  
      // create list of candidates to send
      TVector<const TFunction*> candidateList;
      symbolTable.findFunctionNameList(call.getMangledName(), candidateList, builtIn);
  
      // can 'from' convert to 'to'?
      const auto convertible = [this,builtIn](const TType& from, const TType& to, TOperator, int) -> bool {
          if (from == to)
              return true;
          if (from.coopMatParameterOK(to))
              return true;
          // Allow a sized array to be passed through an unsized array parameter, for coopMatLoad/Store functions
          if (builtIn && from.isArray() && to.isUnsizedArray()) {
              TType fromElementType(from, 0);
              TType toElementType(to, 0);
              if (fromElementType == toElementType)
                  return true;
          }
          if (from.isArray() || to.isArray() || ! from.sameElementShape(to))
              return false;
          if (from.isCoopMat() && to.isCoopMat())
              return from.sameCoopMatBaseType(to);
          return intermediate.canImplicitlyPromote(from.getBasicType(), to.getBasicType());
      };
  
      // Is 'to2' a better conversion than 'to1'?
      // Ties should not be considered as better.
      // Assumes 'convertible' already said true.
      const auto better = [](const TType& from, const TType& to1, const TType& to2) -> bool {
          // 1. exact match
          if (from == to2)
              return from != to1;
          if (from == to1)
              return false;
  
          // 2. float -> double is better
          if (from.getBasicType() == EbtFloat) {
              if (to2.getBasicType() == EbtDouble && to1.getBasicType() != EbtDouble)
                  return true;
          }
  
          // 3. -> float is better than -> double
          return to2.getBasicType() == EbtFloat && to1.getBasicType() == EbtDouble;
      };
  
      // for ambiguity reporting
      bool tie = false;
  
      // send to the generic selector
      const TFunction* bestMatch = selectFunction(candidateList, call, convertible, better, tie);
  
      if (bestMatch == nullptr)
          error(loc, "no matching overloaded function found", call.getName().c_str(), "");
      else if (tie)
          error(loc, "ambiguous best function under implicit type conversion", call.getName().c_str(), "");
  
      return bestMatch;
  }
  
  // "To determine whether the conversion for a single argument in one match
  //  is better than that for another match, the conversion is assigned of the
  //  three ranks ordered from best to worst:
  //   1. Exact match: no conversion.
  //    2. Promotion: integral or floating-point promotion.
  //    3. Conversion: integral conversion, floating-point conversion,
  //       floating-integral conversion.
  //  A conversion C1 is better than a conversion C2 if the rank of C1 is
  //  better than the rank of C2."
  const TFunction* TParseContext::findFunctionExplicitTypes(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TFunction& call, bool& builtIn)
  {
      // first, look for an exact match
      TSymbol* symbol = symbolTable.find(call.getMangledName(), &builtIn);
      if (symbol)
          return symbol->getAsFunction();
  
      // no exact match, use the generic selector, parameterized by the GLSL rules
  
      // create list of candidates to send
      TVector<const TFunction*> candidateList;
      symbolTable.findFunctionNameList(call.getMangledName(), candidateList, builtIn);
  
      // can 'from' convert to 'to'?
      const auto convertible = [this,builtIn](const TType& from, const TType& to, TOperator, int) -> bool {
          if (from == to)
              return true;
          if (from.coopMatParameterOK(to))
              return true;
          // Allow a sized array to be passed through an unsized array parameter, for coopMatLoad/Store functions
          if (builtIn && from.isArray() && to.isUnsizedArray()) {
              TType fromElementType(from, 0);
              TType toElementType(to, 0);
              if (fromElementType == toElementType)
                  return true;
          }
          if (from.isArray() || to.isArray() || ! from.sameElementShape(to))
              return false;
          if (from.isCoopMat() && to.isCoopMat())
              return from.sameCoopMatBaseType(to);
          return intermediate.canImplicitlyPromote(from.getBasicType(), to.getBasicType());
      };
  
      // Is 'to2' a better conversion than 'to1'?
      // Ties should not be considered as better.
      // Assumes 'convertible' already said true.
      const auto better = [this](const TType& from, const TType& to1, const TType& to2) -> bool {
          // 1. exact match
          if (from == to2)
              return from != to1;
          if (from == to1)
              return false;
  
          // 2. Promotion (integral, floating-point) is better
          TBasicType from_type = from.getBasicType();
          TBasicType to1_type = to1.getBasicType();
          TBasicType to2_type = to2.getBasicType();
          bool isPromotion1 = (intermediate.isIntegralPromotion(from_type, to1_type) ||
                               intermediate.isFPPromotion(from_type, to1_type));
          bool isPromotion2 = (intermediate.isIntegralPromotion(from_type, to2_type) ||
                               intermediate.isFPPromotion(from_type, to2_type));
          if (isPromotion2)
              return !isPromotion1;
          if(isPromotion1)
              return false;
  
          // 3. Conversion (integral, floating-point , floating-integral)
          bool isConversion1 = (intermediate.isIntegralConversion(from_type, to1_type) ||
                                intermediate.isFPConversion(from_type, to1_type) ||
                                intermediate.isFPIntegralConversion(from_type, to1_type));
          bool isConversion2 = (intermediate.isIntegralConversion(from_type, to2_type) ||
                                intermediate.isFPConversion(from_type, to2_type) ||
                                intermediate.isFPIntegralConversion(from_type, to2_type));
  
          return isConversion2 && !isConversion1;
      };
  
      // for ambiguity reporting
      bool tie = false;
  
      // send to the generic selector
      const TFunction* bestMatch = selectFunction(candidateList, call, convertible, better, tie);
  
      if (bestMatch == nullptr)
          error(loc, "no matching overloaded function found", call.getName().c_str(), "");
      else if (tie)
          error(loc, "ambiguous best function under implicit type conversion", call.getName().c_str(), "");
  
      return bestMatch;
  }
  
  // When a declaration includes a type, but not a variable name, it can be used
  // to establish defaults.
  void TParseContext::declareTypeDefaults(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TPublicType& publicType)
  {
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
      if (publicType.basicType == EbtAtomicUint && publicType.qualifier.hasBinding()) {
          if (publicType.qualifier.layoutBinding >= (unsigned int)resources.maxAtomicCounterBindings) {
              error(loc, "atomic_uint binding is too large", "binding", "");
              return;
          }
          if (publicType.qualifier.hasOffset())
              atomicUintOffsets[publicType.qualifier.layoutBinding] = publicType.qualifier.layoutOffset;
          return;
      }
  
      if (publicType.arraySizes) {
          error(loc, "expect an array name", "", "");
      }
  
      if (publicType.qualifier.hasLayout() && !publicType.qualifier.hasBufferReference())
          warn(loc, "useless application of layout qualifier", "layout", "");
  #endif
  }
  
  //
  // Do everything necessary to handle a variable (non-block) declaration.
  // Either redeclaring a variable, or making a new one, updating the symbol
  // table, and all error checking.
  //
  // Returns a subtree node that computes an initializer, if needed.
  // Returns nullptr if there is no code to execute for initialization.
  //
  // 'publicType' is the type part of the declaration (to the left)
  // 'arraySizes' is the arrayness tagged on the identifier (to the right)
  //
  TIntermNode* TParseContext::declareVariable(const TSourceLoc& loc, TString& identifier, const TPublicType& publicType,
      TArraySizes* arraySizes, TIntermTyped* initializer)
  {
      // Make a fresh type that combines the characteristics from the individual
      // identifier syntax and the declaration-type syntax.
      TType type(publicType);
      type.transferArraySizes(arraySizes);
      type.copyArrayInnerSizes(publicType.arraySizes);
      arrayOfArrayVersionCheck(loc, type.getArraySizes());
  
      if (initializer) {
          if (type.getBasicType() == EbtRayQuery) {
              error(loc, "ray queries can only be initialized by using the rayQueryInitializeEXT intrinsic:", "=", identifier.c_str());
          }
      }
  
      if (type.isCoopMat()) {
          intermediate.setUseVulkanMemoryModel();
          intermediate.setUseStorageBuffer();
  
          if (!publicType.typeParameters || publicType.typeParameters->getNumDims() != 4) {
              error(loc, "expected four type parameters", identifier.c_str(), "");
          }
          if (publicType.typeParameters) {
              if (isTypeFloat(publicType.basicType) &&
                  publicType.typeParameters->getDimSize(0) != 16 &&
                  publicType.typeParameters->getDimSize(0) != 32 &&
                  publicType.typeParameters->getDimSize(0) != 64) {
                  error(loc, "expected 16, 32, or 64 bits for first type parameter", identifier.c_str(), "");
              }
              if (isTypeInt(publicType.basicType) &&
                  publicType.typeParameters->getDimSize(0) != 8 &&
                  publicType.typeParameters->getDimSize(0) != 32) {
                  error(loc, "expected 8 or 32 bits for first type parameter", identifier.c_str(), "");
              }
          }
  
      } else {
          if (publicType.typeParameters && publicType.typeParameters->getNumDims() != 0) {
              error(loc, "unexpected type parameters", identifier.c_str(), "");
          }
      }
  
      if (voidErrorCheck(loc, identifier, type.getBasicType()))
          return nullptr;
  
      if (initializer)
          rValueErrorCheck(loc, "initializer", initializer);
      else
          nonInitConstCheck(loc, identifier, type);
  
      samplerCheck(loc, type, identifier, initializer);
      transparentOpaqueCheck(loc, type, identifier);
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
      atomicUintCheck(loc, type, identifier);
      accStructCheck(loc, type, identifier);
      checkAndResizeMeshViewDim(loc, type, /*isBlockMember*/ false);
  #endif
      if (type.getQualifier().storage == EvqConst && type.containsReference()) {
          error(loc, "variables with reference type can't have qualifier 'const'", "qualifier", "");
      }
  
      if (type.getQualifier().storage != EvqUniform && type.getQualifier().storage != EvqBuffer) {
          if (type.contains16BitFloat())
              requireFloat16Arithmetic(loc, "qualifier", "float16 types can only be in uniform block or buffer storage");
          if (type.contains16BitInt())
              requireInt16Arithmetic(loc, "qualifier", "(u)int16 types can only be in uniform block or buffer storage");
          if (type.contains8BitInt())
              requireInt8Arithmetic(loc, "qualifier", "(u)int8 types can only be in uniform block or buffer storage");
      }
  
      if (type.getQualifier().storage == EvqShared && type.containsCoopMat())
          error(loc, "qualifier", "Cooperative matrix types must not be used in shared memory", "");
  
      if (profile == EEsProfile) {
          if (type.getQualifier().isPipeInput() && type.getBasicType() == EbtStruct) {
              if (type.getQualifier().isArrayedIo(language)) {
                  TType perVertexType(type, 0);
                  if (perVertexType.containsArray() && perVertexType.containsBuiltIn() == false) {
                      error(loc, "A per vertex structure containing an array is not allowed as input in ES", type.getTypeName().c_str(), "");
                  }
              }
              else if (type.containsArray() && type.containsBuiltIn() == false) {
                  error(loc, "A structure containing an array is not allowed as input in ES", type.getTypeName().c_str(), "");
              }
              if (type.containsStructure())
                  error(loc, "A structure containing an struct is not allowed as input in ES", type.getTypeName().c_str(), "");
          }
      }
  
      if (identifier != "gl_FragCoord" && (publicType.shaderQualifiers.originUpperLeft || publicType.shaderQualifiers.pixelCenterInteger))
          error(loc, "can only apply origin_upper_left and pixel_center_origin to gl_FragCoord", "layout qualifier", "");
      if (identifier != "gl_FragDepth" && publicType.shaderQualifiers.getDepth() != EldNone)
          error(loc, "can only apply depth layout to gl_FragDepth", "layout qualifier", "");
  
      // Check for redeclaration of built-ins and/or attempting to declare a reserved name
      TSymbol* symbol = redeclareBuiltinVariable(loc, identifier, type.getQualifier(), publicType.shaderQualifiers);
      if (symbol == nullptr)
          reservedErrorCheck(loc, identifier);
  
      inheritGlobalDefaults(type.getQualifier());
  
      // Declare the variable
      if (type.isArray()) {
          // Check that implicit sizing is only where allowed.
          arraySizesCheck(loc, type.getQualifier(), type.getArraySizes(), initializer, false);
  
          if (! arrayQualifierError(loc, type.getQualifier()) && ! arrayError(loc, type))
              declareArray(loc, identifier, type, symbol);
  
          if (initializer) {
              profileRequires(loc, ENoProfile, 120, E_GL_3DL_array_objects, "initializer");
              profileRequires(loc, EEsProfile, 300, nullptr, "initializer");
          }
      } else {
          // non-array case
          if (symbol == nullptr)
              symbol = declareNonArray(loc, identifier, type);
          else if (type != symbol->getType())
              error(loc, "cannot change the type of", "redeclaration", symbol->getName().c_str());
      }
  
      if (symbol == nullptr)
          return nullptr;
  
      // Deal with initializer
      TIntermNode* initNode = nullptr;
      if (symbol != nullptr && initializer) {
          TVariable* variable = symbol->getAsVariable();
          if (! variable) {
              error(loc, "initializer requires a variable, not a member", identifier.c_str(), "");
              return nullptr;
          }
          initNode = executeInitializer(loc, initializer, variable);
      }
  
      // look for errors in layout qualifier use
      layoutObjectCheck(loc, *symbol);
  
      // fix up
      fixOffset(loc, *symbol);
  
      return initNode;
  }
  
  // Pick up global defaults from the provide global defaults into dst.
  void TParseContext::inheritGlobalDefaults(TQualifier& dst) const
  {
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
      if (dst.storage == EvqVaryingOut) {
          if (! dst.hasStream() && language == EShLangGeometry)
              dst.layoutStream = globalOutputDefaults.layoutStream;
          if (! dst.hasXfbBuffer())
              dst.layoutXfbBuffer = globalOutputDefaults.layoutXfbBuffer;
      }
  #endif
  }
  
  //
  // Make an internal-only variable whose name is for debug purposes only
  // and won't be searched for.  Callers will only use the return value to use
  // the variable, not the name to look it up.  It is okay if the name
  // is the same as other names; there won't be any conflict.
  //
  TVariable* TParseContext::makeInternalVariable(const char* name, const TType& type) const
  {
      TString* nameString = NewPoolTString(name);
      TVariable* variable = new TVariable(nameString, type);
      symbolTable.makeInternalVariable(*variable);
  
      return variable;
  }
  
  //
  // Declare a non-array variable, the main point being there is no redeclaration
  // for resizing allowed.
  //
  // Return the successfully declared variable.
  //
  TVariable* TParseContext::declareNonArray(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TString& identifier, const TType& type)
  {
      // make a new variable
      TVariable* variable = new TVariable(&identifier, type);
  
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
      ioArrayCheck(loc, type, identifier);
  #endif
  
      // add variable to symbol table
      if (symbolTable.insert(*variable)) {
          if (symbolTable.atGlobalLevel())
              trackLinkage(*variable);
          return variable;
      }
  
      error(loc, "redefinition", variable->getName().c_str(), "");
      return nullptr;
  }
  
  //
  // Handle all types of initializers from the grammar.
  //
  // Returning nullptr just means there is no code to execute to handle the
  // initializer, which will, for example, be the case for constant initializers.
  //
  TIntermNode* TParseContext::executeInitializer(const TSourceLoc& loc, TIntermTyped* initializer, TVariable* variable)
  {
      // A null initializer is an aggregate that hasn't had an op assigned yet
      // (still EOpNull, no relation to nullInit), and has no children.
      bool nullInit = initializer->getAsAggregate() && initializer->getAsAggregate()->getOp() == EOpNull &&
          initializer->getAsAggregate()->getSequence().size() == 0;
  
      //
      // Identifier must be of type constant, a global, or a temporary, and
      // starting at version 120, desktop allows uniforms to have initializers.
      //
      TStorageQualifier qualifier = variable->getType().getQualifier().storage;
      if (! (qualifier == EvqTemporary || qualifier == EvqGlobal || qualifier == EvqConst ||
             (qualifier == EvqUniform && !isEsProfile() && version >= 120))) {
          if (qualifier == EvqShared) {
              // GL_EXT_null_initializer allows this for shared, if it's a null initializer
              if (nullInit) {
                  const char* feature = "initialization with shared qualifier";
                  profileRequires(loc, EEsProfile, 0, E_GL_EXT_null_initializer, feature);
                  profileRequires(loc, ~EEsProfile, 0, E_GL_EXT_null_initializer, feature);
              } else {
                  error(loc, "initializer can only be a null initializer ('{}')", "shared", "");
              }
          } else {
              error(loc, " cannot initialize this type of qualifier ",
                    variable->getType().getStorageQualifierString(), "");
              return nullptr;
          }
      }
  
      if (nullInit) {
          // only some types can be null initialized
          if (variable->getType().containsUnsizedArray()) {
              error(loc, "null initializers can't size unsized arrays", "{}", "");
              return nullptr;
          }
          if (variable->getType().containsOpaque()) {
              error(loc, "null initializers can't be used on opaque values", "{}", "");
              return nullptr;
          }
          variable->getWritableType().getQualifier().setNullInit();
          return nullptr;
      }
  
      arrayObjectCheck(loc, variable->getType(), "array initializer");
  
      //
      // If the initializer was from braces { ... }, we convert the whole subtree to a
      // constructor-style subtree, allowing the rest of the code to operate
      // identically for both kinds of initializers.
      //
      // Type can't be deduced from the initializer list, so a skeletal type to
      // follow has to be passed in.  Constness and specialization-constness
      // should be deduced bottom up, not dictated by the skeletal type.
      //
      TType skeletalType;
      skeletalType.shallowCopy(variable->getType());
      skeletalType.getQualifier().makeTemporary();
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
      initializer = convertInitializerList(loc, skeletalType, initializer);
  #endif
      if (! initializer) {
          // error recovery; don't leave const without constant values
          if (qualifier == EvqConst)
              variable->getWritableType().getQualifier().makeTemporary();
          return nullptr;
      }
  
      // Fix outer arrayness if variable is unsized, getting size from the initializer
      if (initializer->getType().isSizedArray() && variable->getType().isUnsizedArray())
          variable->getWritableType().changeOuterArraySize(initializer->getType().getOuterArraySize());
  
      // Inner arrayness can also get set by an initializer
      if (initializer->getType().isArrayOfArrays() && variable->getType().isArrayOfArrays() &&
          initializer->getType().getArraySizes()->getNumDims() ==
             variable->getType().getArraySizes()->getNumDims()) {
          // adopt unsized sizes from the initializer's sizes
          for (int d = 1; d < variable->getType().getArraySizes()->getNumDims(); ++d) {
              if (variable->getType().getArraySizes()->getDimSize(d) == UnsizedArraySize) {
                  variable->getWritableType().getArraySizes()->setDimSize(d,
                      initializer->getType().getArraySizes()->getDimSize(d));
              }
          }
      }
  
      // Uniforms require a compile-time constant initializer
      if (qualifier == EvqUniform && ! initializer->getType().getQualifier().isFrontEndConstant()) {
          error(loc, "uniform initializers must be constant", "=", "'%s'",
                variable->getType().getCompleteString().c_str());
          variable->getWritableType().getQualifier().makeTemporary();
          return nullptr;
      }
      // Global consts require a constant initializer (specialization constant is okay)
      if (qualifier == EvqConst && symbolTable.atGlobalLevel() && ! initializer->getType().getQualifier().isConstant()) {
          error(loc, "global const initializers must be constant", "=", "'%s'",
                variable->getType().getCompleteString().c_str());
          variable->getWritableType().getQualifier().makeTemporary();
          return nullptr;
      }
  
      // Const variables require a constant initializer, depending on version
      if (qualifier == EvqConst) {
          if (! initializer->getType().getQualifier().isConstant()) {
              const char* initFeature = "non-constant initializer";
              requireProfile(loc, ~EEsProfile, initFeature);
              profileRequires(loc, ~EEsProfile, 420, E_GL_ARB_shading_language_420pack, initFeature);
              variable->getWritableType().getQualifier().storage = EvqConstReadOnly;
              qualifier = EvqConstReadOnly;
          }
      } else {
          // Non-const global variables in ES need a const initializer.
          //
          // "In declarations of global variables with no storage qualifier or with a const
          // qualifier any initializer must be a constant expression."
          if (symbolTable.atGlobalLevel() && ! initializer->getType().getQualifier().isConstant()) {
              const char* initFeature =
                  "non-constant global initializer (needs GL_EXT_shader_non_constant_global_initializers)";
              if (isEsProfile()) {
                  if (relaxedErrors() && ! extensionTurnedOn(E_GL_EXT_shader_non_constant_global_initializers))
                      warn(loc, "not allowed in this version", initFeature, "");
                  else
                      profileRequires(loc, EEsProfile, 0, E_GL_EXT_shader_non_constant_global_initializers, initFeature);
              }
          }
      }
  
      if (qualifier == EvqConst || qualifier == EvqUniform) {
          // Compile-time tagging of the variable with its constant value...
  
          initializer = intermediate.addConversion(EOpAssign, variable->getType(), initializer);
          if (! initializer || ! initializer->getType().getQualifier().isConstant() ||
              variable->getType() != initializer->getType()) {
              error(loc, "non-matching or non-convertible constant type for const initializer",
                    variable->getType().getStorageQualifierString(), "");
              variable->getWritableType().getQualifier().makeTemporary();
              return nullptr;
          }
  
          // We either have a folded constant in getAsConstantUnion, or we have to use
          // the initializer's subtree in the AST to represent the computation of a
          // specialization constant.
          assert(initializer->getAsConstantUnion() || initializer->getType().getQualifier().isSpecConstant());
          if (initializer->getAsConstantUnion())
              variable->setConstArray(initializer->getAsConstantUnion()->getConstArray());
          else {
              // It's a specialization constant.
              variable->getWritableType().getQualifier().makeSpecConstant();
  
              // Keep the subtree that computes the specialization constant with the variable.
              // Later, a symbol node will adopt the subtree from the variable.
              variable->setConstSubtree(initializer);
          }
      } else {
          // normal assigning of a value to a variable...
          specializationCheck(loc, initializer->getType(), "initializer");
          TIntermSymbol* intermSymbol = intermediate.addSymbol(*variable, loc);
          TIntermTyped* initNode = intermediate.addAssign(EOpAssign, intermSymbol, initializer, loc);
          if (! initNode)
              assignError(loc, "=", intermSymbol->getCompleteString(), initializer->getCompleteString());
  
          return initNode;
      }
  
      return nullptr;
  }
  
  //
  // Reprocess any initializer-list (the  "{ ... }" syntax) parts of the
  // initializer.
  //
  // Need to hierarchically assign correct types and implicit
  // conversions. Will do this mimicking the same process used for
  // creating a constructor-style initializer, ensuring we get the
  // same form.  However, it has to in parallel walk the 'type'
  // passed in, as type cannot be deduced from an initializer list.
  //
  TIntermTyped* TParseContext::convertInitializerList(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TType& type, TIntermTyped* initializer)
  {
      // Will operate recursively.  Once a subtree is found that is constructor style,
      // everything below it is already good: Only the "top part" of the initializer
      // can be an initializer list, where "top part" can extend for several (or all) levels.
  
      // see if we have bottomed out in the tree within the initializer-list part
      TIntermAggregate* initList = initializer->getAsAggregate();
      if (! initList || initList->getOp() != EOpNull)
          return initializer;
  
      // Of the initializer-list set of nodes, need to process bottom up,
      // so recurse deep, then process on the way up.
  
      // Go down the tree here...
      if (type.isArray()) {
          // The type's array might be unsized, which could be okay, so base sizes on the size of the aggregate.
          // Later on, initializer execution code will deal with array size logic.
          TType arrayType;
          arrayType.shallowCopy(type);                     // sharing struct stuff is fine
          arrayType.copyArraySizes(*type.getArraySizes());  // but get a fresh copy of the array information, to edit below
  
          // edit array sizes to fill in unsized dimensions
          arrayType.changeOuterArraySize((int)initList->getSequence().size());
          TIntermTyped* firstInit = initList->getSequence()[0]->getAsTyped();
          if (arrayType.isArrayOfArrays() && firstInit->getType().isArray() &&
              arrayType.getArraySizes()->getNumDims() == firstInit->getType().getArraySizes()->getNumDims() + 1) {
              for (int d = 1; d < arrayType.getArraySizes()->getNumDims(); ++d) {
                  if (arrayType.getArraySizes()->getDimSize(d) == UnsizedArraySize)
                      arrayType.getArraySizes()->setDimSize(d, firstInit->getType().getArraySizes()->getDimSize(d - 1));
              }
          }
  
          TType elementType(arrayType, 0); // dereferenced type
          for (size_t i = 0; i < initList->getSequence().size(); ++i) {
              initList->getSequence()[i] = convertInitializerList(loc, elementType, initList->getSequence()[i]->getAsTyped());
              if (initList->getSequence()[i] == nullptr)
                  return nullptr;
          }
  
          return addConstructor(loc, initList, arrayType);
      } else if (type.isStruct()) {
          if (type.getStruct()->size() != initList->getSequence().size()) {
              error(loc, "wrong number of structure members", "initializer list", "");
              return nullptr;
          }
          for (size_t i = 0; i < type.getStruct()->size(); ++i) {
              initList->getSequence()[i] = convertInitializerList(loc, *(*type.getStruct())[i].type, initList->getSequence()[i]->getAsTyped());
              if (initList->getSequence()[i] == nullptr)
                  return nullptr;
          }
      } else if (type.isMatrix()) {
          if (type.getMatrixCols() != (int)initList->getSequence().size()) {
              error(loc, "wrong number of matrix columns:", "initializer list", type.getCompleteString().c_str());
              return nullptr;
          }
          TType vectorType(type, 0); // dereferenced type
          for (int i = 0; i < type.getMatrixCols(); ++i) {
              initList->getSequence()[i] = convertInitializerList(loc, vectorType, initList->getSequence()[i]->getAsTyped());
              if (initList->getSequence()[i] == nullptr)
                  return nullptr;
          }
      } else if (type.isVector()) {
          if (type.getVectorSize() != (int)initList->getSequence().size()) {
              error(loc, "wrong vector size (or rows in a matrix column):", "initializer list", type.getCompleteString().c_str());
              return nullptr;
          }
          TBasicType destType = type.getBasicType();
          for (int i = 0; i < type.getVectorSize(); ++i) {
              TBasicType initType = initList->getSequence()[i]->getAsTyped()->getBasicType();
              if (destType != initType && !intermediate.canImplicitlyPromote(initType, destType)) {
                  error(loc, "type mismatch in initializer list", "initializer list", type.getCompleteString().c_str());
                  return nullptr;
              }
  
          }
      } else {
          error(loc, "unexpected initializer-list type:", "initializer list", type.getCompleteString().c_str());
          return nullptr;
      }
  
      // Now that the subtree is processed, process this node as if the
      // initializer list is a set of arguments to a constructor.
      TIntermNode* emulatedConstructorArguments;
      if (initList->getSequence().size() == 1)
          emulatedConstructorArguments = initList->getSequence()[0];
      else
          emulatedConstructorArguments = initList;
      return addConstructor(loc, emulatedConstructorArguments, type);
  }
  
  //
  // Test for the correctness of the parameters passed to various constructor functions
  // and also convert them to the right data type, if allowed and required.
  //
  // 'node' is what to construct from.
  // 'type' is what type to construct.
  //
  // Returns nullptr for an error or the constructed node (aggregate or typed) for no error.
  //
  TIntermTyped* TParseContext::addConstructor(const TSourceLoc& loc, TIntermNode* node, const TType& type)
  {
      if (node == nullptr || node->getAsTyped() == nullptr)
          return nullptr;
      rValueErrorCheck(loc, "constructor", node->getAsTyped());
  
      TIntermAggregate* aggrNode = node->getAsAggregate();
      TOperator op = intermediate.mapTypeToConstructorOp(type);
  
      // Combined texture-sampler constructors are completely semantic checked
      // in constructorTextureSamplerError()
      if (op == EOpConstructTextureSampler) {
          if (aggrNode->getSequence()[1]->getAsTyped()->getType().getSampler().shadow) {
              // Transfer depth into the texture (SPIR-V image) type, as a hint
              // for tools to know this texture/image is a depth image.
              aggrNode->getSequence()[0]->getAsTyped()->getWritableType().getSampler().shadow = true;
          }
          return intermediate.setAggregateOperator(aggrNode, op, type, loc);
      }
  
      TTypeList::const_iterator memberTypes;
      if (op == EOpConstructStruct)
          memberTypes = type.getStruct()->begin();
  
      TType elementType;
      if (type.isArray()) {
          TType dereferenced(type, 0);
          elementType.shallowCopy(dereferenced);
      } else
          elementType.shallowCopy(type);
  
      bool singleArg;
      if (aggrNode) {
          if (aggrNode->getOp() != EOpNull)
              singleArg = true;
          else
              singleArg = false;
      } else
          singleArg = true;
  
      TIntermTyped *newNode;
      if (singleArg) {
          // If structure constructor or array constructor is being called
          // for only one parameter inside the structure, we need to call constructAggregate function once.
          if (type.isArray())
              newNode = constructAggregate(node, elementType, 1, node->getLoc());
          else if (op == EOpConstructStruct)
              newNode = constructAggregate(node, *(*memberTypes).type, 1, node->getLoc());
          else
              newNode = constructBuiltIn(type, op, node->getAsTyped(), node->getLoc(), false);
  
          if (newNode && (type.isArray() || op == EOpConstructStruct))
              newNode = intermediate.setAggregateOperator(newNode, EOpConstructStruct, type, loc);
  
          return newNode;
      }
  
      //
      // Handle list of arguments.
      //
      TIntermSequence &sequenceVector = aggrNode->getSequence();    // Stores the information about the parameter to the constructor
      // if the structure constructor contains more than one parameter, then construct
      // each parameter
  
      int paramCount = 0;  // keeps track of the constructor parameter number being checked
  
      // for each parameter to the constructor call, check to see if the right type is passed or convert them
      // to the right type if possible (and allowed).
      // for structure constructors, just check if the right type is passed, no conversion is allowed.
      for (TIntermSequence::iterator p = sequenceVector.begin();
                                     p != sequenceVector.end(); p++, paramCount++) {
          if (type.isArray())
              newNode = constructAggregate(*p, elementType, paramCount+1, node->getLoc());
          else if (op == EOpConstructStruct)
              newNode = constructAggregate(*p, *(memberTypes[paramCount]).type, paramCount+1, node->getLoc());
          else
              newNode = constructBuiltIn(type, op, (*p)->getAsTyped(), node->getLoc(), true);
  
          if (newNode)
              *p = newNode;
          else
              return nullptr;
      }
  
      return intermediate.setAggregateOperator(aggrNode, op, type, loc);
  }
  
  // Function for constructor implementation. Calls addUnaryMath with appropriate EOp value
  // for the parameter to the constructor (passed to this function). Essentially, it converts
  // the parameter types correctly. If a constructor expects an int (like ivec2) and is passed a
  // float, then float is converted to int.
  //
  // Returns nullptr for an error or the constructed node.
  //
  TIntermTyped* TParseContext::constructBuiltIn(const TType& type, TOperator op, TIntermTyped* node, const TSourceLoc& loc,
      bool subset)
  {
      // If we are changing a matrix in both domain of basic type and to a non matrix,
      // do the shape change first (by default, below, basic type is changed before shape).
      // This avoids requesting a matrix of a new type that is going to be discarded anyway.
      // TODO: This could be generalized to more type combinations, but that would require
      // more extensive testing and full algorithm rework. For now, the need to do two changes makes
      // the recursive call work, and avoids the most egregious case of creating integer matrices.
      if (node->getType().isMatrix() && (type.isScalar() || type.isVector()) &&
              type.isFloatingDomain() != node->getType().isFloatingDomain()) {
          TType transitionType(node->getBasicType(), glslang::EvqTemporary, type.getVectorSize(), 0, 0, node->isVector());
          TOperator transitionOp = intermediate.mapTypeToConstructorOp(transitionType);
          node = constructBuiltIn(transitionType, transitionOp, node, loc, false);
      }
  
      TIntermTyped* newNode;
      TOperator basicOp;
  
      //
      // First, convert types as needed.
      //
      switch (op) {
      case EOpConstructVec2:
      case EOpConstructVec3:
      case EOpConstructVec4:
      case EOpConstructMat2x2:
      case EOpConstructMat2x3:
      case EOpConstructMat2x4:
      case EOpConstructMat3x2:
      case EOpConstructMat3x3:
      case EOpConstructMat3x4:
      case EOpConstructMat4x2:
      case EOpConstructMat4x3:
      case EOpConstructMat4x4:
      case EOpConstructFloat:
          basicOp = EOpConstructFloat;
          break;
  
      case EOpConstructIVec2:
      case EOpConstructIVec3:
      case EOpConstructIVec4:
      case EOpConstructInt:
          basicOp = EOpConstructInt;
          break;
  
      case EOpConstructUVec2:
          if (node->getType().getBasicType() == EbtReference) {
              requireExtensions(loc, 1, &E_GL_EXT_buffer_reference_uvec2, "reference conversion to uvec2");
              TIntermTyped* newNode = intermediate.addBuiltInFunctionCall(node->getLoc(), EOpConvPtrToUvec2, true, node,
                  type);
              return newNode;
          }
      case EOpConstructUVec3:
      case EOpConstructUVec4:
      case EOpConstructUint:
          basicOp = EOpConstructUint;
          break;
  
      case EOpConstructBVec2:
      case EOpConstructBVec3:
      case EOpConstructBVec4:
      case EOpConstructBool:
          basicOp = EOpConstructBool;
          break;
  
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
  
      case EOpConstructDVec2:
      case EOpConstructDVec3:
      case EOpConstructDVec4:
      case EOpConstructDMat2x2:
      case EOpConstructDMat2x3:
      case EOpConstructDMat2x4:
      case EOpConstructDMat3x2:
      case EOpConstructDMat3x3:
      case EOpConstructDMat3x4:
      case EOpConstructDMat4x2:
      case EOpConstructDMat4x3:
      case EOpConstructDMat4x4:
      case EOpConstructDouble:
          basicOp = EOpConstructDouble;
          break;
  
      case EOpConstructF16Vec2:
      case EOpConstructF16Vec3:
      case EOpConstructF16Vec4:
      case EOpConstructF16Mat2x2:
      case EOpConstructF16Mat2x3:
      case EOpConstructF16Mat2x4:
      case EOpConstructF16Mat3x2:
      case EOpConstructF16Mat3x3:
      case EOpConstructF16Mat3x4:
      case EOpConstructF16Mat4x2:
      case EOpConstructF16Mat4x3:
      case EOpConstructF16Mat4x4:
      case EOpConstructFloat16:
          basicOp = EOpConstructFloat16;
          // 8/16-bit storage extensions don't support constructing composites of 8/16-bit types,
          // so construct a 32-bit type and convert
          if (!intermediate.getArithemeticFloat16Enabled()) {
              TType tempType(EbtFloat, EvqTemporary, type.getVectorSize());
              newNode = node;
              if (tempType != newNode->getType()) {
                  TOperator aggregateOp;
                  if (op == EOpConstructFloat16)
                      aggregateOp = EOpConstructFloat;
                  else
                      aggregateOp = (TOperator)(EOpConstructVec2 + op - EOpConstructF16Vec2);
                  newNode = intermediate.setAggregateOperator(newNode, aggregateOp, tempType, node->getLoc());
              }
              newNode = intermediate.addConversion(EbtFloat16, newNode);
              return newNode;
          }
          break;
  
      case EOpConstructI8Vec2:
      case EOpConstructI8Vec3:
      case EOpConstructI8Vec4:
      case EOpConstructInt8:
          basicOp = EOpConstructInt8;
          // 8/16-bit storage extensions don't support constructing composites of 8/16-bit types,
          // so construct a 32-bit type and convert
          if (!intermediate.getArithemeticInt8Enabled()) {
              TType tempType(EbtInt, EvqTemporary, type.getVectorSize());
              newNode = node;
              if (tempType != newNode->getType()) {
                  TOperator aggregateOp;
                  if (op == EOpConstructInt8)
                      aggregateOp = EOpConstructInt;
                  else
                      aggregateOp = (TOperator)(EOpConstructIVec2 + op - EOpConstructI8Vec2);
                  newNode = intermediate.setAggregateOperator(newNode, aggregateOp, tempType, node->getLoc());
              }
              newNode = intermediate.addConversion(EbtInt8, newNode);
              return newNode;
          }
          break;
  
      case EOpConstructU8Vec2:
      case EOpConstructU8Vec3:
      case EOpConstructU8Vec4:
      case EOpConstructUint8:
          basicOp = EOpConstructUint8;
          // 8/16-bit storage extensions don't support constructing composites of 8/16-bit types,
          // so construct a 32-bit type and convert
          if (!intermediate.getArithemeticInt8Enabled()) {
              TType tempType(EbtUint, EvqTemporary, type.getVectorSize());
              newNode = node;
              if (tempType != newNode->getType()) {
                  TOperator aggregateOp;
                  if (op == EOpConstructUint8)
                      aggregateOp = EOpConstructUint;
                  else
                      aggregateOp = (TOperator)(EOpConstructUVec2 + op - EOpConstructU8Vec2);
                  newNode = intermediate.setAggregateOperator(newNode, aggregateOp, tempType, node->getLoc());
              }
              newNode = intermediate.addConversion(EbtUint8, newNode);
              return newNode;
          }
          break;
  
      case EOpConstructI16Vec2:
      case EOpConstructI16Vec3:
      case EOpConstructI16Vec4:
      case EOpConstructInt16:
          basicOp = EOpConstructInt16;
          // 8/16-bit storage extensions don't support constructing composites of 8/16-bit types,
          // so construct a 32-bit type and convert
          if (!intermediate.getArithemeticInt16Enabled()) {
              TType tempType(EbtInt, EvqTemporary, type.getVectorSize());
              newNode = node;
              if (tempType != newNode->getType()) {
                  TOperator aggregateOp;
                  if (op == EOpConstructInt16)
                      aggregateOp = EOpConstructInt;
                  else
                      aggregateOp = (TOperator)(EOpConstructIVec2 + op - EOpConstructI16Vec2);
                  newNode = intermediate.setAggregateOperator(newNode, aggregateOp, tempType, node->getLoc());
              }
              newNode = intermediate.addConversion(EbtInt16, newNode);
              return newNode;
          }
          break;
  
      case EOpConstructU16Vec2:
      case EOpConstructU16Vec3:
      case EOpConstructU16Vec4:
      case EOpConstructUint16:
          basicOp = EOpConstructUint16;
          // 8/16-bit storage extensions don't support constructing composites of 8/16-bit types,
          // so construct a 32-bit type and convert
          if (!intermediate.getArithemeticInt16Enabled()) {
              TType tempType(EbtUint, EvqTemporary, type.getVectorSize());
              newNode = node;
              if (tempType != newNode->getType()) {
                  TOperator aggregateOp;
                  if (op == EOpConstructUint16)
                      aggregateOp = EOpConstructUint;
                  else
                      aggregateOp = (TOperator)(EOpConstructUVec2 + op - EOpConstructU16Vec2);
                  newNode = intermediate.setAggregateOperator(newNode, aggregateOp, tempType, node->getLoc());
              }
              newNode = intermediate.addConversion(EbtUint16, newNode);
              return newNode;
          }
          break;
  
      case EOpConstructI64Vec2:
      case EOpConstructI64Vec3:
      case EOpConstructI64Vec4:
      case EOpConstructInt64:
          basicOp = EOpConstructInt64;
          break;
  
      case EOpConstructUint64:
          if (type.isScalar() && node->getType().isReference()) {
              TIntermTyped* newNode = intermediate.addBuiltInFunctionCall(node->getLoc(), EOpConvPtrToUint64, true, node, type);
              return newNode;
          }
          // fall through
      case EOpConstructU64Vec2:
      case EOpConstructU64Vec3:
      case EOpConstructU64Vec4:
          basicOp = EOpConstructUint64;
          break;
  
      case EOpConstructNonuniform:
          // Make a nonuniform copy of node
          newNode = intermediate.addBuiltInFunctionCall(node->getLoc(), EOpCopyObject, true, node, type);
          return newNode;
  
      case EOpConstructReference:
          // construct reference from reference
          if (node->getType().isReference()) {
              newNode = intermediate.addBuiltInFunctionCall(node->getLoc(), EOpConstructReference, true, node, type);
              return newNode;
          // construct reference from uint64
          } else if (node->getType().isScalar() && node->getType().getBasicType() == EbtUint64) {
              TIntermTyped* newNode = intermediate.addBuiltInFunctionCall(node->getLoc(), EOpConvUint64ToPtr, true, node,
                  type);
              return newNode;
          // construct reference from uvec2
          } else if (node->getType().isVector() && node->getType().getBasicType() == EbtUint &&
                     node->getVectorSize() == 2) {
              requireExtensions(loc, 1, &E_GL_EXT_buffer_reference_uvec2, "uvec2 conversion to reference");
              TIntermTyped* newNode = intermediate.addBuiltInFunctionCall(node->getLoc(), EOpConvUvec2ToPtr, true, node,
                  type);
              return newNode;
          } else {
              return nullptr;
          }
  
      case EOpConstructCooperativeMatrix:
          if (!node->getType().isCoopMat()) {
              if (type.getBasicType() != node->getType().getBasicType()) {
                  node = intermediate.addConversion(type.getBasicType(), node);
                  if (node == nullptr)
                      return nullptr;
              }
              node = intermediate.setAggregateOperator(node, EOpConstructCooperativeMatrix, type, node->getLoc());
          } else {
              TOperator op = EOpNull;
              switch (type.getBasicType()) {
              default:
                  assert(0);
                  break;
              case EbtInt:
                  switch (node->getType().getBasicType()) {
                      case EbtFloat:   op = EOpConvFloatToInt;    break;
                      case EbtFloat16: op = EOpConvFloat16ToInt;  break;
                      case EbtUint8:   op = EOpConvUint8ToInt;    break;
                      case EbtInt8:    op = EOpConvInt8ToInt;     break;
                      case EbtUint:    op = EOpConvUintToInt;     break;
                      default: assert(0);
                  }
                  break;
              case EbtUint:
                  switch (node->getType().getBasicType()) {
                      case EbtFloat:   op = EOpConvFloatToUint;    break;
                      case EbtFloat16: op = EOpConvFloat16ToUint;  break;
                      case EbtUint8:   op = EOpConvUint8ToUint;    break;
                      case EbtInt8:    op = EOpConvInt8ToUint;     break;
                      case EbtInt:     op = EOpConvIntToUint;      break;
                      case EbtUint:    op = EOpConvUintToInt8;     break;
                      default: assert(0);
                  }
                  break;
              case EbtInt8:
                  switch (node->getType().getBasicType()) {
                      case EbtFloat:   op = EOpConvFloatToInt8;    break;
                      case EbtFloat16: op = EOpConvFloat16ToInt8;  break;
                      case EbtUint8:   op = EOpConvUint8ToInt8;    break;
                      case EbtInt:     op = EOpConvIntToInt8;      break;
                      case EbtUint:    op = EOpConvUintToInt8;     break;
                      default: assert(0);
                  }
                  break;
              case EbtUint8:
                  switch (node->getType().getBasicType()) {
                      case EbtFloat:   op = EOpConvFloatToUint8;   break;
                      case EbtFloat16: op = EOpConvFloat16ToUint8; break;
                      case EbtInt8:    op = EOpConvInt8ToUint8;    break;
                      case EbtInt:     op = EOpConvIntToUint8;     break;
                      case EbtUint:    op = EOpConvUintToUint8;    break;
                      default: assert(0);
                  }
                  break;
              case EbtFloat:
                  switch (node->getType().getBasicType()) {
                      case EbtFloat16: op = EOpConvFloat16ToFloat;  break;
                      case EbtInt8:    op = EOpConvInt8ToFloat;     break;
                      case EbtUint8:   op = EOpConvUint8ToFloat;    break;
                      case EbtInt:     op = EOpConvIntToFloat;      break;
                      case EbtUint:    op = EOpConvUintToFloat;     break;
                      default: assert(0);
                  }
                  break;
              case EbtFloat16:
                  switch (node->getType().getBasicType()) {
                      case EbtFloat:  op = EOpConvFloatToFloat16;  break;
                      case EbtInt8:   op = EOpConvInt8ToFloat16;   break;
                      case EbtUint8:  op = EOpConvUint8ToFloat16;  break;
                      case EbtInt:    op = EOpConvIntToFloat16;    break;
                      case EbtUint:   op = EOpConvUintToFloat16;   break;
                      default: assert(0);
                  }
                  break;
              }
  
              node = intermediate.addUnaryNode(op, node, node->getLoc(), type);
              // If it's a (non-specialization) constant, it must be folded.
              if (node->getAsUnaryNode()->getOperand()->getAsConstantUnion())
                  return node->getAsUnaryNode()->getOperand()->getAsConstantUnion()->fold(op, node->getType());
          }
  
          return node;
  
      case EOpConstructAccStruct:
          if ((node->getType().isScalar() && node->getType().getBasicType() == EbtUint64)) {
              // construct acceleration structure from uint64
              requireExtensions(loc, 1, &E_GL_EXT_ray_tracing, "uint64_t conversion to acclerationStructureEXT");
              return intermediate.addBuiltInFunctionCall(node->getLoc(), EOpConvUint64ToAccStruct, true, node,
                  type);
          } else if (node->getType().isVector() && node->getType().getBasicType() == EbtUint && node->getVectorSize() == 2) {
              // construct acceleration structure from uint64
              requireExtensions(loc, 1, &E_GL_EXT_ray_tracing, "uvec2 conversion to accelerationStructureEXT");
              return intermediate.addBuiltInFunctionCall(node->getLoc(), EOpConvUvec2ToAccStruct, true, node,
                  type);
          } else
              return nullptr;
  #endif // GLSLANG_WEB
  
      default:
          error(loc, "unsupported construction", "", "");
  
          return nullptr;
      }
      newNode = intermediate.addUnaryMath(basicOp, node, node->getLoc());
      if (newNode == nullptr) {
          error(loc, "can't convert", "constructor", "");
          return nullptr;
      }
  
      //
      // Now, if there still isn't an operation to do the construction, and we need one, add one.
      //
  
      // Otherwise, skip out early.
      if (subset || (newNode != node && newNode->getType() == type))
          return newNode;
  
      // setAggregateOperator will insert a new node for the constructor, as needed.
      return intermediate.setAggregateOperator(newNode, op, type, loc);
  }
  
  // This function tests for the type of the parameters to the structure or array constructor. Raises
  // an error message if the expected type does not match the parameter passed to the constructor.
  //
  // Returns nullptr for an error or the input node itself if the expected and the given parameter types match.
  //
  TIntermTyped* TParseContext::constructAggregate(TIntermNode* node, const TType& type, int paramCount, const TSourceLoc& loc)
  {
      TIntermTyped* converted = intermediate.addConversion(EOpConstructStruct, type, node->getAsTyped());
      if (! converted || converted->getType() != type) {
          error(loc, "", "constructor", "cannot convert parameter %d from '%s' to '%s'", paramCount,
                node->getAsTyped()->getType().getCompleteString().c_str(), type.getCompleteString().c_str());
  
          return nullptr;
      }
  
      return converted;
  }
  
  // If a memory qualifier is present in 'to', also make it present in 'from'.
  void TParseContext::inheritMemoryQualifiers(const TQualifier& from, TQualifier& to)
  {
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
      if (from.isReadOnly())
          to.readonly = from.readonly;
      if (from.isWriteOnly())
          to.writeonly = from.writeonly;
      if (from.coherent)
          to.coherent = from.coherent;
      if (from.volatil)
          to.volatil = from.volatil;
      if (from.restrict)
          to.restrict = from.restrict;
  #endif
  }
  
  //
  // Do everything needed to add an interface block.
  //
  void TParseContext::declareBlock(const TSourceLoc& loc, TTypeList& typeList, const TString* instanceName,
      TArraySizes* arraySizes)
  {
      blockStageIoCheck(loc, currentBlockQualifier);
      blockQualifierCheck(loc, currentBlockQualifier, instanceName != nullptr);
      if (arraySizes != nullptr) {
          arraySizesCheck(loc, currentBlockQualifier, arraySizes, nullptr, false);
          arrayOfArrayVersionCheck(loc, arraySizes);
          if (arraySizes->getNumDims() > 1)
              requireProfile(loc, ~EEsProfile, "array-of-array of block");
      }
  
      // Inherit and check member storage qualifiers WRT to the block-level qualifier.
      for (unsigned int member = 0; member < typeList.size(); ++member) {
          TType& memberType = *typeList[member].type;
          TQualifier& memberQualifier = memberType.getQualifier();
          const TSourceLoc& memberLoc = typeList[member].loc;
          if (memberQualifier.storage != EvqTemporary && memberQualifier.storage != EvqGlobal && memberQualifier.storage != currentBlockQualifier.storage)
              error(memberLoc, "member storage qualifier cannot contradict block storage qualifier", memberType.getFieldName().c_str(), "");
          memberQualifier.storage = currentBlockQualifier.storage;
          globalQualifierFixCheck(memberLoc, memberQualifier);
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
          inheritMemoryQualifiers(currentBlockQualifier, memberQualifier);
          if (currentBlockQualifier.perPrimitiveNV)
              memberQualifier.perPrimitiveNV = currentBlockQualifier.perPrimitiveNV;
          if (currentBlockQualifier.perViewNV)
              memberQualifier.perViewNV = currentBlockQualifier.perViewNV;
          if (currentBlockQualifier.perTaskNV)
              memberQualifier.perTaskNV = currentBlockQualifier.perTaskNV;
  #endif
          if ((currentBlockQualifier.storage == EvqUniform || currentBlockQualifier.storage == EvqBuffer) && (memberQualifier.isInterpolation() || memberQualifier.isAuxiliary()))
              error(memberLoc, "member of uniform or buffer block cannot have an auxiliary or interpolation qualifier", memberType.getFieldName().c_str(), "");
          if (memberType.isArray())
              arraySizesCheck(memberLoc, currentBlockQualifier, memberType.getArraySizes(), nullptr, member == typeList.size() - 1);
          if (memberQualifier.hasOffset()) {
              if (spvVersion.spv == 0) {
                  profileRequires(memberLoc, ~EEsProfile, 440, E_GL_ARB_enhanced_layouts, "\"offset\" on block member");
                  profileRequires(memberLoc, EEsProfile, 300, E_GL_ARB_enhanced_layouts, "\"offset\" on block member");
              }
          }
  
          if (memberType.containsOpaque())
              error(memberLoc, "member of block cannot be or contain a sampler, image, or atomic_uint type", typeList[member].type->getFieldName().c_str(), "");
  
          if (memberType.containsCoopMat())
              error(memberLoc, "member of block cannot be or contain a cooperative matrix type", typeList[member].type->getFieldName().c_str(), "");
      }
  
      // This might be a redeclaration of a built-in block.  If so, redeclareBuiltinBlock() will
      // do all the rest.
      if (! symbolTable.atBuiltInLevel() && builtInName(*blockName)) {
          redeclareBuiltinBlock(loc, typeList, *blockName, instanceName, arraySizes);
          return;
      }
  
      // Not a redeclaration of a built-in; check that all names are user names.
      reservedErrorCheck(loc, *blockName);
      if (instanceName)
          reservedErrorCheck(loc, *instanceName);
      for (unsigned int member = 0; member < typeList.size(); ++member)
          reservedErrorCheck(typeList[member].loc, typeList[member].type->getFieldName());
  
      // Make default block qualification, and adjust the member qualifications
  
      TQualifier defaultQualification;
      switch (currentBlockQualifier.storage) {
      case EvqUniform:    defaultQualification = globalUniformDefaults;    break;
      case EvqBuffer:     defaultQualification = globalBufferDefaults;     break;
      case EvqVaryingIn:  defaultQualification = globalInputDefaults;      break;
      case EvqVaryingOut: defaultQualification = globalOutputDefaults;     break;
      default:            defaultQualification.clear();                    break;
      }
  
      // Special case for "push_constant uniform", which has a default of std430,
      // contrary to normal uniform defaults, and can't have a default tracked for it.
      if ((currentBlockQualifier.isPushConstant() && !currentBlockQualifier.hasPacking()) ||
          (currentBlockQualifier.isShaderRecord() && !currentBlockQualifier.hasPacking()))
          currentBlockQualifier.layoutPacking = ElpStd430;
  
      // Special case for "taskNV in/out", which has a default of std430,
      if (currentBlockQualifier.isTaskMemory() && !currentBlockQualifier.hasPacking())
          currentBlockQualifier.layoutPacking = ElpStd430;
  
      // fix and check for member layout qualifiers
  
      mergeObjectLayoutQualifiers(defaultQualification, currentBlockQualifier, true);
  
      // "The align qualifier can only be used on blocks or block members, and only for blocks declared with std140 or std430 layouts."
      if (currentBlockQualifier.hasAlign()) {
          if (defaultQualification.layoutPacking != ElpStd140 &&
              defaultQualification.layoutPacking != ElpStd430 &&
              defaultQualification.layoutPacking != ElpScalar) {
              error(loc, "can only be used with std140, std430, or scalar layout packing", "align", "");
              defaultQualification.layoutAlign = -1;
          }
      }
  
      bool memberWithLocation = false;
      bool memberWithoutLocation = false;
      bool memberWithPerViewQualifier = false;
      for (unsigned int member = 0; member < typeList.size(); ++member) {
          TQualifier& memberQualifier = typeList[member].type->getQualifier();
          const TSourceLoc& memberLoc = typeList[member].loc;
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
          if (memberQualifier.hasStream()) {
              if (defaultQualification.layoutStream != memberQualifier.layoutStream)
                  error(memberLoc, "member cannot contradict block", "stream", "");
          }
  
          // "This includes a block's inheritance of the
          // current global default buffer, a block member's inheritance of the block's
          // buffer, and the requirement that any *xfb_buffer* declared on a block
          // member must match the buffer inherited from the block."
          if (memberQualifier.hasXfbBuffer()) {
              if (defaultQualification.layoutXfbBuffer != memberQualifier.layoutXfbBuffer)
                  error(memberLoc, "member cannot contradict block (or what block inherited from global)", "xfb_buffer", "");
          }
  #endif
  
          if (memberQualifier.hasPacking())
              error(memberLoc, "member of block cannot have a packing layout qualifier", typeList[member].type->getFieldName().c_str(), "");
          if (memberQualifier.hasLocation()) {
              const char* feature = "location on block member";
              switch (currentBlockQualifier.storage) {
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
              case EvqVaryingIn:
              case EvqVaryingOut:
                  requireProfile(memberLoc, ECoreProfile | ECompatibilityProfile | EEsProfile, feature);
                  profileRequires(memberLoc, ECoreProfile | ECompatibilityProfile, 440, E_GL_ARB_enhanced_layouts, feature);
                  profileRequires(memberLoc, EEsProfile, 320, Num_AEP_shader_io_blocks, AEP_shader_io_blocks, feature);
                  memberWithLocation = true;
                  break;
  #endif
              default:
                  error(memberLoc, "can only use in an in/out block", feature, "");
                  break;
              }
          } else
              memberWithoutLocation = true;
  
          // "The offset qualifier can only be used on block members of blocks declared with std140 or std430 layouts."
          // "The align qualifier can only be used on blocks or block members, and only for blocks declared with std140 or std430 layouts."
          if (memberQualifier.hasAlign() || memberQualifier.hasOffset()) {
              if (defaultQualification.layoutPacking != ElpStd140 &&
                  defaultQualification.layoutPacking != ElpStd430 &&
                  defaultQualification.layoutPacking != ElpScalar)
                  error(memberLoc, "can only be used with std140, std430, or scalar layout packing", "offset/align", "");
          }
  
          if (memberQualifier.isPerView()) {
              memberWithPerViewQualifier = true;
          }
  
          TQualifier newMemberQualification = defaultQualification;
          mergeQualifiers(memberLoc, newMemberQualification, memberQualifier, false);
          memberQualifier = newMemberQualification;
      }
  
      layoutMemberLocationArrayCheck(loc, memberWithLocation, arraySizes);
  
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
      // Ensure that the block has an XfbBuffer assigned. This is needed
      // because if the block has a XfbOffset assigned, then it is
      // assumed that it has implicitly assigned the current global
      // XfbBuffer, and because it's members need to be assigned a
      // XfbOffset if they lack it.
      if (currentBlockQualifier.storage == EvqVaryingOut && globalOutputDefaults.hasXfbBuffer()) {
         if (!currentBlockQualifier.hasXfbBuffer() && currentBlockQualifier.hasXfbOffset())
            currentBlockQualifier.layoutXfbBuffer = globalOutputDefaults.layoutXfbBuffer;
      }
  #endif
  
      // Process the members
      fixBlockLocations(loc, currentBlockQualifier, typeList, memberWithLocation, memberWithoutLocation);
      fixXfbOffsets(currentBlockQualifier, typeList);
      fixBlockUniformOffsets(currentBlockQualifier, typeList);
      fixBlockUniformLayoutMatrix(currentBlockQualifier, &typeList, nullptr);
      fixBlockUniformLayoutPacking(currentBlockQualifier, &typeList, nullptr);
      for (unsigned int member = 0; member < typeList.size(); ++member)
          layoutTypeCheck(typeList[member].loc, *typeList[member].type);
  
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
      if (memberWithPerViewQualifier) {
          for (unsigned int member = 0; member < typeList.size(); ++member) {
              checkAndResizeMeshViewDim(typeList[member].loc, *typeList[member].type, /*isBlockMember*/ true);
          }
      }
  #endif
  
      // reverse merge, so that currentBlockQualifier now has all layout information
      // (can't use defaultQualification directly, it's missing other non-layout-default-class qualifiers)
      mergeObjectLayoutQualifiers(currentBlockQualifier, defaultQualification, true);
  
      //
      // Build and add the interface block as a new type named 'blockName'
      //
  
      TType blockType(&typeList, *blockName, currentBlockQualifier);
      if (arraySizes != nullptr)
          blockType.transferArraySizes(arraySizes);
  
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
      if (arraySizes == nullptr)
          ioArrayCheck(loc, blockType, instanceName ? *instanceName : *blockName);
      if (currentBlockQualifier.hasBufferReference()) {
  
          if (currentBlockQualifier.storage != EvqBuffer)
              error(loc, "can only be used with buffer", "buffer_reference", "");
  
          // Create the block reference type. If it was forward-declared, detect that
          // as a referent struct type with no members. Replace the referent type with
          // blockType.
          TType blockNameType(EbtReference, blockType, *blockName);
          TVariable* blockNameVar = new TVariable(blockName, blockNameType, true);
          if (! symbolTable.insert(*blockNameVar)) {
              TSymbol* existingName = symbolTable.find(*blockName);
              if (existingName->getType().isReference() &&
                  existingName->getType().getReferentType()->getStruct() &&
                  existingName->getType().getReferentType()->getStruct()->size() == 0 &&
                  existingName->getType().getQualifier().storage == blockType.getQualifier().storage) {
                  existingName->getType().getReferentType()->deepCopy(blockType);
              } else {
                  error(loc, "block name cannot be redefined", blockName->c_str(), "");
              }
          }
          if (!instanceName) {
              return;
          }
      } else
  #endif
      {
          //
          // Don't make a user-defined type out of block name; that will cause an error
          // if the same block name gets reused in a different interface.
          //
          // "Block names have no other use within a shader
          // beyond interface matching; it is a compile-time error to use a block name at global scope for anything
          // other than as a block name (e.g., use of a block name for a global variable name or function name is
          // currently reserved)."
          //
          // Use the symbol table to prevent normal reuse of the block's name, as a variable entry,
          // whose type is EbtBlock, but without all the structure; that will come from the type
          // the instances point to.
          //
          TType blockNameType(EbtBlock, blockType.getQualifier().storage);
          TVariable* blockNameVar = new TVariable(blockName, blockNameType);
          if (! symbolTable.insert(*blockNameVar)) {
              TSymbol* existingName = symbolTable.find(*blockName);
              if (existingName->getType().getBasicType() == EbtBlock) {
                  if (existingName->getType().getQualifier().storage == blockType.getQualifier().storage) {
                      error(loc, "Cannot reuse block name within the same interface:", blockName->c_str(), blockType.getStorageQualifierString());
                      return;
                  }
              } else {
                  error(loc, "block name cannot redefine a non-block name", blockName->c_str(), "");
                  return;
              }
          }
      }
  
      // Add the variable, as anonymous or named instanceName.
      // Make an anonymous variable if no name was provided.
      if (! instanceName)
          instanceName = NewPoolTString("");
  
      TVariable& variable = *new TVariable(instanceName, blockType);
      if (! symbolTable.insert(variable)) {
          if (*instanceName == "")
              error(loc, "nameless block contains a member that already has a name at global scope", blockName->c_str(), "");
          else
              error(loc, "block instance name redefinition", variable.getName().c_str(), "");
  
          return;
      }
  
      // Check for general layout qualifier errors
      layoutObjectCheck(loc, variable);
  
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
      // fix up
      if (isIoResizeArray(blockType)) {
          ioArraySymbolResizeList.push_back(&variable);
          checkIoArraysConsistency(loc, true);
      } else
          fixIoArraySize(loc, variable.getWritableType());
  #endif
  
      // Save it in the AST for linker use.
      trackLinkage(variable);
  }
  
  // Do all block-declaration checking regarding the combination of in/out/uniform/buffer
  // with a particular stage.
  void TParseContext::blockStageIoCheck(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TQualifier& qualifier)
  {
      const char *extsrt[2] = { E_GL_NV_ray_tracing, E_GL_EXT_ray_tracing };
      switch (qualifier.storage) {
      case EvqUniform:
          profileRequires(loc, EEsProfile, 300, nullptr, "uniform block");
          profileRequires(loc, ENoProfile, 140, E_GL_ARB_uniform_buffer_object, "uniform block");
          if (currentBlockQualifier.layoutPacking == ElpStd430 && ! currentBlockQualifier.isPushConstant())
              requireExtensions(loc, 1, &E_GL_EXT_scalar_block_layout, "std430 requires the buffer storage qualifier");
          break;
      case EvqBuffer:
          requireProfile(loc, EEsProfile | ECoreProfile | ECompatibilityProfile, "buffer block");
          profileRequires(loc, ECoreProfile | ECompatibilityProfile, 430, E_GL_ARB_shader_storage_buffer_object, "buffer block");
          profileRequires(loc, EEsProfile, 310, nullptr, "buffer block");
          break;
      case EvqVaryingIn:
          profileRequires(loc, ~EEsProfile, 150, E_GL_ARB_separate_shader_objects, "input block");
          // It is a compile-time error to have an input block in a vertex shader or an output block in a fragment shader
          // "Compute shaders do not permit user-defined input variables..."
          requireStage(loc, (EShLanguageMask)(EShLangTessControlMask|EShLangTessEvaluationMask|EShLangGeometryMask|
              EShLangFragmentMask|EShLangMeshNVMask), "input block");
          if (language == EShLangFragment) {
              profileRequires(loc, EEsProfile, 320, Num_AEP_shader_io_blocks, AEP_shader_io_blocks, "fragment input block");
          } else if (language == EShLangMeshNV && ! qualifier.isTaskMemory()) {
              error(loc, "input blocks cannot be used in a mesh shader", "out", "");
          }
          break;
      case EvqVaryingOut:
          profileRequires(loc, ~EEsProfile, 150, E_GL_ARB_separate_shader_objects, "output block");
          requireStage(loc, (EShLanguageMask)(EShLangVertexMask|EShLangTessControlMask|EShLangTessEvaluationMask|
              EShLangGeometryMask|EShLangMeshNVMask|EShLangTaskNVMask), "output block");
          // ES 310 can have a block before shader_io is turned on, so skip this test for built-ins
          if (language == EShLangVertex && ! parsingBuiltins) {
              profileRequires(loc, EEsProfile, 320, Num_AEP_shader_io_blocks, AEP_shader_io_blocks, "vertex output block");
          } else if (language == EShLangMeshNV && qualifier.isTaskMemory()) {
              error(loc, "can only use on input blocks in mesh shader", "taskNV", "");
          } else if (language == EShLangTaskNV && ! qualifier.isTaskMemory()) {
              error(loc, "output blocks cannot be used in a task shader", "out", "");
          }
          break;
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
      case EvqPayload:
          profileRequires(loc, ~EEsProfile, 460, 2, extsrt, "rayPayloadNV block");
          requireStage(loc, (EShLanguageMask)(EShLangRayGenMask | EShLangAnyHitMask | EShLangClosestHitMask | EShLangMissMask),
              "rayPayloadNV block");
          break;
      case EvqPayloadIn:
          profileRequires(loc, ~EEsProfile, 460, 2, extsrt, "rayPayloadInNV block");
          requireStage(loc, (EShLanguageMask)(EShLangAnyHitMask | EShLangClosestHitMask | EShLangMissMask),
              "rayPayloadInNV block");
          break;
      case EvqHitAttr:
          profileRequires(loc, ~EEsProfile, 460, 2, extsrt, "hitAttributeNV block");
          requireStage(loc, (EShLanguageMask)(EShLangIntersectMask | EShLangAnyHitMask | EShLangClosestHitMask), "hitAttributeNV block");
          break;
      case EvqCallableData:
          profileRequires(loc, ~EEsProfile, 460, 2, extsrt, "callableDataNV block");
          requireStage(loc, (EShLanguageMask)(EShLangRayGenMask | EShLangClosestHitMask | EShLangMissMask | EShLangCallableMask),
              "callableDataNV block");
          break;
      case EvqCallableDataIn:
          profileRequires(loc, ~EEsProfile, 460, 2, extsrt, "callableDataInNV block");
          requireStage(loc, (EShLanguageMask)(EShLangCallableMask), "callableDataInNV block");
          break;
  #endif
      default:
          error(loc, "only uniform, buffer, in, or out blocks are supported", blockName->c_str(), "");
          break;
      }
  }
  
  // Do all block-declaration checking regarding its qualifiers.
  void TParseContext::blockQualifierCheck(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TQualifier& qualifier, bool /*instanceName*/)
  {
      // The 4.5 specification says:
      //
      // interface-block :
      //    layout-qualifieropt interface-qualifier  block-name { member-list } instance-nameopt ;
      //
      // interface-qualifier :
      //    in
      //    out
      //    patch in
      //    patch out
      //    uniform
      //    buffer
      //
      // Note however memory qualifiers aren't included, yet the specification also says
      //
      // "...memory qualifiers may also be used in the declaration of shader storage blocks..."
  
      if (qualifier.isInterpolation())
          error(loc, "cannot use interpolation qualifiers on an interface block", "flat/smooth/noperspective", "");
      if (qualifier.centroid)
          error(loc, "cannot use centroid qualifier on an interface block", "centroid", "");
      if (qualifier.isSample())
          error(loc, "cannot use sample qualifier on an interface block", "sample", "");
      if (qualifier.invariant)
          error(loc, "cannot use invariant qualifier on an interface block", "invariant", "");
      if (qualifier.isPushConstant())
          intermediate.addPushConstantCount();
      if (qualifier.isShaderRecord())
          intermediate.addShaderRecordCount();
      if (qualifier.isTaskMemory())
          intermediate.addTaskNVCount();
  }
  
  //
  // "For a block, this process applies to the entire block, or until the first member
  // is reached that has a location layout qualifier. When a block member is declared with a location
  // qualifier, its location comes from that qualifier: The member's location qualifier overrides the block-level
  // declaration. Subsequent members are again assigned consecutive locations, based on the newest location,
  // until the next member declared with a location qualifier. The values used for locations do not have to be
  // declared in increasing order."
  void TParseContext::fixBlockLocations(const TSourceLoc& loc, TQualifier& qualifier, TTypeList& typeList, bool memberWithLocation, bool memberWithoutLocation)
  {
      // "If a block has no block-level location layout qualifier, it is required that either all or none of its members
      // have a location layout qualifier, or a compile-time error results."
      if (! qualifier.hasLocation() && memberWithLocation && memberWithoutLocation)
          error(loc, "either the block needs a location, or all members need a location, or no members have a location", "location", "");
      else {
          if (memberWithLocation) {
              // remove any block-level location and make it per *every* member
              int nextLocation = 0;  // by the rule above, initial value is not relevant
              if (qualifier.hasAnyLocation()) {
                  nextLocation = qualifier.layoutLocation;
                  qualifier.layoutLocation = TQualifier::layoutLocationEnd;
                  if (qualifier.hasComponent()) {
                      // "It is a compile-time error to apply the *component* qualifier to a ... block"
                      error(loc, "cannot apply to a block", "component", "");
                  }
                  if (qualifier.hasIndex()) {
                      error(loc, "cannot apply to a block", "index", "");
                  }
              }
              for (unsigned int member = 0; member < typeList.size(); ++member) {
                  TQualifier& memberQualifier = typeList[member].type->getQualifier();
                  const TSourceLoc& memberLoc = typeList[member].loc;
                  if (! memberQualifier.hasLocation()) {
                      if (nextLocation >= (int)TQualifier::layoutLocationEnd)
                          error(memberLoc, "location is too large", "location", "");
                      memberQualifier.layoutLocation = nextLocation;
                      memberQualifier.layoutComponent = TQualifier::layoutComponentEnd;
                  }
                  nextLocation = memberQualifier.layoutLocation + intermediate.computeTypeLocationSize(
                                      *typeList[member].type, language);
              }
          }
      }
  }
  
  void TParseContext::fixXfbOffsets(TQualifier& qualifier, TTypeList& typeList)
  {
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
      // "If a block is qualified with xfb_offset, all its
      // members are assigned transform feedback buffer offsets. If a block is not qualified with xfb_offset, any
      // members of that block not qualified with an xfb_offset will not be assigned transform feedback buffer
      // offsets."
  
      if (! qualifier.hasXfbBuffer() || ! qualifier.hasXfbOffset())
          return;
  
      int nextOffset = qualifier.layoutXfbOffset;
      for (unsigned int member = 0; member < typeList.size(); ++member) {
          TQualifier& memberQualifier = typeList[member].type->getQualifier();
          bool contains64BitType = false;
          bool contains32BitType = false;
          bool contains16BitType = false;
          int memberSize = intermediate.computeTypeXfbSize(*typeList[member].type, contains64BitType, contains32BitType, contains16BitType);
          // see if we need to auto-assign an offset to this member
          if (! memberQualifier.hasXfbOffset()) {
              // "if applied to an aggregate containing a double or 64-bit integer, the offset must also be a multiple of 8"
              if (contains64BitType)
                  RoundToPow2(nextOffset, 8);
              else if (contains32BitType)
                  RoundToPow2(nextOffset, 4);
              else if (contains16BitType)
                  RoundToPow2(nextOffset, 2);
              memberQualifier.layoutXfbOffset = nextOffset;
          } else
              nextOffset = memberQualifier.layoutXfbOffset;
          nextOffset += memberSize;
      }
  
      // The above gave all block members an offset, so we can take it off the block now,
      // which will avoid double counting the offset usage.
      qualifier.layoutXfbOffset = TQualifier::layoutXfbOffsetEnd;
  #endif
  }
  
  // Calculate and save the offset of each block member, using the recursively
  // defined block offset rules and the user-provided offset and align.
  //
  // Also, compute and save the total size of the block. For the block's size, arrayness
  // is not taken into account, as each element is backed by a separate buffer.
  //
  void TParseContext::fixBlockUniformOffsets(TQualifier& qualifier, TTypeList& typeList)
  {
      if (!qualifier.isUniformOrBuffer() && !qualifier.isTaskMemory())
          return;
      if (qualifier.layoutPacking != ElpStd140 && qualifier.layoutPacking != ElpStd430 && qualifier.layoutPacking != ElpScalar)
          return;
  
      int offset = 0;
      int memberSize;
      for (unsigned int member = 0; member < typeList.size(); ++member) {
          TQualifier& memberQualifier = typeList[member].type->getQualifier();
          const TSourceLoc& memberLoc = typeList[member].loc;
  
          // "When align is applied to an array, it effects only the start of the array, not the array's internal stride."
  
          // modify just the children's view of matrix layout, if there is one for this member
          TLayoutMatrix subMatrixLayout = typeList[member].type->getQualifier().layoutMatrix;
          int dummyStride;
          int memberAlignment = intermediate.getMemberAlignment(*typeList[member].type, memberSize, dummyStride, qualifier.layoutPacking,
                                                                subMatrixLayout != ElmNone ? subMatrixLayout == ElmRowMajor : qualifier.layoutMatrix == ElmRowMajor);
          if (memberQualifier.hasOffset()) {
              // "The specified offset must be a multiple
              // of the base alignment of the type of the block member it qualifies, or a compile-time error results."
              if (! IsMultipleOfPow2(memberQualifier.layoutOffset, memberAlignment))
                  error(memberLoc, "must be a multiple of the member's alignment", "offset", "");
  
              // GLSL: "It is a compile-time error to specify an offset that is smaller than the offset of the previous
              // member in the block or that lies within the previous member of the block"
              if (spvVersion.spv == 0) {
                  if (memberQualifier.layoutOffset < offset)
                      error(memberLoc, "cannot lie in previous members", "offset", "");
  
                  // "The offset qualifier forces the qualified member to start at or after the specified
                  // integral-constant expression, which will be its byte offset from the beginning of the buffer.
                  // "The actual offset of a member is computed as
                  // follows: If offset was declared, start with that offset, otherwise start with the next available offset."
                  offset = std::max(offset, memberQualifier.layoutOffset);
              } else {
                  // TODO: Vulkan: "It is a compile-time error to have any offset, explicit or assigned,
                  // that lies within another member of the block."
  
                  offset = memberQualifier.layoutOffset;
              }
          }
  
          // "The actual alignment of a member will be the greater of the specified align alignment and the standard
          // (e.g., std140) base alignment for the member's type."
          if (memberQualifier.hasAlign())
              memberAlignment = std::max(memberAlignment, memberQualifier.layoutAlign);
  
          // "If the resulting offset is not a multiple of the actual alignment,
          // increase it to the first offset that is a multiple of
          // the actual alignment."
          RoundToPow2(offset, memberAlignment);
          typeList[member].type->getQualifier().layoutOffset = offset;
          offset += memberSize;
      }
  }
  
  //
  // Spread LayoutMatrix to uniform block member, if a uniform block member is a struct,
  // we need spread LayoutMatrix to this struct member too. and keep this rule for recursive.
  //
  void TParseContext::fixBlockUniformLayoutMatrix(TQualifier& qualifier, TTypeList* originTypeList,
                                                  TTypeList* tmpTypeList)
  {
      assert(tmpTypeList == nullptr || originTypeList->size() == tmpTypeList->size());
      for (unsigned int member = 0; member < originTypeList->size(); ++member) {
          if (qualifier.layoutPacking != ElpNone) {
              if (tmpTypeList == nullptr) {
                  if (((*originTypeList)[member].type->isMatrix() ||
                       (*originTypeList)[member].type->getBasicType() == EbtStruct) &&
                      (*originTypeList)[member].type->getQualifier().layoutMatrix == ElmNone) {
                      (*originTypeList)[member].type->getQualifier().layoutMatrix = qualifier.layoutMatrix;
                  }
              } else {
                  if (((*tmpTypeList)[member].type->isMatrix() ||
                       (*tmpTypeList)[member].type->getBasicType() == EbtStruct) &&
                      (*tmpTypeList)[member].type->getQualifier().layoutMatrix == ElmNone) {
                      (*tmpTypeList)[member].type->getQualifier().layoutMatrix = qualifier.layoutMatrix;
                  }
              }
          }
  
          if ((*originTypeList)[member].type->getBasicType() == EbtStruct) {
              TQualifier* memberQualifier = nullptr;
              // block member can be declare a matrix style, so it should be update to the member's style
              if ((*originTypeList)[member].type->getQualifier().layoutMatrix == ElmNone) {
                  memberQualifier = &qualifier;
              } else {
                  memberQualifier = &((*originTypeList)[member].type->getQualifier());
              }
  
              const TType* tmpType = tmpTypeList == nullptr ?
                  (*originTypeList)[member].type->clone() : (*tmpTypeList)[member].type;
  
              fixBlockUniformLayoutMatrix(*memberQualifier, (*originTypeList)[member].type->getWritableStruct(),
                                          tmpType->getWritableStruct());
  
              const TTypeList* structure = recordStructCopy(matrixFixRecord, (*originTypeList)[member].type, tmpType);
  
              if (tmpTypeList == nullptr) {
                  (*originTypeList)[member].type->setStruct(const_cast<TTypeList*>(structure));
              }
              if (tmpTypeList != nullptr) {
                  (*tmpTypeList)[member].type->setStruct(const_cast<TTypeList*>(structure));
              }
          }
      }
  }
  
  //
  // Spread LayoutPacking to block member, if a  block member is a struct, we need spread LayoutPacking to
  // this struct member too. and keep this rule for recursive.
  //
  void TParseContext::fixBlockUniformLayoutPacking(TQualifier& qualifier, TTypeList* originTypeList,
                                                   TTypeList* tmpTypeList)
  {
      assert(tmpTypeList == nullptr || originTypeList->size() == tmpTypeList->size());
      for (unsigned int member = 0; member < originTypeList->size(); ++member) {
          if (qualifier.layoutPacking != ElpNone) {
              if (tmpTypeList == nullptr) {
                  if ((*originTypeList)[member].type->getQualifier().layoutPacking == ElpNone) {
                      (*originTypeList)[member].type->getQualifier().layoutPacking = qualifier.layoutPacking;
                  }
              } else {
                  if ((*tmpTypeList)[member].type->getQualifier().layoutPacking == ElpNone) {
                      (*tmpTypeList)[member].type->getQualifier().layoutPacking = qualifier.layoutPacking;
                  }
              }
          }
  
          if ((*originTypeList)[member].type->getBasicType() == EbtStruct) {
              // Deep copy the type in pool.
              // Because, struct use in different block may have different layout qualifier.
              // We have to new a object to distinguish between them.
              const TType* tmpType = tmpTypeList == nullptr ?
                  (*originTypeList)[member].type->clone() : (*tmpTypeList)[member].type;
  
              fixBlockUniformLayoutPacking(qualifier, (*originTypeList)[member].type->getWritableStruct(),
                                           tmpType->getWritableStruct());
  
              const TTypeList* structure = recordStructCopy(packingFixRecord, (*originTypeList)[member].type, tmpType);
  
              if (tmpTypeList == nullptr) {
                  (*originTypeList)[member].type->setStruct(const_cast<TTypeList*>(structure));
              }
              if (tmpTypeList != nullptr) {
                  (*tmpTypeList)[member].type->setStruct(const_cast<TTypeList*>(structure));
              }
          }
      }
  }
  
  // For an identifier that is already declared, add more qualification to it.
  void TParseContext::addQualifierToExisting(const TSourceLoc& loc, TQualifier qualifier, const TString& identifier)
  {
      TSymbol* symbol = symbolTable.find(identifier);
  
      // A forward declaration of a block reference looks to the grammar like adding
      // a qualifier to an existing symbol. Detect this and create the block reference
      // type with an empty type list, which will be filled in later in
      // TParseContext::declareBlock.
      if (!symbol && qualifier.hasBufferReference()) {
          TTypeList typeList;
          TType blockType(&typeList, identifier, qualifier);;
          TType blockNameType(EbtReference, blockType, identifier);
          TVariable* blockNameVar = new TVariable(&identifier, blockNameType, true);
          if (! symbolTable.insert(*blockNameVar)) {
              error(loc, "block name cannot redefine a non-block name", blockName->c_str(), "");
          }
          return;
      }
  
      if (! symbol) {
          error(loc, "identifier not previously declared", identifier.c_str(), "");
          return;
      }
      if (symbol->getAsFunction()) {
          error(loc, "cannot re-qualify a function name", identifier.c_str(), "");
          return;
      }
  
      if (qualifier.isAuxiliary() ||
          qualifier.isMemory() ||
          qualifier.isInterpolation() ||
          qualifier.hasLayout() ||
          qualifier.storage != EvqTemporary ||
          qualifier.precision != EpqNone) {
          error(loc, "cannot add storage, auxiliary, memory, interpolation, layout, or precision qualifier to an existing variable", identifier.c_str(), "");
          return;
      }
  
      // For read-only built-ins, add a new symbol for holding the modified qualifier.
      // This will bring up an entire block, if a block type has to be modified (e.g., gl_Position inside a block)
      if (symbol->isReadOnly())
          symbol = symbolTable.copyUp(symbol);
  
      if (qualifier.invariant) {
          if (intermediate.inIoAccessed(identifier))
              error(loc, "cannot change qualification after use", "invariant", "");
          symbol->getWritableType().getQualifier().invariant = true;
          invariantCheck(loc, symbol->getType().getQualifier());
      } else if (qualifier.isNoContraction()) {
          if (intermediate.inIoAccessed(identifier))
              error(loc, "cannot change qualification after use", "precise", "");
          symbol->getWritableType().getQualifier().setNoContraction();
      } else if (qualifier.specConstant) {
          symbol->getWritableType().getQualifier().makeSpecConstant();
          if (qualifier.hasSpecConstantId())
              symbol->getWritableType().getQualifier().layoutSpecConstantId = qualifier.layoutSpecConstantId;
      } else
          warn(loc, "unknown requalification", "", "");
  }
  
  void TParseContext::addQualifierToExisting(const TSourceLoc& loc, TQualifier qualifier, TIdentifierList& identifiers)
  {
      for (unsigned int i = 0; i < identifiers.size(); ++i)
          addQualifierToExisting(loc, qualifier, *identifiers[i]);
  }
  
  // Make sure 'invariant' isn't being applied to a non-allowed object.
  void TParseContext::invariantCheck(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TQualifier& qualifier)
  {
      if (! qualifier.invariant)
          return;
  
      bool pipeOut = qualifier.isPipeOutput();
      bool pipeIn = qualifier.isPipeInput();
      if ((version >= 300 && isEsProfile()) || (!isEsProfile() && version >= 420)) {
          if (! pipeOut)
              error(loc, "can only apply to an output", "invariant", "");
      } else {
          if ((language == EShLangVertex && pipeIn) || (! pipeOut && ! pipeIn))
              error(loc, "can only apply to an output, or to an input in a non-vertex stage\n", "invariant", "");
      }
  }
  
  //
  // Updating default qualifier for the case of a declaration with just a qualifier,
  // no type, block, or identifier.
  //
  void TParseContext::updateStandaloneQualifierDefaults(const TSourceLoc& loc, const TPublicType& publicType)
  {
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
      if (publicType.shaderQualifiers.vertices != TQualifier::layoutNotSet) {
          assert(language == EShLangTessControl || language == EShLangGeometry || language == EShLangMeshNV);
          const char* id = (language == EShLangTessControl) ? "vertices" : "max_vertices";
  
          if (publicType.qualifier.storage != EvqVaryingOut)
              error(loc, "can only apply to 'out'", id, "");
          if (! intermediate.setVertices(publicType.shaderQualifiers.vertices))
              error(loc, "cannot change previously set layout value", id, "");
  
          if (language == EShLangTessControl)
              checkIoArraysConsistency(loc);
      }
      if (publicType.shaderQualifiers.primitives != TQualifier::layoutNotSet) {
          assert(language == EShLangMeshNV);
          const char* id = "max_primitives";
  
          if (publicType.qualifier.storage != EvqVaryingOut)
              error(loc, "can only apply to 'out'", id, "");
          if (! intermediate.setPrimitives(publicType.shaderQualifiers.primitives))
              error(loc, "cannot change previously set layout value", id, "");
      }
      if (publicType.shaderQualifiers.invocations != TQualifier::layoutNotSet) {
          if (publicType.qualifier.storage != EvqVaryingIn)
              error(loc, "can only apply to 'in'", "invocations", "");
          if (! intermediate.setInvocations(publicType.shaderQualifiers.invocations))
              error(loc, "cannot change previously set layout value", "invocations", "");
      }
      if (publicType.shaderQualifiers.geometry != ElgNone) {
          if (publicType.qualifier.storage == EvqVaryingIn) {
              switch (publicType.shaderQualifiers.geometry) {
              case ElgPoints:
              case ElgLines:
              case ElgLinesAdjacency:
              case ElgTriangles:
              case ElgTrianglesAdjacency:
              case ElgQuads:
              case ElgIsolines:
                  if (language == EShLangMeshNV) {
                      error(loc, "cannot apply to input", TQualifier::getGeometryString(publicType.shaderQualifiers.geometry), "");
                      break;
                  }
                  if (intermediate.setInputPrimitive(publicType.shaderQualifiers.geometry)) {
                      if (language == EShLangGeometry)
                          checkIoArraysConsistency(loc);
                  } else
                      error(loc, "cannot change previously set input primitive", TQualifier::getGeometryString(publicType.shaderQualifiers.geometry), "");
                  break;
              default:
                  error(loc, "cannot apply to input", TQualifier::getGeometryString(publicType.shaderQualifiers.geometry), "");
              }
          } else if (publicType.qualifier.storage == EvqVaryingOut) {
              switch (publicType.shaderQualifiers.geometry) {
              case ElgLines:
              case ElgTriangles:
                  if (language != EShLangMeshNV) {
                      error(loc, "cannot apply to 'out'", TQualifier::getGeometryString(publicType.shaderQualifiers.geometry), "");
                      break;
                  }
                  // Fall through
              case ElgPoints:
              case ElgLineStrip:
              case ElgTriangleStrip:
                  if (! intermediate.setOutputPrimitive(publicType.shaderQualifiers.geometry))
                      error(loc, "cannot change previously set output primitive", TQualifier::getGeometryString(publicType.shaderQualifiers.geometry), "");
                  break;
              default:
                  error(loc, "cannot apply to 'out'", TQualifier::getGeometryString(publicType.shaderQualifiers.geometry), "");
              }
          } else
              error(loc, "cannot apply to:", TQualifier::getGeometryString(publicType.shaderQualifiers.geometry), GetStorageQualifierString(publicType.qualifier.storage));
      }
      if (publicType.shaderQualifiers.spacing != EvsNone) {
          if (publicType.qualifier.storage == EvqVaryingIn) {
              if (! intermediate.setVertexSpacing(publicType.shaderQualifiers.spacing))
                  error(loc, "cannot change previously set vertex spacing", TQualifier::getVertexSpacingString(publicType.shaderQualifiers.spacing), "");
          } else
              error(loc, "can only apply to 'in'", TQualifier::getVertexSpacingString(publicType.shaderQualifiers.spacing), "");
      }
      if (publicType.shaderQualifiers.order != EvoNone) {
          if (publicType.qualifier.storage == EvqVaryingIn) {
              if (! intermediate.setVertexOrder(publicType.shaderQualifiers.order))
                  error(loc, "cannot change previously set vertex order", TQualifier::getVertexOrderString(publicType.shaderQualifiers.order), "");
          } else
              error(loc, "can only apply to 'in'", TQualifier::getVertexOrderString(publicType.shaderQualifiers.order), "");
      }
      if (publicType.shaderQualifiers.pointMode) {
          if (publicType.qualifier.storage == EvqVaryingIn)
              intermediate.setPointMode();
          else
              error(loc, "can only apply to 'in'", "point_mode", "");
      }
  #endif
      for (int i = 0; i < 3; ++i) {
          if (publicType.shaderQualifiers.localSizeNotDefault[i]) {
              if (publicType.qualifier.storage == EvqVaryingIn) {
                  if (! intermediate.setLocalSize(i, publicType.shaderQualifiers.localSize[i]))
                      error(loc, "cannot change previously set size", "local_size", "");
                  else {
                      int max = 0;
                      if (language == EShLangCompute) {
                          switch (i) {
                          case 0: max = resources.maxComputeWorkGroupSizeX; break;
                          case 1: max = resources.maxComputeWorkGroupSizeY; break;
                          case 2: max = resources.maxComputeWorkGroupSizeZ; break;
                          default: break;
                          }
                          if (intermediate.getLocalSize(i) > (unsigned int)max)
                              error(loc, "too large; see gl_MaxComputeWorkGroupSize", "local_size", "");
                      }
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
                      else if (language == EShLangMeshNV) {
                          switch (i) {
                          case 0: max = resources.maxMeshWorkGroupSizeX_NV; break;
                          case 1: max = resources.maxMeshWorkGroupSizeY_NV; break;
                          case 2: max = resources.maxMeshWorkGroupSizeZ_NV; break;
                          default: break;
                          }
                          if (intermediate.getLocalSize(i) > (unsigned int)max)
                              error(loc, "too large; see gl_MaxMeshWorkGroupSizeNV", "local_size", "");
                      } else if (language == EShLangTaskNV) {
                          switch (i) {
                          case 0: max = resources.maxTaskWorkGroupSizeX_NV; break;
                          case 1: max = resources.maxTaskWorkGroupSizeY_NV; break;
                          case 2: max = resources.maxTaskWorkGroupSizeZ_NV; break;
                          default: break;
                          }
                          if (intermediate.getLocalSize(i) > (unsigned int)max)
                              error(loc, "too large; see gl_MaxTaskWorkGroupSizeNV", "local_size", "");
                      }
  #endif
                      else {
                          assert(0);
                      }
  
                      // Fix the existing constant gl_WorkGroupSize with this new information.
                      TVariable* workGroupSize = getEditableVariable("gl_WorkGroupSize");
                      if (workGroupSize != nullptr)
                          workGroupSize->getWritableConstArray()[i].setUConst(intermediate.getLocalSize(i));
                  }
              } else
                  error(loc, "can only apply to 'in'", "local_size", "");
          }
          if (publicType.shaderQualifiers.localSizeSpecId[i] != TQualifier::layoutNotSet) {
              if (publicType.qualifier.storage == EvqVaryingIn) {
                  if (! intermediate.setLocalSizeSpecId(i, publicType.shaderQualifiers.localSizeSpecId[i]))
                      error(loc, "cannot change previously set size", "local_size", "");
              } else
                  error(loc, "can only apply to 'in'", "local_size id", "");
              // Set the workgroup built-in variable as a specialization constant
              TVariable* workGroupSize = getEditableVariable("gl_WorkGroupSize");
              if (workGroupSize != nullptr)
                  workGroupSize->getWritableType().getQualifier().specConstant = true;
          }
      }
  
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
      if (publicType.shaderQualifiers.earlyFragmentTests) {
          if (publicType.qualifier.storage == EvqVaryingIn)
              intermediate.setEarlyFragmentTests();
          else
              error(loc, "can only apply to 'in'", "early_fragment_tests", "");
      }
      if (publicType.shaderQualifiers.postDepthCoverage) {
          if (publicType.qualifier.storage == EvqVaryingIn)
              intermediate.setPostDepthCoverage();
          else
              error(loc, "can only apply to 'in'", "post_coverage_coverage", "");
      }
      if (publicType.shaderQualifiers.hasBlendEquation()) {
          if (publicType.qualifier.storage != EvqVaryingOut)
              error(loc, "can only apply to 'out'", "blend equation", "");
      }
      if (publicType.shaderQualifiers.interlockOrdering) {
          if (publicType.qualifier.storage == EvqVaryingIn) {
              if (!intermediate.setInterlockOrdering(publicType.shaderQualifiers.interlockOrdering))
                  error(loc, "cannot change previously set fragment shader interlock ordering", TQualifier::getInterlockOrderingString(publicType.shaderQualifiers.interlockOrdering), "");
          }
          else
              error(loc, "can only apply to 'in'", TQualifier::getInterlockOrderingString(publicType.shaderQualifiers.interlockOrdering), "");
      }
  
      if (publicType.shaderQualifiers.layoutDerivativeGroupQuads &&
          publicType.shaderQualifiers.layoutDerivativeGroupLinear) {
          error(loc, "cannot be both specified", "derivative_group_quadsNV and derivative_group_linearNV", "");
      }
  
      if (publicType.shaderQualifiers.layoutDerivativeGroupQuads) {
          if (publicType.qualifier.storage == EvqVaryingIn) {
              if ((intermediate.getLocalSize(0) & 1) ||
                  (intermediate.getLocalSize(1) & 1))
                  error(loc, "requires local_size_x and local_size_y to be multiple of two", "derivative_group_quadsNV", "");
              else
                  intermediate.setLayoutDerivativeMode(LayoutDerivativeGroupQuads);
          }
          else
              error(loc, "can only apply to 'in'", "derivative_group_quadsNV", "");
      }
      if (publicType.shaderQualifiers.layoutDerivativeGroupLinear) {
          if (publicType.qualifier.storage == EvqVaryingIn) {
              if((intermediate.getLocalSize(0) *
                  intermediate.getLocalSize(1) *
                  intermediate.getLocalSize(2)) % 4 != 0)
                  error(loc, "requires total group size to be multiple of four", "derivative_group_linearNV", "");
              else
                  intermediate.setLayoutDerivativeMode(LayoutDerivativeGroupLinear);
          }
          else
              error(loc, "can only apply to 'in'", "derivative_group_linearNV", "");
      }
      // Check mesh out array sizes, once all the necessary out qualifiers are defined.
      if ((language == EShLangMeshNV) &&
          (intermediate.getVertices() != TQualifier::layoutNotSet) &&
          (intermediate.getPrimitives() != TQualifier::layoutNotSet) &&
          (intermediate.getOutputPrimitive() != ElgNone))
      {
          checkIoArraysConsistency(loc);
      }
  
      if (publicType.shaderQualifiers.layoutPrimitiveCulling) {
          if (publicType.qualifier.storage != EvqTemporary)
              error(loc, "layout qualifier can not have storage qualifiers", "primitive_culling","", "");
          else {
              intermediate.setLayoutPrimitiveCulling();
          }
          // Exit early as further checks are not valid
          return;
      }
  #endif 
      const TQualifier& qualifier = publicType.qualifier;
  
      if (qualifier.isAuxiliary() ||
          qualifier.isMemory() ||
          qualifier.isInterpolation() ||
          qualifier.precision != EpqNone)
          error(loc, "cannot use auxiliary, memory, interpolation, or precision qualifier in a default qualifier declaration (declaration with no type)", "qualifier", "");
  
      // "The offset qualifier can only be used on block members of blocks..."
      // "The align qualifier can only be used on blocks or block members..."
      if (qualifier.hasOffset() ||
          qualifier.hasAlign())
          error(loc, "cannot use offset or align qualifiers in a default qualifier declaration (declaration with no type)", "layout qualifier", "");
  
      layoutQualifierCheck(loc, qualifier);
  
      switch (qualifier.storage) {
      case EvqUniform:
          if (qualifier.hasMatrix())
              globalUniformDefaults.layoutMatrix = qualifier.layoutMatrix;
          if (qualifier.hasPacking())
              globalUniformDefaults.layoutPacking = qualifier.layoutPacking;
          break;
      case EvqBuffer:
          if (qualifier.hasMatrix())
              globalBufferDefaults.layoutMatrix = qualifier.layoutMatrix;
          if (qualifier.hasPacking())
              globalBufferDefaults.layoutPacking = qualifier.layoutPacking;
          break;
      case EvqVaryingIn:
          break;
      case EvqVaryingOut:
  #ifndef GLSLANG_WEB
          if (qualifier.hasStream())
              globalOutputDefaults.layoutStream = qualifier.layoutStream;
          if (qualifier.hasXfbBuffer())
              globalOutputDefaults.layoutXfbBuffer = qualifier.layoutXfbBuffer;
          if (globalOutputDefaults.hasXfbBuffer() && qualifier.hasXfbStride()) {
              if (! intermediate.setXfbBufferStride(globalOutputDefaults.layoutXfbBuffer, qualifier.layoutXfbStride))
                  error(loc, "all stride settings must match for xfb buffer", "xfb_stride", "%d", qualifier.layoutXfbBuffer);
          }
  #endif
          break;
      default:
          error(loc, "default qualifier requires 'uniform', 'buffer', 'in', or 'out' storage qualification", "", "");
          return;
      }
  
      if (qualifier.hasBinding())
          error(loc, "cannot declare a default, include a type or full declaration", "binding", "");
      if (qualifier.hasAnyLocation())
          error(loc, "cannot declare a default, use a full declaration", "location/component/index", "");
      if (qualifier.hasXfbOffset())
          error(loc, "cannot declare a default, use a full declaration", "xfb_offset", "");
      if (qualifier.isPushConstant())
          error(loc, "cannot declare a default, can only be used on a block", "push_constant", "");
      if (qualifier.hasBufferReference())
          error(loc, "cannot declare a default, can only be used on a block", "buffer_reference", "");
      if (qualifier.hasSpecConstantId())
          error(loc, "cannot declare a default, can only be used on a scalar", "constant_id", "");
      if (qualifier.isShaderRecord())
          error(loc, "cannot declare a default, can only be used on a block", "shaderRecordNV", "");
  }
  
  //
  // Take the sequence of statements that has been built up since the last case/default,
  // put it on the list of top-level nodes for the current (inner-most) switch statement,
  // and follow that by the case/default we are on now.  (See switch topology comment on
  // TIntermSwitch.)
  //
  void TParseContext::wrapupSwitchSubsequence(TIntermAggregate* statements, TIntermNode* branchNode)
  {
      TIntermSequence* switchSequence = switchSequenceStack.back();
  
      if (statements) {
          if (switchSequence->size() == 0)
              error(statements->getLoc(), "cannot have statements before first case/default label", "switch", "");
          statements->setOperator(EOpSequence);
          switchSequence->push_back(statements);
      }
      if (branchNode) {
          // check all previous cases for the same label (or both are 'default')
          for (unsigned int s = 0; s < switchSequence->size(); ++s) {
              TIntermBranch* prevBranch = (*switchSequence)[s]->getAsBranchNode();
              if (prevBranch) {
                  TIntermTyped* prevExpression = prevBranch->getExpression();
                  TIntermTyped* newExpression = branchNode->getAsBranchNode()->getExpression();
                  if (prevExpression == nullptr && newExpression == nullptr)
                      error(branchNode->getLoc(), "duplicate label", "default", "");
                  else if (prevExpression != nullptr &&
                            newExpression != nullptr &&
                           prevExpression->getAsConstantUnion() &&
                            newExpression->getAsConstantUnion() &&
                           prevExpression->getAsConstantUnion()->getConstArray()[0].getIConst() ==
                            newExpression->getAsConstantUnion()->getConstArray()[0].getIConst())
                      error(branchNode->getLoc(), "duplicated value", "case", "");
              }
          }
          switchSequence->push_back(branchNode);
      }
  }
  
  //
  // Turn the top-level node sequence built up of wrapupSwitchSubsequence9)
  // into a switch node.
  //
  TIntermNode* TParseContext::addSwitch(const TSourceLoc& loc, TIntermTyped* expression, TIntermAggregate* lastStatements)
  {
      profileRequires(loc, EEsProfile, 300, nullptr, "switch statements");
      profileRequires(loc, ENoProfile, 130, nullptr, "switch statements");
  
      wrapupSwitchSubsequence(lastStatements, nullptr);
  
      if (expression == nullptr ||
          (expression->getBasicType() != EbtInt && expression->getBasicType() != EbtUint) ||
          expression->getType().isArray() || expression->getType().isMatrix() || expression->getType().isVector())
              error(loc, "condition must be a scalar integer expression", "switch", "");
  
      // If there is nothing to do, drop the switch but still execute the expression
      TIntermSequence* switchSequence = switchSequenceStack.back();
      if (switchSequence->size() == 0)
          return expression;
  
      if (lastStatements == nullptr) {
          // This was originally an ERRROR, because early versions of the specification said
          // "it is an error to have no statement between a label and the end of the switch statement."
          // The specifications were updated to remove this (being ill-defined what a "statement" was),
          // so, this became a warning.  However, 3.0 tests still check for the error.
          if (isEsProfile() && version <= 300 && ! relaxedErrors())
              error(loc, "last case/default label not followed by statements", "switch", "");
          else
              warn(loc, "last case/default label not followed by statements", "switch", "");
  
          // emulate a break for error recovery
          lastStatements = intermediate.makeAggregate(intermediate.addBranch(EOpBreak, loc));
          lastStatements->setOperator(EOpSequence);
          switchSequence->push_back(lastStatements);
      }
  
      TIntermAggregate* body = new TIntermAggregate(EOpSequence);
      body->getSequence() = *switchSequenceStack.back();
      body->setLoc(loc);
  
      TIntermSwitch* switchNode = new TIntermSwitch(expression, body);
      switchNode->setLoc(loc);
  
      return switchNode;
  }
  
  //
  // When a struct used in block, and has it's own layout packing, layout matrix,
  // record the origin structure of a struct to map, and Record the structure copy to the copy table,
  //
  const TTypeList* TParseContext::recordStructCopy(TStructRecord& record, const TType* originType, const TType* tmpType)
  {
      size_t memberCount = tmpType->getStruct()->size();
      size_t originHash = 0, tmpHash = 0;
      std::hash<size_t> hasher;
      for (size_t i = 0; i < memberCount; i++) {
          size_t originMemberHash = hasher(originType->getStruct()->at(i).type->getQualifier().layoutPacking +
                                           originType->getStruct()->at(i).type->getQualifier().layoutMatrix);
          size_t tmpMemberHash = hasher(tmpType->getStruct()->at(i).type->getQualifier().layoutPacking +
                                        tmpType->getStruct()->at(i).type->getQualifier().layoutMatrix);
          originHash = hasher((originHash ^ originMemberHash) << 1);
          tmpHash = hasher((tmpHash ^ tmpMemberHash) << 1);
      }
      const TTypeList* originStruct = originType->getStruct();
      const TTypeList* tmpStruct = tmpType->getStruct();
      if (originHash != tmpHash) {
          auto fixRecords = record.find(originStruct);
          if (fixRecords != record.end()) {
              auto fixRecord = fixRecords->second.find(tmpHash);
              if (fixRecord != fixRecords->second.end()) {
                  return fixRecord->second;
              } else {
                  record[originStruct][tmpHash] = tmpStruct;
                  return tmpStruct;
              }
          } else {
              record[originStruct] = std::map<size_t, const TTypeList*>();
              record[originStruct][tmpHash] = tmpStruct;
              return tmpStruct;
          }
      }
      return originStruct;
  }
  
  } // end namespace glslang
  
  